Journal of Simulation

JOURNAL OF SIMULATION

VOLUME 5 NUMBER 2, May 2017

Publisher: ACADEMIC PUBLISHING HOUSE Address: Quastisky Building, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands UK Postal Code: VG1110

Editor-in-Chief Prof. Dr. Wei Zhao IEEE Fellow Director of Computer and Network Systems Division, National Science Foundation, USA Department of Computer Science, Texas A&M University, USA Prof. Dr. José M. García Department of Computer Engineering, School of Computer Science, University of Murcia, Spain

Editorial Board Dr. Damminda Alahakoon Clayton School of Information Technology, Faculty of Information Technology, Monash University, Australia Prof. Dr. Mokhtar Beldjehem Department of Computer Science and Software Engineering, Sainte-Anne's University, Canada Prof. Dr. Meledath Damodaran School of Arts & Science, University of Houston-Victoria, USA Prof. Dr. Subramaniam Ganesan Electrical and Computer Engineering Department, Oakland University, USA Prof. Dr. Julia Johnson Dept. of Math & Computer Science, Laurentian University, Canada Dr. Sotiris Kotsiantis ESDLab, Department of Mathematics, University of Patras, Greece Dr. Bjorn Gustaf Landfeldt School of Information Technologies, F09, University of Sydney, Australia Prof. Dr. Soo-Young Lee Dept. of Electrical and Computer Engineering, Auburn University, USA Dr. Aniket Mahanti Department of Computer Science, University of Auckland, New Zealand Dr. Bappaditya Mandal Institute for Infocomm Research, Singapore Dr. Tshilidzi Marwala School of Electrical and Information Engineering, University of the Witwatersrand, South Africa Prof. Dr. Jacob Savir IEEE Fellow, Distinguished Professor, Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering, University Heights Newark, USA Dr Jasni Mohamad Zain Faculty of Computer Systems & Software Engineering, University of Malaysia ,Malaysia

E-mail: [email protected] www.journalofsimulation.com

CONTENTS

EFFICIENCY OPTIMAL OF IPT SYSTEM WITH THE GENETIC ALGORITHMS Jikun Zhou, Rong Zhang 1

APPLICATION OF WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORK IN SMART HOME SECURITY Lu Zhang, Yuan Zhang 5

DECOUPLING CONTROL FOR UNDERACTUATED SHIPS’ TRAJECTORY TRACKING Yong Liu, Da-ming Sun and Hai-jun Xu 9

THE SPECIAL METHOD FOR THE INTERFACIAL STRENGTH IMPROVEMENT OF SMA COMPOSITE WITH ZNO Xuan Gu, Xiaoyu Sun, Zheng He, Li-Dan Xu, Ju Liu, Bin-Sheng Wang 15

UNCONDITIONALLY STABLE CURRENT DENSITY CONVOLUTION CRANK–NICOLSON FINITE-DIFFERENCE TIME-DOMAIN IMPLEMENTATION FOR ANISOTROPIC MAGNETIZED PLASMA Jianxiong Li, Yongjia Zhuang 19

THE IMPACT OF PUBLISHING INDUSTRY ON THE SUPPLY OF APPLICATION-ORIENTATED UNDERGRADUATE TEXTBOOKS Li Zhou 23

THE INTERNALIZATION ADVANTAGE, INFRASTRUCTURE CONSTRUCTION AND FOREIGN DIRECT INVESTMENT Yingying Liang, Luyu Liu, Zhuoran Bai 27

THE FORECAST MODEL OF THE TOTAL POPULATION IN CHINA BASED ON GENETIC NEURAL NETWORK Ning Wang, Xijie Zang 31

STUDY ON RANGE-FREE NODE LOCALIZATION ALGORITHM OF INTERNET OF VEHICLES Jianyu Wang, Xiaojun Liu 35

ADAPTING TO THE CULTIVATION OF TOP-NOTCH INNOVATIVE TALENTS AND EXPLORING THE TEACHING MODE OF ARTISTIC DESIGN CREATIVE MARKET Zhenhua Li, Cheng Li 41

MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF STRESSES FOR PRESTRAINED EMBEDDED SHAPE MEMORY WIRES Xiaoyu Sun, Xuan Gu, Zheng He, Li-Dan Xu, Ju Liu and Bin-Sheng Wang 45

SIMULATION OF THE APPLICATION-BASED DESIGN ON THE HARMONIC ANALYSIS AND ONTROL IN BAR PLANT Fanjie Wei 49

THE ROAD MAP OF ENTREPRENEURSHIP EDUCATION RESEARCH IN HIGHER VOCATIONAL COLLEGES SINCE REFORM AND OPENING UP Hongxing Shi 55

RESEARCH ON EVOLUTION MECHANISM OF CONSUMERS’ IMPLICIT DEMAND BASED ON SOCIAL COMMERCE MODEL Dongping Tang, Cuiying Cai 59

STUDY ON RANGE-BASED NODE LOCALIZATION METHOD OF INTERNET OF VEHICLES Xiaojun Liu, Jianyu Wang 67

THE RESEARCH ON THE PATH OF POVERTY ALLEVIATION OF E-COMMERCE: A CASE STUDY OF JING DONG Xue Xiong, Fengying Nie, Jieying Bi, Muhammad Waqar 73

ADVANTAGES, DEVELOPMENT BOTTLENECK AND SUGGESTIONS OF E-COMMERCE POVERTY ALLEVIATION--- CASE ANALYSIS OF UNDP, ADB, JD AND TENCENT Ruixi Dai, Jieying Bi and Fengying Nie 81

THE APPLICATION OF VARIOUS TEACHING METHODS IN THE TEACHING OF FINANCIAL ENGINEERING Tao Song 89

SIMULATION ANALYSIS OF ELECTROMAGNETIC SHIELDING EFFECTIVENESS IN VENTILATION WINDOW OF WAVEGUIDE Peng Huang, Zhiguo Liu, Jiancheng Qi 93

AN INTERNATIONAL COMPARATIVE STUDY ON CORPORATE ANNUITY SYSTEM Yang Yu 99

MEAN-SQUARE STABILITY CONTROL FOR NETWORKED SYSTEMS WITH STOCHASTIC TIME DELAY Hejun Yao, Fushun Yuan 103

RESEARCH ON THE STRATEGY OF CORPORATE RESTRUCTURING AND CORPORATE CULTURE INTEGRATION Xiaojun LU 109

STUDY ON THE PATENT RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT IN CHINESE PHARMACEUTICAL INDUSTRY Yajie Li, Yanan Shao 117

STUDY ON INFLUENCE FACTORS OF FREIGHT TON-KILOMETERS—BASED ON DATA ANALYSIS OF QUANTILE REGRESSION Keming Wang, Yezi Mo, Xueying Chen, Yilin Wei and Gang Wang 121

THE APPLICATION OF PROCESS CAPABILITY INDEX IN IMPROVING SERVICE QUALITY Rongfei Xu 127

THE INNOVATION RESEARCH OF SCIENTIFIC TALENT CULTIVATING MECHANISM AND SCIENTIFIC RESEARCH EVALUATION SYSTEM Wusheng Tang, Tiantian Xu, Zhanguo Li 131

A COMPARATIVE ANALYSIS OF CHINA AND AMERICAN CORPORATE OVERSEAS VIDEO ON THE BASIS OF HALL’S MODEL AND MULTIMODAL DISCOURSE ANALYSIS-----TAKEN THE SONG AND DREAM IT POSSIBLE AS EXAMPLES Mengqi Zhang 135

JOURNAL OF SIMULATION, VOL. 5, NO. 2, May 2017 1

Efficiency Optimal of IPT System with the Genetic Algorithms

Zhou Jikun* Institute of systems engineering, China academy engineering of physics, Mianyang, China [email protected]

Zhang Rong Institute of systems engineering, China academy engineering of physics, Mianyang, China [email protected]

Abstract—Aim at maximum the power transfer for gap variations are studied for different topology IPT Inductive power transfer (IPT) system, efficiency analysis systems [11]. and optimal of IPT with genetic algorithms (GA) were However, the operating frequency effect is not presented. Before the GA optimization process, the IPT considered. The reference [12] designs the IPT system by system was compensated in a resonance condition to using an optimization algorithm. But the algorithm minimize the VA rating of the power supply and achieve maximum power transfer. In the process of GA ignores the effect of coupling coefficient. Reference [13] optimization, to ensure the final solutions achieving analyzed all the parameters that influence the efficiency bifurcation-free operation, the solutions that generate and presented an optimal algorithms design method, bifurcation phenomenon (multi zero phase angle frequency) however, the algorithms cannot ensure to find out the was excluded. The simulation results verify that the GA can most optimal solution and the bifurcation phenomenon find the best optimal solutions for all topology IPT systems. ignored. In this paper, the GA is selected to efficiency optimal Index Terms—IPT System, Efficiency Optimal, Genetic design of the IPT system undertakes the resonance Algorithms conditions. In the process of the GA optimization, the solutions that generate bifurcation phenomenon are I. INTRODUCTION excluded. The simulation verifies that the GA can find Inductive power Transfer (IPT) has been used in many the best optimal solutions for all base topology IPT commercial and industrial applications due to its ability systems. to transfer electrical power without and physical contact [1-2]. The IPT system includes two independent mutually II. EFFICIENCY ANALYSES OF BASE IPT SYSTEMS coupled part called primary and secondary respectively With different compensation, there are four basic [4]. The primary part generates an essentially current ip topology IPT systems that called SS, SP, PP, and PS are in the primary coil L with a resonant high frequency p shown in Fig.2, where the first S or P stands for series or switching power supply. The primary compensation is parallel LC compensation of primary resonance and the used to minimize the VA rating of the supply. On the second S or P stands for series or parallel LC secondary part, compensation is also required to enhance compensation of secondary resonance. The inductor L the power transfer. A switched mode controller is p and Ls represent the primary and secondary coil normally used to control the power flow from the respectively. The resistance R represents the load on the secondary coil Ls to the load. secondary, while the resistance R and Rs represent the Because of large air gaps via magnetic coupling, the p self resistance of L and Ls respectively. efficiency is a signification target that must be considered p The voltage Vin is the output voltage of the converter. when design of the IPT systems [6,7]. However, the The impedance of the secondary Z whose value depends systems’ efficiency is determined by not only one s on the secondary compensation as given by parameter, such as air gap, operating frequency, coupling coefficient and so on, which makes the efficiency optimal  1  j LRsL  parallel secondary design difficult [9,10]. To date, some analysis and  jC s Zs   (1) optimal have been undertake. The effects of load and air 1  jL  seris secondary  s  j CRsL1/

Ip Is Ip Is

I2 I2 Cp Cs Cp Vin Lp Ls R Vin Lp Ls Cs R

Rp Rs Rp Rs M M (a) SS (b) SP

I Is Ip Is p I I2 2 Cs Vin C Lp L C R Vin Cp Lp Ls R p s s

R Rs Rp Rs p M M (c) PS (d) PP Figure.2 Four basic topologies of IPT system

The reflected impedance Zp is dependent on the R   (4) transformer coupling and operating frequency, which is s RRR() given by ()(1)RRps s  M 2  22M 0 Z p  (2) R (5) Z  p  2 s R RR2 R RR R RRL ssps () 22 To achieve maximum power transfer, The capacitor Cs ss2222222 0 0000LMMLss is chosen to compensate the large leakage inductances of Where the secondary coil Ls to achieve resonance conditions. MkLL22 (6) Where, ω0 is the inherent frequency of the secondary part. ps 1 Where k is coupling coefficient and subsistent (6) into Cs  2 (3) (4) and (5), the systems efficiency can be given by 0 Ls 22 Rk0 L L ps The capacitor Cp is chosen to cancel the reactive part s  22 (7) of the circuit seen by the source, to achieve maximum ()()RRkspspsp L LR0 RR R power transfer with minimum VA rating of the supply. With different topologies, the calculations of primary R  p  capacitor Cp for different topology IPT systems are RRRR2 RR2 R RRL ss ps () 22  shown in Table.1. ss2L 2  2 k 2 L L  2 k 2 L L 2 0  0s 0 p s 0 p s 0 (8) TABLE I. PRIMARY CAPACITOR CP III. EFFICIENCY ANALYSES OF BASE IPT SYSTEMS When design the IPT systems, the efficiency usually 1 is considered first. From (7) and (8), it can be seen that, SS 2 four geometrical parameters, operate frequency ω0, 0 Lp primary inductor Lp, secondary inductor Ls and coupling 1 coefficient k need to be optimal to achieve maximum SP 22 power transfer. Therefore, the efficiency optimal problem 0 (/)LMLps is a maximization of the objective function with four 2 geometrical parameters, which can be given by LMLps / 2 pp(0 s ,L , L , k ) parallel secondary MR2 2 2 2 f  (9) PP ()(/) LML obj  2 0 ps sp(0 s ,L , L , k )seris secondary Ls However, it is difficult to find the optimal parameters L with all of the four parameters with traditional numeric p optimal algorithms. The genetic algorithms have become 2 PS MR2 2 2 increasing important for this type of optimization ()2 0 Lp Ls problems by seeking the optimal solutions of the When operated at the secondary inherent frequency, objective function with simulating the process of the efficiency of the systems is given by [12] evolution and adaptation of living organisms. The GA that presented by Holland is a computational optimization paradigm modeled on the concept of biological evolution [14]. It operates a population of

random solutions to an optimization problem. A fitness Step3: GA operator function is used to evaluate the quality of all possible The GA operator contains reproduction, crossover, and solutions. The solutions with high quality are selected to mutation operator. In this paper, roulette wheel selection create the next generations. Therefore, the GA can be is used in reproduction mechanism while single point used to optimal the IPT systems by not using any crossover and single point mutation are used for complex mathematical information in the searching crossover and mutation respectively. The efficiency process. optimal design of IPT system with GA is presented in During the optimal process of the IPT system, to Fig.3. ensure the zero phase angle frequency is equal to the In the GA parameters, set the maximum number of resonance frequency, bifurcation phenomenal must be generations T=50, the number of individuals N=20, the avoided. The necessary criteria is tabulated in Table.2.[5] crossover probability Pc=0.6, the mutation probability The solutions that dissatisfy the necessary criteria Pm=0.01, the length of the chromosome m=20, and the should be eliminated. Moreover, the four dimensions four dimension are given by ω0、Lp、Ls and k also has max and minimize value, and 0.10.6k are given by  30μH100Lp μH (16) kkk_ min_ max   30μH100Ls μH  0 _ min00 _ max 215kHz250kHz  (10) 0 LLLppp_ min_ max LLL  sss_ min_ max Start

TABLE II. Crossover NECESSARY CRITERIA FOR BIFURCATION-FREE OPERATION Initial values R, Rp, Rs 0 Ls 1 SS Topology  Mutation R 2(11)k 2 Select SP and PP R 1 topology Topologies 1 k 2 No 0 Lks Satisfy the Termi- Create N individuals nation criterion? PS Topology  L 1 by random 0 s  Rk [ω0, Lp, Ls, k] Yes

The Process of GA optimal can be detonated as flow. Calculate Cp base Evaluates all Table.1 Step1: Chromosome coding 2 In this paper, static binary string is used to code the individuals Cs=1/Lsω0 four dimensions. Assuming that the length of one dimension is m, the total length of the chromosome is 4m. Reproduction Finish The chromosome can be given by

X x4,,,[,,,] x 3 x 2 x 1  0 Lps L k (11) Figure.3 Efficiency optimal result with GA xi b i* m 1 b i * m  2 b i * m  m (12) The decimal value can be calculated by The GA optimal process is shown in Fig.4 and the final im*1 xx solutions are shown in Table.3 xxb(2) j1 ii_ max_ min (13) idii m j _ min*   m 0.94 j i* m m 21 0.92 Step2: Fitness evaluate Creating an initial population of N individuals for 0.90 evolution after chromosome coding was done. Then 0.88 calculate the objective function value for every individual. 0.86 To ensure the systems which has multi zero phase angle 0.84

are not selected to copy and exist in next generation, the Efficiency 0.82 objective function should be divided by SS PS 0.80 SP PP  fXobj( j ) one zero phase angle fXobj () j   (14) 0.78 0 multi zero phase angle  0.76 Considering efficiency optimal is a maximization problem, the fitness function is equal to the objective 0 10 20 30 40 50 function, and is give by Generations

fint ss()() X j f obj X j (15) Figure.4 Efficiency optimal result with GA

Observation of Figure 4 reveals that the GA can find the International Conference on Electrical Machines and best optimal solutions for all topology IPT systems. On Systems, 2014: 202-205. the other hand, in the beginning of the process, not all the [3] J. T. Boys, G. A. Covic, and A. W. Green. Stability and best solution in each population is being propagated to control of inductively coupled power transfer systems. IEEE Proceedings Power Application. vol. 147, no. 1, the subsequent generation. That’s because the solutions 2000:37–43. with the highest efficiency may be not satisfy the [4] B. Lee and K. Han. Proceedings of the Eighth International necessary criteria of bifurcation-free. Conference on Electrical Machines and Systems.vol. 1, 2005:839–842. TABLE III [5] H.L. Li, A.P. Hu, G.A. Covic and C.S. Tang. Optimal OPTIMIZED RESULTS OF DIFFERENT TOPOLOGIE coupling condition of IPT system for achieving maximum Parameter SS SP PS PP power transfer. electronics letters 1st January 2009, Vol. 45 No. 1 Lp(μH) 99.94 95.58 99.36 99.75 [6] Han, K.H., Lee, B.S., and Baek, S.H.: The design Cp(μF) 0.21 0.17 0.12 0.12 evaluation of inductive power-transformer for personal Ls(μH) 73.59 69.98 60.99 98.35 rapid transit by measuring impedance. Journal of Applied Physics, 2008: 103-105 Cs(μF) 0.29 0.15 0.2 0.1 [7] Moradewicz AJ, Kazmierkowski MP. Contactless energy k 0.44 0.59 0.56 0.35 transfer system with FPGA-controlled resonant converter. f(kHz) 34.74 48.86 45.38 49.83 IEEE Transactions Industry Electronics 2010;57(9):3181– η（%） 91.49 87.23 92.25 87.36 90. [8] Sallan J, Villa JL, Llombart A, Sanz JF. Optimal design of ICPT systems applied toelectric vehicle battery charge. IEEE Transactions Industry Electronics, 2009;56(6):2140 IV. CONCLUSION –9. This paper has presented an optimization scheme based [9] Saeed Hasanzadeh, Sadegh Vaez-Zadeh. Efficiency on the GA for the efficiency optimal design of the IPT analysis of contactless electrical power transmission system. Before the GA optimization process, the system systems. Energy Conversion and Management, is compensated in a resonance condition to minimize the 2013;65:487-496. VA rating of the power supply and achieve maximum [10] Z. Michalewicz, Genetic Algorithms + Data Structures =Evolutionary Programs, Genetic Programming and power transfer. During the GA optimization process, the Evolvable Machines, Springer, Berlin,1997: 263-306 solutions that dissatisfy the necessary criteria should be eliminated to avoid bifurcation phenomenal occur in the finally solutions. The simulation verifies that the GA Zhou Jikun received the B.S. degree in automation from optimization can find the best optimal solutions for all Chongqing University, Chong, China, in 2010, and received the topology IPT systems. B.E. degree in automation from Chongqing University, Chong, China, in 2013. REFERENCES He joined in Institute of systems engineering, China academy engineering of physics in 2013. Currently, he is an [1] Huang, Shyh-Jier;Lee, Tsong-Shing;Pai, Fu-Sheng;Huang, engineer Mianyang, China.. Tzyy-Haw. Method of feedback detection for loosely coupled inductive power transfer system with frequency- Zhang Rong received the B.S. degree in automation from tracking mechanism. IEEE 10th International Conference SouthWest Jiao Tong University, Chengdu, China, in 2001, and on Power Electronics and Drive Systems received the B.E. degree in automation from SouthWest Jiao (PEDS), 2013:784–787. Tong University, Chengdu, China, in 2004. [2] Wu, Pengfei, Shi, Liming, Cai, Hua, Li, Yaohua. An He joined in Institute of systems engineering, China inductively coupled power transfer system based power academy engineering of physics in 2004. Currently, he is an control for motor drives of rail transit vehicle. 17th associate professor Mianyang, China..

Application of Wireless Sensor Network in Smart Home Security

Zhang Lu College of electrical and information engineering, Quzhou University, Quzhou, China

Zhang Yuan Qibin district housing and Urban Construction Bureau, Hebi, China

Abstract—In this paper, the organic combination of scale applications. To sum up, research a new type of security systems and wireless sensor network technology, wireless communication security system, to achieve design and implements a smart home security system based real-time monitoring of the household, the fire alarm on ZigBee technology. The interior data acquisition part of function, human invasion, and so on and so forth, have the system is composed of temperature, smoke, gas sensors, very significant meaning. real-time monitoring of indoor data. And by using the Social and public safety applications, with rapid infrared detection technology to test the illegal invasion, set deployment, self-organization and fault tolerance of up a complete data collection platform. Based on ZigBee sensor network is a very promising sensing technology communication protocol to form a wireless network, the collected data sent to the base station. Base station receives system, can be applied to monitor, control, the sensor data and communicate with PC, PC is to accept communications, computing, and other fields. Compared data and process analysis, real-time monitoring data, the or with traditional security technology has obvious illegal invasion of abnormal situation such as fire detection advantages. This paper aims to design a home security and alarm. system based on wireless sensor network (WSN), the system does not need complex wiring, sensor nodes can Index Terms—Wireless Sensor Networks; Security System; be random arrangement in furniture, high flexibility and ZigBee; CC2530 scalability. And damage to a node does not affect the

normal operation of the whole system and good fault tolerance. Home security system based on wireless I. INTRODUCTION sensor network from the aspects of cost, reliability and so At present most of the family of grating anti-theft on has incomparable advantage, has a great application measures, first of all, it affect beautiful and expensive, prospect. second in the event of a fire cases such as the window is the final escape, grating affected residents in case of an II. HARDWARE DESIGN emergency escape. Some upscale community and Design USES TI company ZigBee2007 based protocol businesses alarm system due to the expensive and not be is the second generation of ZigBee CC2530F256 SOC received by the masses of users, such as user and security chip of TI. Refer to the TI company's advice on design, departments, the user sends alarm, security department to such as filter circuit, power supply decoupling, form a respond quickly, but the cost is higher, it more difficult complete set of impedance, structure to meet the for the widespread promotion. Mechanical operation is requirements of input and output impedance of RF. At applied at the same time, the traditional home security the same time in order to reduce the volume of a module, system there are many inconvenience in practical used the SMA antenna design, big gain, high sensitivity, application, far cannot satisfy people's needs. long distance communication. Crystals of external circuit Now based on sensor alarm system has entered the has two, 32 MHZ system clock and 32.768 kHz, view of the public, for example by temperature sensor, real-time clock when CC2530 run in low power sleep door magnetic sensor, infrared alarm system composed mode using 32.768 kHz crystal oscillator. On the basis of of sensors, including infrared sensor can effectively time leads to the CC2530 I/O port, convenient detect the illegal invasion. But the existing security connection, to maximize the use of resources, and also systems are based on the traditional cable technology, in can avoid to RF interference. Rf module circuit diagram practice there are complex wiring, beautiful degree is low, is shown in figure 1. the high cost, low reliability, maintenance man, extensibility and small faults, also hard to get on a large

Figure 1. CC2530 rf module circuit diagram

III. SOFTWARE DESIGN immediately into low power mode. Wake up the system application events (such as illegal invasion, leaking gas According to the division of the whole system anomalies) and timing awaken (e.g., collect the structure, software design is divided into sensor node temperature information) the mode of combining the software and network coordinator node software of two power consumption of the system is reduced greatly. parts. Network coordinator node functions include rf A. The overall process and networking transceiver software module and protocol stack software Sensor node USES the events of the round robin module. The coordinator to form a complete ZigBee system. To initialization of system hardware and network, network maintenance, node address allocation, software, including wireless transceiver chip and then communicate with PC and sensor nodes. initialization, IO port initialization, ZigBee initialization Coordinator will send corresponding to sensor nodes by and start the interrupt, etc. Then sends a signal to the order of the upper machine of command, control sensor wireless network coordinator to request to join the node relevant action. At the same time, the coordinator wireless network. To join the ZigBee network after the node collection to the collected data, each sensor node success, received the coordinator assigns a 16-bit and sends it to the PC monitoring center. Specific network address, at the same time send the coordinator software flow chart is shown in figure 2. node code contains information frame, system

main System hardware and software initialization

Send request to Channel scan new network network N

Join success? Assign network Apply to join the Y addresses to this Y network? node Gets the network address and sends the node code to the N coordinator Receive the PC data and forward to the dormancy N Wake up ? sensor node Y Receive the sensor node Receive coordinator sends data data and send it to the monitoring center Process sensor data and send to Coordinator Figure 2. wireless sensor network (WSN) software flow chart

Wireless sensor network design is mainly composed of after will be sent to the base station signal, or receives home network, the node join and quit, emergency the interior data of sensor nodes, the data transmitted to response time, low power consumption and other parts. the base station. Normal security situation, the operation In this security system, the key point of design lies in the mode of the node is in low power consumption MCU, network of star networks. In short, the process of when unusual or need data forwarding, interrupt wakes network is a network of neighbor discovery process. up. Program flow chart is shown in figure 3. B. infrared correlation software design flow chart Infrared correlation sensor is responsible for the detection of external illegal invasion, detect anomalies Receive data begin Invasion of the interrupt interruption began

Address Initialization judgment？ PC pointer to address Y COUNT=Accepted data length TXBUF0=Address character Low power mode end TXBUF0=RXBUF0 COUNT-- N Operation 1: send invasion N risk information COUNT=0?

Y TXBUF0=Host check

Exit interrupt Figure 3. infrared correlation procedure flow charts of sensor nodes

C. Indoor sensor node software flow chart First DS18B20 temperature acquisition program by I/O configured, I/O send temperature measuring Indoor sensor node is composed of temperature sensor, command, collecting temperature values, and then gas sensor, smoke sensor. Its main function is testing determine whether the temperature more than 50 degrees indoor environment is the key information, when the Celsius, if the temperature is more than 50 degrees abnormal situation is detected, light LED alarm, and Celsius, immediately send warning information to the immediately send alarm information to CC2530 module, CC2430 module through the wireless sending form to the CC2530 module sends the data to the base station. The base station. The flow chart shown in figure 4. main program timer interrupt a 3 second, interrupt call each sensor module of the program. Read memory begin temperature data

Initialization Convert temperature data DS18B20 to decimal

Write TH, TL, and temperature N CONFIG memory Y >50℃?

Hair skip ROM Y command Control LED open Start temperature conversion command N Send data to CC2430 Waiting for 2ns Delay 2s Return value i=1？ Figure 4. temperature gathering flow chart

Broadly similar smoke and gas sensor detection IO mouth high level, and then the LED lights up, principle, can be directly IO port voltage judgment, if the immediately send alarm information to the CC2430, base gas or smoke concentration exceeds the preset value, the

station to respond accordingly. The program flow chart IV. SUMMARY are shown in the figure 5 as follow. Widespread use of intelligent terminals, mobile begin Internet rates declining, WIFI network cover large area, accelerating the development of the intelligent terminal APP. In addition to entertainment games application, Initialization MQ5 intelligent terminal security applications also gradually entered People's Daily life. In this paper, design of low Hair began to detect gas command power consumption based on wireless sensor network security alarm system, the system adopts the infrared Read PA0 port correlation sensor, temperature sensor, gas sensor, smoke voltage sensor for indoor and outdoor environment information collecting, based on ZigBee communication protocol to N form a wireless communication network, the data high-level ? collected by the wireless signal is sent to the base station, Y station receives the sensor data and communicate with Detected gas, LED light PC, PC is to accept data and process analysis, real-time monitoring data, the or illegal invasion of abnormal Send data to situation such as fire detection and alarm. The system CC2430 adopts CC2530 ZigBee module. Figure 5. the gas flow chart of detection REFERENCES

begin [1] OuYangRuiZhang. Security industry is booming vitality. China's public security (all), 2012.15:50-52 [2] Huang Ju pay, Huang Yunwei, Wang Yixue, Wu Initialization MQA214 Zhenxiong, XiaoXiao. Close to the people's consumption security: security in the future development trend of common agent "consumption security" in the Smoke command development of our country. China's security, 2013 01:79-85 Read PA1 port [3] Gong Yuanpeng. Intelligent household security system voltage design based on JESS. Modern electronic technology, 2012.03:134-136 High-level？ N [4] Jianying Cao. Remote intelligent greenhouse multimedia data acquisition system based on Web design. Computer Y and digital engineering, 2011, 77:77-78 Detected smoke, LED light [5] He Youbin. Under the Internet of things of intelligent campus safety analysis. Journal of telecommunication Send data to network technology, the 2012 01:41-44 CC2430 Figure 6. smoke test flow chart

Decoupling Control for Underactuated ships’ Trajectory Tracking

Yong Liu (Navigation College, Dalian Maritime University, Dalian, China) Email: [email protected]

Da-ming Sun and Hai-jun Xu (Navigation College, Dalian Maritime University, Dalian, China)

Abstract:-The tracking control problem is concerned for The equivalence equations were derived and decoupled conventional surface ships with second order nonholonomic into two linear controllable systems. Then the control law constraints. An output feedback algorithm was developed was derived such that the tracking error with respect to using decoupling control method and increment feedback the planned path could be stabilized asymptotically and based on iterative nonlinear sliding mode designing globally, even under disturbance. DO based on approach. With the known reference trajectory and measured position, the underactuated tracking control Lyapunov's direct method and backstepping objective was achieved without the reference orientation to technique,propose a global nonlinear exponential [9] be generated by a ship model. The estimation of systemic observer to estimate unmeasured velocities , and uncertainty and disturbances and the yaw velocity PE propose a methodology to design a controller that forces (persistent excitation) conditions are not required. the position and orientation of underactuated ships, of Computer simulation results on a full nonlinear which the sway axis is not actuated, and the mass and hydrodynamic ship model of M.V. YULONG are provided damping matrices are not assumed to be diagonal as to validate the effectiveness and robustness of the proposed often required in the literature, to globally track a controller in circle and sinusoidal reference tracking. reference trajectory[10]. The lasted achievement is a

Index Terms-Underactuated ships; tracking control; global controller that forces a ship without a sway decoupling control actuator to follow a reference path and without velocity measurements for feedback. Nonlinear damping terms I. INTRODUCTION are also included to cover both low- and high-speed applications. Integral actions are added to the controller The research of ship trajectory tracking control began to compensate for a constant bias of environmental th th [1] from the 80 in 20 century . The ship usually has disturbances [11]. However, the method and design [2] underactuated characteristics and nonholonomic process are very complicated. Do[12] presents a [3] constraints on the acceleration is non-integrable ,the constructive design of new controllers which based on a system is not transformable into an equivalent system global exponential disturbance observer that force [4] without drifts . Recently, the significant research has underactuated ships under constant or slow time-varying [1-11] paid much attention to this field . sea loads to asymptotically track a parameterized Trajectory tracking cannot be regulated to zero by reference path. YU[13] proposed a new control law is coordinate transformation for the sake of rudder angle similarly developed by introducing a first-order sliding under drift caused by wind and current, and it must be surface in terms of surge tracking errors and a compensated by a loxodrome (or sideslip compensation) second-order surface in terms of lateral motion tracking since no sway control means are available. So, the errors which guarantee the convergence of position equilibrium point of the system is not at the origin of tracking errors. Most of the control methods above are transformed coordinates. Moreover, the only measurable depend on the accurate system model. state variables are the ship’s position and heading in In this paper, considering the constraint conditions, [5] Earth fixed coordinates. Encarnacao proposed a control external disturbances and uncertainties of ship motion method for estimation speed of stationary current based control system, a robust nonlinear feedback decoupling on feedback linearization and backstepping method as control algorithm was proposed to control the vessel [6] well as Aicardi proposed the similar estimation. reach and follow a reference trajectory. Breivik[7] proposed a method to control ship vector’s direction instead of ship course which can only do the II. PROBLEM STATEMENT path following control. Han[8]used the differential flatness to design a control method and the method of A The Kinematics and Dynamics Model direct dynamic feed-back linearization was adopted for The 3-DOF planar model of a surface vessel shown in the path tracking control of underactuated surface vessels. Figure 1 is considered in this work. Considering the

trajectory tracking control problem of a surface vessel time. that has no side thruster, but one main thruster located at the center line in order to provide b surge force. III. Trajectory-tracking controller design Neglecting the motions in heave, roll and pitch, the A Calculation of track error simplified kinematic model, which describes the geometrical relationship between the earth-fixed Figure 2 is a reference coordinate frame, where (xd,yd) (E-frame) and the body fixed (B-frame) motion[14], is denote reference position,xe denote longitudinal track given as error, ye denote lateral track error and φe denote course deviation. If reference trajectory [xd(t),yd(t)] is known xE and smooth（Using waypoint interpolation method can determine smooth analytic equation[2]）,while setting time t and ship position [x(t),y(t)],the calculation of trajectory  Vx c u r tracking error is following： U u  c V x   G r  atan2[yd (t), xd (t)] v  V r  atan2[y(t)  yd (t), x(t)  xd (t)]  y   2 2 1/ 2 （2） r {[y(t)  yd (t)] [x(t)  xd (t)] }   x   cos(  ) y  e r r r E  O y ye  r sin(r r ) E  e  ( r ) Fig.1: The earth-fixed and ship-fixed frames Where φr denote trajectory tangent direction of 、 x  u cos  vsin  uc cosc reference point,(ρr θr) denote ship position given in polar  coordinate which original point is reference point,atan2() y  u sin  vcos  uc sinc  denote arctan function in MATLAB（unit is rad） and   r （1）  range is [-,]. (m  m )u  (m  m )vr  X  X  X  X  x y S P R E  (m  my )v  (m  mx )ur  YS  YP  YR  YE  U φ (I zz  J zz )r  NS  NP  NR  NE

where x, y and φ are the longitudinal displacement, G Set track lateral displacement and heading angle, in the earth fixed φr xe frame, u ,v and r are longitudinal, lateral velocities over ye ρ ground, and yaw angular rate in the ship-fixed frame, uc r θr and vc denote longitudinal and lateral speed of current in (xd,yd) the Earth fixed frame, φc is the direction of current. The vector summation of both determines the magnitude and direction of current. m, mx , my, Izz and Jzz denote the ship inertia, added mass, and added moment of inertia. X, Y, N terms with subscripts H, P, R, and E, respectively, are longitudinal and lateral forces and moments induced by Fig. 2 Diagram of track error in trajectory tacking hydrodynamic damping, propeller,rudder, and other external effects except current In trajectory tracking control system, ignoring the B Assumption error which caused by trajectory curvature and ship dimension as well as replacing the error in center of In practice, underactuated ship tracking control system gravity by vessel reference point(VRP) is feasible. is controllable when the external disturbances are bounded. According to characteristics of ship navigating B Decoupling control based on nonlinear sliding mode at constant speed, do the following assumption: method

Assumption 1: The control gain is bounded and sign is Regularly, ship course deviation φe<90°. It means ship N X known. Define R  0 、 P  0 （Where δ is rudder could not track the trajectory in lateral and back direction.  n On this basis,a novel increment feedback algorithm angle,n is main engine revolutions）； which bases on nonlinear sliding mode is proposed for Assumption 2: The speed and acceleration and external decoupling input-output variable of trajectory-tracking disturbances are bounded and smooth while t∈R+. control system. The thrust force of propeller responsible The goal of trajectory tracking is to determine rudder for controlling the longitudinal track error xe and the angle δ and main engine revolutions n and adjust speed rudder responsible for controlling the lateral track error to force the ship arrive at appointed position at prescribed ye and course deviation φe respectively. The control law of longitudinal track error xe is

designed as follows: Proof：If t=t1 and y(t1)>0,according to formula （6） and system continuity,u decrease continuous. Because  1 1 1  1 (xe )  k1 tanh(k2 xe )  xe u*(t) is bounded and periodical variation,exist  （）  1 1 1 1 1 1 3 t=t ,u(t )=u*(t ),y(t )=0 and t=t ,u(t )= u*(t ),y(t )=0.  2 (1 )  k3 tanh(k4 1 ) 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3  1 1 1 1 According to the conditions of making system smooth, n  k   k sgn( )  5 2 6 2 there should be an extreme value in the zero point of

1 1 1 1 1 1 + output. So, the system is bounded. Where k1 、k2 、k3 、k4 、k5 、k6  are designed parameters. B Stability of closed-loop tracking control system The control law of lateral track error ye and course Decompose σ21, yields: deviation φe are designed as follows: d 1 1 1 1 1 1 1  2 2 2  2 (1 )  k3 tanh(k4 1 )  k1 tanh(k2 xe )  xe （7） 1 (ye )  k1 tanh(k0 y)  ye dt  2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 1  ( , )    k tanh( )dt  k3 tanh(k4 1 )  k1 k2 xe / cosh (k2 xe )  xe 2 1 e e 2  1 （4）  Consider the system model (1), and ignore these  2 ( 2 )  k 2 tanh( 2 )   3 2 3 2 2 dynamic variables which are unrelated to main engine  2 2 2 2 2  ( )  k tanh( )   4 3 4 3 3 revolutions, yields: 2 2 2 2   k   k sgn( ) 1  5 4 6 4  x   2  e  (ucos  vsin ) （8） n n n e e 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 + Where k0 、k1 、k2 、k3 、k4 、k5 、k6  are designed parameters. Regularly, the transverse force is ignored while comparing it with thrust force. Then, the formula (8) is IV. STABILITY ANALYSIS OF CLOSED-LOOP similar to:

SYSTEM 1   X 2  (ucos )  P cos /(m  m ) （9） A Increment feedback control n n e n e x Consider zero order single output system defined as: According to assumption (1), yields:

（） 1 y  f (x,u,t) 5  2  0 （10） Where,y is output,x n is external n disturbances,nZ ,u[-umax, umax] is input,umax is The hyperbolic tangent function and hyperbolic cosine constraint of input,f(·) is smooth when x n,t ,u . function have strict bound. According to formula (7), if n When x ,t ,exist u*(t)[-umax, umax] to ensure reference trajectory is smooth enough and system is f 1、 1、 1、 1 + y=0,defines  0 . controllable, there should be have k1 k2 k3 k4  1 u and n*(t)[-nmax,nmax] to ensure σ2 =0. Theorem 1: The control law （where According to the theorem 1, increment feedback law u  kp y  sgn(y) 1 1 1 1 + n  k   k sgn( ) ensures the asymptotic stability kp, ε ）ensures the asymptotic stability of system (5). 5 2 6 2 1 The change rate of output is limited as well as the of σ2 as long as reference trajectory and external change rate of u*(t1). When  ||u , disturbances smooth enough. According to the theorem 3, max 1 if k6 =0, increment feedback law （ f  df ）,|u(t)-u*(t)| decrease continuous.  | u |max | |max ensures the practical stability of u dt 1 When t→∞,u(t)→u*(t),obtained the asymptotic stability σ2 once external disturbances and curvature of trajectory of system. variation periodical. 2 Theorem 2: If t→∞,u*(t)→u（c where uc is a constant）,the Decompose σ4 ,yields： + 2 2 2 2 （）  4 ( 3 )  k4 tanh( 3 )  control law uky p where kp ensures the 2 2 2 2 2 （11） asymptotic stability of system(5). k3 (r r  k2 tanh(1 ))/(ch( 2 ))  ： 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Proof If t=t1,y(t1)>0,according to the sign of control k2 ((k1 k0 ye /(ch(k9 ye ))  ye )/(ch(1 ))  input gain, yields： (NS  NP  NR  NE )/ (I zz  J zz ) r Ignoring these dynamic variables which are unrelated  u  u*(t )  u(t )  u （6） max 1 1 max to rudder angle, formula (11) can be rewritten: According to formula （6）and system continuity,u decrease continuous,and u*(t)→uc,if t→∞,u(t)→u*(t)→uc,yields y→0. Theorem 3 If u*(t) is periodical variation,the control law + （where kp ）ensures the practical stability of system(5).

 2   current are most ocean current, wind-driven current and 4  N /(I  J )  (k 2 y /(ch( 2 ))2 )   R zz zz  2 e 1 tide. The velocity of these current are slow. At the same time, the huge inertia of ship is similar to low pass filter  （）  N R /(I zz  J zz )  12 which can filter these excessive influences of external  disturbances to ensure the accuracy of tracking control. 2  2 2 k2 (X R sin(e )/(m  mx ))/(ch(1 ))   V SIMULATION AND RESULTS ANALYSIS 2  2 2 k2 (YR cos(e )/(m  my ))/(ch(1 )) In order to verify the feasibility of control algorithm,  use the Simulink of MATLAB design the ship According to assumption 1 and bound of hyperbolic “YULONG” trajectory tracking control program to carry cosine, sine and cosine function, exists k 2 to ensure: 2 out the computer simulation in different conditions and  analyze the results. 4  0 （13）  Primary ship model parameters: Length over all 139.8 m, Displacement 14635 t, Molded breath 20.8 m, Draft According to bound of hyperbolic function in of full load 8 m, Block coefficient 0.681. Hydrodynamic formula(11) and assumption 2, exist δ(t)*[-δmax, δmax] model is MMG (Mathematical Modeling Group) model, 2 2 2 2 2 to ensure σ4 =0（if k1 ,k2 ,k3 ,k4 →0 does not exist,the main engine model and steering gear model are first system is non-controllable）. order inertia model. Where main engine time constant 2 2 2 According to the definition of σ4 、σ3 and σ2 ,if TM=4s and steering gear time constant TE=2.5s. 2 2 2 1 1 1 σ4 →0,yields σ3 →0 and σ2 →0,yields: Parameters of controller：k1 =1,k2 =0.01,k3 =0.1, 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 k4 =1,k5 =1,k6 =0,k0 =0.02,k1 =1.5,k2 =0.02,k3 =0.02,   k tanh( 2 )dt （14） 2 2 2 e 2  1 k4 =0.02,k5 =100,k6 =0. and A Trajectory of circle reference tracking Circle trajectory is one of the most important form in  2 （15） e  k2 tanh(1 ) the trajectory tracking control, where the center of circle is (0, 0), the radius is 500m and the tracking time is Consider formula（1）and the definition of σ 2, yields： 1 1000s. During the tracking period, ship speed changed as 2 sinusoid, where the periodic time is 1000s and amplitude 1  k1 tanh(k0 ye )  usine  （16） is 0.5m/s. vcos  u sin(  ) e c c r Ship initial state：x=0, y=-550m, u=3ms-1, φ=020°, According to formula (16), due to the strict bound of main engine revolutions n=120rpm. The external hyperbolic function and trigonometric function, exist disturbances: Direction of stationary current is α∈(0, π/2) and φe*(t)[-α, +α] to ensure σ1=0. Then, if 240°,Velocity of current is 1kn,Direction of -α≤φe≤+α, obtain the following: superimposed reversing current is 240~060°,Periodic time is 12h,Amplitude is 1kn,Phase is -π/3,Direction of 2 1 （17） stationary wind is 090°,Speed of wind changed as  ucose  vsine  0 e sinusoid where periodic time is 1min,amplitude is 10ms-1 and average is 10ms-1. Considering formula（15）as the simple proportional Figure 3 is inputs and outputs curved line where feedback with saturation characteristic and broken line is designed trajectory. Figure 4 is plan vucose c sin(  c  r ) as the external disturbances of trajectory where broken line is designed trajectory and 2 zero order system σ1 . According theorem 2, the simple mark “o” represents at prescribed time (proportional) increment feedback can ensure asymptotic t=[0,200,400,600,800,1000]（unit is s） ship will arrive at stability of σ1 as long as external disturbances are the appointed position. stationary or attenuate and the curvature of trajectory tend towards stability such as tend towards straight line or circle trajectory. According to the definition of σ1, yields: （） y  k1 tanh(k0 y) 18 If the external disturbances are periodical variation, formula (14) and formula (15) 2 can ensure track error and σ1 practical stability at the same time. Regularly, lateral velocity of ship may be caused by ship handling, wind and wave, especially there are high frequency external disturbances, the low pass filter should be designed to protect the steering gear and reduce the power dissipation [2]. In nature, the kinds of

Fig.5 Inputs and outputs of sinusoidal reference tracking Fig.3 Inputs and outputs of circle reference tracking

Fig. 6 Trajectory of sinusoidal reference tracking

Ship initial state：x=0,y=100m,u=2ms-1,φ=000°,main engine revolutions n=120rpm. External disturbances： water draft is 10m,direction of stationary current is 210°,velocity of current is 2kn,direction of superimposed reversing current is 030~210°,periodic time is 12h,amplitude is 2kn,phase is -π/6,direction of stationary Fig. 4 Trajectory of circle reference tracking is 150°,Speed of wind changed as sinusoid where -1 B Trajectory of sinusoidal reference tracking periodic time is 1min,amplitude is 10ms and average is 10ms-1. Sinusoidal trajectory is another important form in the By analyzing the results, summarize some conclusions trajectory tracking control, where designed trajectory is as following: x=3t+sin(πt/1000),y=200sin(πx/1000), amplitude is (1) Trajectory tracking error resulting from the 200m,wave length is 2000m and the main purpose is to external disturbances such as stationary current and wind control ship arrive at appointed position at prescribed have been overcome. And the trajectory tracing control is time. fast and smooth with lower power consumption. (2) The ship can be at the given reference position at the prescribed time shows that the accuracy of trajectory tracking control is very high. (3) The results indicate that trajectory tracking controller design method is valid and the trajectory tracking process conform navigation practice. The tracking controller achieves a good performance and has a powerful robustness to the uncertain system model, system state and external disturbance.

VI Conclusions underactuated surface vessels based on the differential flatness”. Journal of Harbin Engineering University, Ship trajectory tracking control system has 2004,25(6):709-713,727. underactuated, nonholonomic constraints and lateral shift [9] Do, K.D.; Pan, J. “Underactuated ship global tracking characteristics. In this paper, trajectory tracking output without measurement of velocities”. Proceedings of the feedback controller was designed using increment American Control Conference, Denver, feedback control based on nonlinear sliding mode Colorado,2003,vol.3:2012 – 2017. method to decouple the trajectory tracking error. This [10] K.D. Do and J. Pan. “Global tracking control of output feedback controller does not need to calculate underactuated ships with off-diagonal terms”. Proceedings of the 42nd IEEE Conference an Decision and Control. reference course and it can track the reference plan Maui, Hawaii USA, December 2003. 1250-1255. trajectory strict. The controller not depends on the [11] K. D. Do and J. Pan. “Underactuated Ships Follow accurate system model which can guarantee the Smooth Paths With Integral Actions and Without Velocity convergence of tracking system although the external Measurements for Feedback: Theory and Experiments”. disturbances and ship velocity are not certain. The high IEEE Transactions on Control Systems Technology, 2006, precision ship-tracking controller is robust to the ship 14(2):308-325. motion nonlinearity and the external disturbances. [12] K D Do. “Path-tracking Control of Underactuated Ships Under Tracking Error Constraints”. J. Marine Sci. Appl. Acknowledgements (2015) 14: 343-354. DOI: 10.1007/s11804-015-1329-3 [13] R.Yu, Q. Zhu, G. Xia. “Sliding mode tracking control of an This work was supported by “Natural Science underactuated surface vessel”. IET Control Theory Appl, Foundation of Liaoning Province, China” 2012, Vol. 6, Iss. 3, pp. 461–466. DOI: (Number:201602084) and “The Fundamental Research 10.1049/iet-cta.2011.0176 [14] LI R, LI T, BU R. “Disturbance Decoupling Control Based ： Funds for the Central Universities”(Number Trajectory Tracking for Underactuated Ships”. 3132016002,3132016006). Proceedings of the 32nd Chinese Control Reference, July 26-28, 2013,Xi’an, China:8108-8113. References

[1] ZHANG Yao, Grant E H, Pratyush S. “A Neural Network Approach to Ship Track-Keeping Control” IEEE Journal Yong Liu: (1985-),Male, received the Master’s Degree in 2011 of Oceanic engineering, 1996, 21(4): 513-527. from Dalian Maritime University. [2] Fossen T I. “Marine Control Systems-Guidance, From 2014, as a lecturer, he has been working in seaman ship Navigation and Control of Ships, Rigs and Underwater office in Dalian Maritime University . His research fields Vehicles”. Norwegian University of Science and include Ship Motion Control, Ship Handling, ship tracking Technology. Trondheim, Norway, 2002. control, ship path following control. [3] Wichlund K Y, Sordalen O J, Egeland O. “Control properties of underactuated vehicles”. Proceedings of the IEEE International Conference on Robotics and Automation. Leuven, Belgium, 1995,vol.2:2009-2014. Daming Sun: (1982-),Male, received the Master’s Degree in [4] Pettersen K Y. “Exponential stabilization of underactuated 2007 from Dalian Maritime University. vehicles”, Norwegian University of Science Technology, From 2010, as a lecturer, he has been working in seaman ship 1996. office in Dalian Maritime University . His research fields [5] Encarnacao P, Pacoal A, Arcak M. “Path following for include Ship Management, Ship Handling, Ship Tracking autonomous marine craft”. Proceedings of the 5th IFAC Control, Ship Path Following Control. Conference on MCMC. Aalborg, Denmark, 2000: 117-122. [6] Aicardi M, Caslino G, Indiveri G etc. “A planar path following controller for underactuated marine vehicles” Haijun Xu: (1984-),Male, received the Master’s Degree in IEEE Conference on Control and Automation. Dubrovnik, 2010 from Dalian Maritime University. Croatia, 2001. From 2013, as a lecturer, he has been working in seaman ship [7] Breivik M, Fossen T I. “Path fallowing of straight lines office in Dalian Maritime University . His research fields and circles for marine surface vessels”. Proceedings of the include Ship Motion Control, Ship Handling. 6th IFAC CAMS [C]. Ancona, Italy, 2004. [8] HAN Bing , ZHAO Guo-liang. “Path tracking control of

The special method for the interfacial strength improvement of SMA composite with ZnO

Gu Xuan, Sun Xiaoyu*, He Zheng*, Xu Li-Dan, Liu Ju, Wang Bin-Sheng*

College of Aerospace and Civil Engineering, Harbin Engineering University, Harbin 150001 China E-mail: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]

Abstract—In this work, we adopted a novel and investigated the guideline to optimize performance of the promising method to improve the interfacial strength shape memory composite[7]. In our previous study, of the shape memory composite. Initially, the subulate however, the weak bonding strength between the ZnO was deposited with an electrochemical process interface of SMA as the reinforcement and its on the surfaces of TiNi wire. The as-deposited TiNi surrounding matrix limited the extended engineering wire was subsequently combined with the shape applications of such SMA composites. It is thus valuable memory epoxy matrix. Single-fiber pull-out model to further investigate the interfacial behaviors and was employed to study the interfacial behaviors of the mechanical properties of the SMA composite. Hassel had shape memory alloys (SMA) composite. The results classified the methods available for the surface treatment showed that the binding strength of composite by applied to TiNi [8]. The methods of surface treatment is measuring shear stress was enhanced about 36% classified into three groups: removal, oxidation and compared with that made using hand sanding method. coatings. Many valuable works have been reported to The surface morphology of TiNi wire and the improve the interfacial binding strength between the interaction between components in the composite SMA wire and SMP matrix through those methods [9]. were investigated by SEM. Huang et al. enhanced surface roughness of TiNi alloy by anodization in diluted HF solution. Wang et al. Index Terms—Shape memory alloys; Shape memory functionalized the epoxy resin by mixing different polymers; Epoxy; Composite; Interfacial strength amount of silane coupling agent to improve the interfacial adhesion of SMA fiber reinforced epoxy matrix composite. Man and Zhao[10] fabricated a 3D Ⅰ.INTRODUCTION TiNi dendrites network on the surface of NiTi wire surface by a laser gas nitriding process and a great Shape memory materials (SMMs) are intelligent increasing in the lab-joint strength was achieved as materials that can be restored from their temporary shape compared with those TiNi wire treated by sandblasted to original shape upon appropriate external stimulus. and acid etched methods. Among those mentioned Among SMMs, shape memory polymers (SMP) and methods, sandblasting technology is the most effective shape memory alloys (SMA) have both been proven improvement of the interfacial binding strength. important smart materials and widely used in their own In this work, we reported a novel and effective fields [1][2][3][4]. The SMPs are superior in several protocol to improve the interfacial strength between respects, including low density, large deformability, high SMA wires and SMP matrix. Initially, the subulate ZnO recoverability, and superior molding property, while was deposited with an electrochemical process on the SMAs are proposed of shape memory effect, surface of TiNi wire, the shape memory alloy. The superelasticity, and large recovery stress [5]. By as-deposited TiNi wire was subsequently combined with developing the shape memory composite (SMCs) that the shape memory epoxy matrix to form the shape combined with SMAs and SMPs versatile functionalities memory composite. The deposited ZnO worked like a of SMMs can be achieved [6]. For example, Pritha et al. nail and was wedged in the boundary of TiNi wire and had designed a “smart bias system” consisted of SMA the epoxy matrix. The great improvement in interfacial and SMP to allow for tunable characteristics in different shear stress of the composite was observed. temperature regimes. Our group had previously fabricated the shape memory composite integrating TiNi Ⅱ. EXPERIMENTAL wire with the shape memory epoxy matrix and TiNi–SMA (50 at%Ni–50 at%Ti) wires of 0.3 mm in diameter as the reinforcement were purchased from E-mail:[email protected],[email protected],wangbins GRIKIN Advanced Materials, China. The epoxy as the SMP matrix was prepared by mixing epoxy monomer [email protected] E51 (BlueStar New Chemical Materials Co., Ltd.), Neopentyl glycol diglycidyl ether (NGDE) and

4,4-diaminodiphenyl methane (Sinopharm Chemical completely pulled out. The interfacial shear stress τB at Reagent Co., Ltd.) in the weight ratio of 40:7:8. The Tg point B is larger than τA due to the propagation of of prepared SMP matrix was 42 °C. debonding. At the last stage, the interfacial friction ZnO nanostructure on the surface of SMA wires was between fiber and matrix will sustain the external electrochemical deposited following the methods of load. Fig. 2 also shows the typical load–displacement Wang et al.. TiNi wire was acted as the working curve of composite without deposition ZnO for electrode, the Ag/AgCl electrode and the Pt wire were the comparison. With the increase of displacement, the reference and counter electrodes, respectively, and the interfacial shear stress linearly increases and decrease electrolyte is the mixture of 0.5 M Zn(AC)2·2H2O and after reaching a maximum. The debonding stress of 0.1 M KCl. The reaction was performed in a glass cell composite without deposition ZnO is 32 N and less than immersed in a water bath of 60 °C. An electrochemical that of composite with ZnO. workstation was used amperometry potentiostatically deposit the ZnO nanostructures at −1.0 V (relative to the reference electrode) for 15 min, 30 min and 45 min, respectively. To fabricate the composite, an epoxy mixture after removing bubbles was cast into a preheated polyfluortetraethylene (PTFE) mold. The already processed TiNi wire was standing vertically in the PTFE mold. The composite was precured at 80 °C for 2.5 h, then cured at 150 °C for 2.5 h.

Fig 2. The load–displacement curve of composite.

One of the most important factors which lead to the failure of composite materials is the interfacial debond between fibers and matrix. It is generally agreed that the higher the critical debonding stress, the stronger the

composite material will be.The critical debonding stress Fig 1. The photograph of the specimen model and test of the composite treated by hand standing, acid etching, device. and coupling regent are 14.31, 15.86, and 16.79 MPa, respectively. However, treatment by the electrochemical The main reason leads to the failure of composite deposition of ZnO with different deposition time are materials is the interfacial debonding between fibers and 17.64, 19.48, and 16.33 MPa, respectively. TiNi wire the matrix. In this paper, a single-fiber pull-out model treated by the electrochemical deposition of ZnO (30 min) was used to evaluate the interfacial behaviors of the SMA is the most effective method. composite. The photograph of the specimen model is shown in Fig. 1A. A device designed to enclose the specimen during the test is shown in Fig. 1B. The bottom side of the epoxy matrix was fixed by a metal holder and SMA wires went through a hole in the holder. The morphology of the product characterized with field emission scanning electron microscope (FE-SEM) and scanning electron microscope.

Ⅲ. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION Fig. 2 shows a typical load–displacement curve of composite obtained from TiNi wire treated with ZnO. A three-stage evolution of the applied load with the corresponding displacement was observed. At the first stage (OA), the interface between fiber and matrix is intact, and the displacement linearly increased with the applied load. With the further increase in the interfacial shear stress, the displacement increases slowly as shown Fig 3. SEM micrographs of TiNi wire treated with acid in the stage AB. At this stage, the applied shear stress etching (A) and electrochemical deposition ZnO with approaches the interfacial debonding stress, and initiates different time: (B) 15 min, (C) 30 min, (D) 45 min. the local debonding process. When the external load reaches to the point B, the applied shear stress increases The surface morphologies measured by SEM were used to the maximum debonding stress, and the fiber will be to study difference of the critical debonding stress

between matrix and TiNi wire treated by various methods. The surface morphologies of TiNi wire treated by acid etching and electrochemical deposition of ZnO with different deposition time are shown in Fig. 3, respectively. It was shown that many asperous structures and different dotted pits were shown on the surface of TiNi wire treated by acid etching. On the other hand, ZnO was uniformly grown on the surface of TiNi wire as shown in the image of TiNi wire treated with electrochemical Fig 5. SEM micrographs of TiNi wire after pull-out test: deposition in Fig. 3. As the deposition time of 15 min (A) treated with acid etching, (B) treated with reached, ZnO nanocones occurred on the surface of TiNi electrochemical deposition ZnO (30 min). wire. When the deposition time of 30 min reached, ZnO nanocones array formed on the surface of TiNi wire. The Ⅳ. CONCLUSIONS base size and height of ZnO nanocone was 500 nm and 1 μm, respectively. When the deposition time reached A novel and promising method was developed to 45 min, ZnO nanocones had been densely arranged on improve the interfacial binding strength of shape memory the surface of TiNi wire. The long subulate ZnO can be composite. Initially, the subulate ZnO was deposited with seen on the surface of TiNi wire with one end embedded an electrochemical process on the surfaces of TiNi wires, in the groove of TiNi wire surface. Fig. 4A shows the the shape memory alloy. The as-deposited TiNi wires schematic of composite andFig. 4B is the section were subsequently combined with the shape memory morphology of composite. When the epoxy resin and epoxy matrix. ZnO nanostructures work as like nails that TiNi wire formed the composite, those subulate ZnO wedged in the boundary between TiNi wire and the nanostructures wedged in the epoxy resin matrix work as epoxy matrix. Single-fiber pull-out test showed that the nails. During the process of pull-out, this nails critical debonding stress of the composite was enhanced strengthened the interface binding between TiNi wire and about 36% compared to the TiNi wires that treated with the epoxy matrix thus increased the critical debonding the hand sanding method. stress. When the deposition time reached 45 min, ZnO nanocones arranged on the surface of TiNi wire were so ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS dense that formed a layer of ZnO film. This film prevented contact with epoxy resin and TiNi alloy wire. This work is supported by the Simultaneously, the surface roughness of composite was National Natural Science Foundation of China （ No. reduced. Then, the debonding stress was decreased 11602066 ） and the National Science Foundation of during the process of pull-out. Heilongjiang Province of China (QC2015058 and 42400621-1-15047), the Fundamental Research Funds for the Central Universities.

REFERENCES [1] Leng J, Xin L, Liu Y, et al. “Shape-memory polymers and their composites: Stimulus methods and applications”[J]. Progress in Materials Science, 2011, 56(7):1077–1135. [2] Behl M, Zotzmann J, Lendlein A. “Shape-Memory Fig 4. The schematic of composite: (A) overall Polymers and Shape-Changing Polymers[M]// appearance, (B) section morphology. Shape-Memory Polymers”. Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 2009:1-40. The TiNi wire treated by acid etching and [3] Shimamoto A, Jae L H, Sug H J. “Development of Shape electrochemical deposition of ZnO (30 min) after the Memory TiNi Fiber Reinforced Epoxy Matrix Composite pull-out test was shown in Fig. 5A and B, respectively. and Its Physical Properties”[J]. Journal of Engineering Only a few remained epoxy fritters were on the acid Materials & Technology, 2002, 124(4):9764-9768. etching treated TiNi wire surface as shown in Fig. 5A. [4] Payandeh Y, Meraghni F, Patoor E, et al. “Study of the However, much more epoxy matrix materials were martensitic transformation in NiTi–epoxy smart composite and its effect on the overall behavior”[J]. Materials & adhered on the electrochemically ZnO deposited TiNi Design, 2012, 39(11):104-110. wire as shown in Fig. 5B. It becomes very clear that the [5] Liu C, Qin H, Mather P T. “Review of progress in electrochemically deposited subulate ZnO can increase shape-memory polymers”[J]. Journal of Materials the adhesion strength between TiNi wires and the epoxy Chemistry, 2007, 17(16):1543-1558. matrix, thus increase the critical debonding stress. [6] Tobushi H, Hoshio K, Hayashi S, et al. “Shape Memory Composite of SMA and SMP and its Property”[J]. Key Engineering Materials, 2007, 340:1187-1192. [7] Tobushi H, Hayashi S, Sugimoto Y, et al. “Two-Way Bending Properties of Shape Memory Composite with SMA and SMP”[J]. 2009, 2(3):1180-1192. [8] Ghosh P, Rao A, Srinivasa A R. “Design of multi-state and smart-bias components using Shape Memory Alloy

and Shape Memory Polymer composites”[J]. Materials & [10] Hassel A W. “Surface treatment of NiTi for medical Design, 2013, 44:164-171. application”s[J]. Minimally Invasive Therapy & Allied [9] Feng X, Zhao L, Mi X, et al. “Improved shape memory Technologies Mitat Official Journal of the Society for composites combined with TiNi wire and shape memory Minimally Invasive Therapy, 2004, 13(4):240-247. epoxy”[J]. Materials & Design, 2013, 50(17):724-727.

Unconditionally Stable Current Density Convolution Crank–Nicolson Finite-Difference Time-Domain Implementation for Anisotropic Magnetized Plasma

Jianxiong Li School of Electronics and Information Engineering, Tianjin Polytechnic University, Tianjin, China Tianjin Key Laboratory of Optoelectronic Detection Technology and Systems, Tianjin, China Email: [email protected]

Yongjia Zhuang School of Electronics and Information Engineering, Tianjin Polytechnic University, Tianjin, China Tianjin Key Laboratory of Optoelectronic Detection Technology and Systems, Tianjin, China

Abstract—An effective unconditionally stable Crank–Nicolson (CN) FDTD [4], split-step FDTD [5] implementation of the current density convolution Crank– and locally one-dimensional (LOD) FDTD [6] have been Nicolson finite-difference time-domain (JEC-CN-FDTD) introduced. method for anisotropic magnetized plasma is proposed. The Recently, the current density convolution CN–FDTD JEC-CN-FDTD method for isotropic dispersive media (JEC-CN-FDTD) method has been successfully applied greatly improves efficiency and retains its accuracy. This paper extends this approach to anisotropic magnetized to one-dimensional (1-D) unmagnetized plasma medium plasma. This method not only solves the problem that based on incomplete Cholesky conjugate gradient (ICCG) incorporates both anisotropy and frequency dispersion at method [7]. In this paper, the JEC-CN-FDTD method is the same time, but also eliminates the Courant–Friedrich– extended to simulation 1-D anisotropic magnetized Levy (CFL) stability constraint. A numerical example has plasma without using ICCG method. A main advantage been carried out to validate the proposed formulations in over the method in [7] is that the CN equations are solved, one dimension of electromagnetic wave through anisotropic as naturally expected, by two tridiagonal algorithms, magnetized plasma slab. The results prove that the requiring neither preconditioners, nor iterative solvers, to proposed formulations significantly save time and perform deal with the implicit equations. And the proposed stably with acceptable accuracy. difference iterative formulations of anisotropic Index Terms—Crank–Nicolson difference scheme (CN), magnetized plasma eliminate the CFL stability constraint current density convolution (JEC), finite-difference time- based on the CN method. Therefore, the selection of time domain (FDTD), magnetized plasma step is not limited by the CFL stability condition. Under the sufficient accuracy of the calculation, the number of the simulation steps can be reduced with increasing the I. INTRODUCTION time step, which can lead to the substantially decline of the computing time. The high accuracy and efficiency of The finite-different time-domain (FDTD) method is the proposed JEC-CN-FDTD algorithm are confirmed by one of the most popular methods for the solution of computing reflection and transmission of a magnetized problems in analysis and design of electromagnetic plasma slab. Comparing the JEC-CN-FDTD method with propagation, microwave structures, and many other the conventional JEC-FDTD method [8] and analytical engineering applications. Over the past years, the FDTD solutions, the results show that the proposed formulations method has been widely used to simulate dispersive can reduce most of computing time, perform stably and media including the anisotropic magnetized plasma facilitate computer programming, but retain its accuracy. media [1]. However, the conventional FDTD method is conditionally stable, namely, the time step is restricted by the Courant-Friedrichs-Lewy (CFL) stability condition II. FORMULATIONS [2]. When a small spatial step is required for fine In anisotropic magnetized plasma medium with geometrical details, the time step has to be small so that collisions, supposing that the external static magnetic the simulation time is too long to be accepted. To field is parallel to the z axis, the Maxwell’s component overcome the CFL stability limit of the FDTD method, equations are written as: some unconditionally stable FDTD algorithms including the alternating-direction-implicit (ADI) FDTD [3],

Ex H y n1 nt n  111 n  1 0 Jx (1) Ex()()[()() k E x k  H y k 22  H y k  tz 20z

E y Hx nnn 11t 1/2 0 +J y  (2) HkHkJkyyx()()]()22 (9) tz 0

H Ey t  x  (3) nnnn111 11 0 HkHkEkEkyyxx()()[(1)()22 tz 20z

H nn y Ex (10)   (4) EkEkxx(1)()] 0 tz where z is the space step in the z direction. where E x( y , )  is the electric field intensity in the  It is noted that the discrete electric and magnetic field direction, H is the magnetic field intensity, J is the components are coupled implicitly, which leads to a huge   sparse matrix to be solved. To decouple them, polarization current density,  0 and 0 are the substituting (10) into (9) and after some manipulations, permittivity and permeability coefficient of free space, n1 an implicit update for Ex is obtained from respectively. The constitutive relationships of nnn111 polarization current density J x and J y are given by azxzxzx EkaEka(1)(12)()(1) Ek

J x vJEJ 2 (5) a En( k  1)(12)   a E n () k  a E n ( k  1) t xpxby 0 z x z x z x tt J nnn 111/2 y 2 HkHkJkyyx()()(22 )  (11) vJEJ   (6) z t ypybx 0 00 where where v is the electron collision frequency,  p the t 2 plasma frequency, and b the electron gyrofrequency. az  2 The plasma medium parameters are constant that do not 400z vary with time and anisotropy. From (5) and (6), it is n1 n1 By the same procedure, Ey and H x can be updated as obvious that J x and J y are coupled. Therefore, the update equations for two components of polarization follows: current density need to be solved simultaneously. a En1( k  1)(12)   a E n  1 () k  a E n  1 ( k  1) According to the conventional JEC-FDTD method z y z y z y presented in [8], (7) and (8) can be obtained as a En( k  1)(12)   a E n () k  a E n ( k  1) nnn1/21/2 z y z y z y Jkbxxx Jkb()()() Ek12 tt nn1/2  HkHkJknnn()()(11 ) 1/2 (12) b34 Jkbyy Ek()() (7)  xxy 22 00z

Jn1/2()()() k b J n 1/2 k b E n k y12 y y t Hnnnn111()()[( kH11 kE  1)( kE)  k xxyy 222 z nn1/2 0 b34 Jxx()() k b E k (8) nn where Eyy( k  1)  E ( k )] (13) 22vt 422tevt (4b te ) 0 p It is clear that the left-hand sides of (11) and (12) form b1= , b2 = , b b n1 5 5 two tri-diagonal matrix which can be solved for Ex and n1 n1 n1 n1/2 n1/2 b6 vt b6 22vt E easily. And, H , H , J and J are be3 = （ 1 ） , b40= p te , y x y x y b5 b5 updated explicitly. It is remarkable that, because of using 22vt vt2 the JEC method, polarization current density and b5 4 b  t e , b6 2b te , J x J y where t is the time step, k is the spatial location index. are calculated at half integer time step (n+1/2), which The CN scheme is used in spatial partial differential makes entire update formulations and the computer (1)-(4). For example, (1) and (4) can be formulated as programming simple. follows:

Ⅲ. NUMERICAL STUDY 0 A numerical example that the electromagnetic wave propagates through a magnetized collision plasma slab is -10 used to validate the proposed JEC-CN-FDTD formulations. The parameters of the plasma are taken as -20 9 11 p 228.710 rad/s, b 1 . 0 1 0 rad/s, and 9 v 2 0 1 0 rad/s. The thickness of the plasma slab is -30

15mm, and the incident wave used in the simulation is a Analytic Solution JEC-FDTD differential Gaussian pulse with the peak frequency of 50 -40 JEC-CN-FDTD(CFLN=1) GHz. JEC-CN-FDTD(CFLN=2) RCP Reflection Coefficient (dB) Coefficient Reflection RCP JEC-CN-FDTD(CFLN=4) To improve the accuracy and decrease the numerical JEC-CN-FDTD(CFLN=6) -50 dispersive error, CPW =100 is chosen, where CPW 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 denotes the number of the cell per wavelength. In the Frequency (GHz) numerical example, the CFLN 6 is chosen, which is Figure 1. RCP reflection coefficients versus frequency obtained from FDTD F D T D the proposed JEC-CN-FDTD formulations with different CFLNs, the defined as CFLN ttCFL , where tC F L is the conventional JEC-FDTD and analytical solution for anisotropic maximum stability limit of the conventional FDTD magnetized plasma. algorithm, in this test, t FDTD 0 . 1 ps. It is noted that CFL 0 time sampling precision is high enough because of CPW/CFLN>12 . The computational domain has 2000 -10 cells in the z direction. The space step is z 3 0  m , -20 the plasma slab occupies 500 cells in the middle of the FDTD domain, and the rest is free space. Eight-cell -30 perfectly matched layer (PML) is used at two terminations of the space to eliminate unwanted -40 reflections [9]. In this test, the simulation is carried out -50 Analytic Solution for the first 1.6384 ns. JEC-FDTD JEC-CN-FDTD(CFLN=1) As shown in Figs. 1-4, the magnitudes of reflection -60 JEC-CN-FDTD(CFLN=2) LCP Reflection Coefficient (dB) JEC-CN-FDTD(CFLN=4) coefficients and transmission coefficients for RCP and JEC-CN-FDTD(CFLN=6) -70 LCP waves are computed using the proposed JEC-CN- 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 FDTD method with different CFLNs. At the same time, Frequency (GHz) these results obtained from conventional JEC-FDTD Figure 2. LCP reflection coefficients versus frequency obtained from method [8] and analytical solutions are given. the proposed JEC-CN-FDTD formulations with different CFLNs, the Fig. 1 and Fig. 2 show that the reflection coefficients conventional JEC-FDTD and analytical solution for anisotropic from the proposed JEC-CN-FDTD formulations with magnetized plasma. different CFLNs keep a high accuracy, which is close to the analytical solutions. When CFLN = 6, there is a tiny Ⅳ deviation at high frequency, but this deviation is . CONCLUSION acceptable. In this paper, the JEC-CN-FDTD algorithm for Fig. 3 and Fig. 4 show that the transmission anisotropic magnetized plasma is proposed. The coefficients from the proposed JEC-CN-FDTD algorithm numerical example shows that the proposed algorithm with different CFLNs follow the analytical solutions maintains unconditional stability and the time step is not closely at total interesting frequency range. limited by the CFL stability condition. In addition, the Fig. 1-4 confirm that the proposed JEC-CN-FDTD proposed algorithm can keep a high accuracy and formulations for anisotropic magnetized plasma are valid consume very little time. and unconditionally stable, and its simulation results with different CFLNs keep in good agreement with analytical TABLE I. solutions. TIME AND MEMORY USED BY CONVENTIONAL JEC-FDTD AND JEC- As shown in Table I, it is obvious that the JEC-CN- CN-FDTD METHOD WITH DIFFERENT CFLNS FDTD method occupies larger memory than the JEC- JEC-CN-FDTD conventional JEC-FDTD method in [8], but the JEC-CN- FDTD CFLN=1 CFLN=2 CFLN=4 CFLN=6 FDTD method saves more and more time with the increasing of CFLN value when CFLN  2 at the Time(s) 40.50 53.81 26.22 15.14 9.64 acceptable cost of the memory. Especially, this method Memory(M) 82.564 93.288 93.120 92.580 92.376 saves more than 76% time when CFLN=6. In this test, a PC with Inter(R) core(TM) i7 CPU @ 2.6GHz and 8GB(DDR4 2133MHz) memory is used.

0 [4] G. Sun and C.W. Trueman, “Unconditionally stable Crank- Analytic Solution Nicolson scheme for solving two-dimensional Maxwell's -10 JEC-FDTD JEC-CN-FDTD(CFLN=1) equations,” Electron. Lett, vol. 39, pp. 595-597, January JEC-CN-FDTD(CFLN=2) 2003. “doi: 10.1049/el:20030416” -20 JEC-CN-FDTD(CFLN=4) JEC-CN-FDTD(CFLN=6) [5] J. Lee and B. Fornberg, “A split step approach for the 3-D Maxwell’s equations,” J. Comput. Appl. Math., vol. 158, -30 pp. 485-505, September 2003. “doi: 10.1016/S0377- 0427(03)00484-9” -40 [6] J. Shibayama and M. Muraki, “Efficient implicit FDTD algorithm based on locally one-dimensional scheme,” -50 Electron. Lett, vol. 41, pp.1046-1047, September 2005. “doi: 10.1049/el:20052381” -60 [7] D. J. Song, H. W. Yang, and G. B. Wang, “A research for RCP Transmission Coefficient (dB) plasma electromagnetic character using JEC-CN-FDTD -70 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 algorithm based on ICCG method,” Optik., vol.127, Frequency (GHz) pp.1121-1125, October 2016. “doi: Figure 3. RCP transmission coefficients versus frequency obtained 10.1016/j.ijleo.2015.10.139” from the proposed JEC-CN-FDTD formulations with different CFLNs, [8] L. J. Xu and N. C. Yuan, “JEC-FDTD for conducting the conventional JEC-FDTD and analytical solution for anisotropic cylinder coated by anisotropic magnetized plasmas,” IEEE magnetized plasma. Microw. Wireless Compon. Lett, vol. 15, pp. 892–894, December 2005. “doi: 10.1109/LMWC.2005.859970” 0 [9] J. X. Li, Y. Yu, and X. M. Zhao, “Z-transform for Analytic Solution JEC-FDTD unconditional stable Crank-Nicolson FDTD JEC-CN-FDTD(CFLN=1) implementation of SC-PML for dispersive Debye media,” JEC-CN-FDTD(CFLN=2) -10 JEC-CN-FDTD(CFLN=4) Electron. Lett, vol. 50, pp. 1959–1961, December 2014. JEC-CN-FDTD(CFLN=6) “doi: 10.1049/el.2014.2429”

-20

Jianxiong Li was born in Tianjin, China in 1969. He received

-30 the B.Sc. and M.Sc. degrees in physics in 1991 and 1994, respectively, and the Ph.D. degree in communication and

LCP Transmission Coefficient (dB) information system in 2007, from -40 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Tianjin University, Tianjin, China. His Frequency (GHz) main research interests are in Figure 4. LCP transmission coefficients versus frequency obtained computational electromagnetics, and from the proposed JEC-CN-FDTD formulations with different CFLNs, microwave technology. the conventional JEC-FDTD and analytical solution for anisotropic He is a Professor in School of magnetized plasma. Electronics and Information Engineering, Tianjin Polytechnic University, Tianjin, 300387, China, and also in Tianjin Key Laboratory of Optoelectronic ACKNOWLEDGMENT Detection Technology and Systems, Tianjin, 300387, China Prof. Li is senior member of China Institute of This work was supported by the National Natural Communications. Science Foundation of China (Grant No. 61372011).

REFERENCES Yongjia Zhuang was born in Mudanjiang, China in 1992. He [1] F. Hunsberger, R. Luebbers, and K. Kunz, “Finite- received the B.Sc. degree in the school of Electronics and difference time-domain analysis of gyrotropic media—I: Information Engineering, Tianjin Magnetized plasma,” IEEE Trans. Antennas Propagat, vol. Polytechnic University, Tianjin, 300387, 40, pp. 1489–1495, December 1992. “doi: China. 10.1109/8.204739” He is currently pursuing the M.Sc. [2] A. Taflove and S. C. Hagness, Computational degree in the school of Electronics and electrodynamics: The Finite- Difference Time-domain Information Engineering, Tianjin Method, 3rd ed, Boston: Artechhouse, 2005. “doi: Polytechnic University, Tianjin, 300387, 10.1016/B978-012170960-0/50046-3” China. His currently research interest in [3] T. Namiki, “A new FDTD algorithm based on alternating- computational electromagnetics. direction implicit method,” IEEE Trans. Microw. Theory Tech, vol. 47, pp. 2003-2007, October 1999. “doi: 10.1109/22.795075”

The Impact of Publishing Industry on the Supply of Application-orientated Undergraduate Textbooks

Zhou Li Chongqing University Press

Abstract—Starting with the supply of application- its market presence could be reinforced to maintain the orientated teaching materials, this paper is largely divided economic benefits. into three main sections: first, the specific impact of publishing industry on colleges and universities is elaborated. Then, a detailed analysis will be made on the II. IMPACT AND ANALYSIS OF PUBLISHING AND status and problems that may be found in the publishing DISTRIBUTION INDUSTRY ON APPLICATION- industry development. Finally, the appropriate measures ORIENTATED UNDERGRADUATE TEXTBOOKS are discussed. In 2016, the National Development and Reform

Commission, the Ministry of Education, Ministry of Index Terms—publishing industry; application-orientated Human Resources and Social Security jointly issued the undergraduate; supply of teaching materials Notice on the Preparation of the Planning Project Construction on the "Thirteenth Five-Year-Plan" Industry and Education Integration Development Project I. INTRODUCTION (Fa-Gai-She-Hui [2016] 547#), marking the start of the Since the inception of the 21st century, digital implementation of the planning projects on the industry technology along with Internet technology has been on & education integration development project for the the track of rapid development. In response to the trend vocational education. A strong support would be offered to the construction of a number of the prestigious of information age, the "application-orientated" teaching vocational colleges and application-oriented idea has been widely embraced by the undergraduate undergraduate colleges and universities with significant institutions and traditional publishing industry that are influence and competitiveness. As to the national long- embarking on a transformation road. Publishers and term development, more efforts are expected to be made universities have always been mutually reinforced. This on cultivating the application-oriented and compound is not only because publishers as the textbook suppliers talents. Upon entering the period of industrialization, the are able to provide a solid backing that ensures the good country needs to make more adjustments on the teaching of colleges and universities, but also because industrial structure. Accordingly, its higher education should come along the way, aiming to cultivate a large the university's teaching materials circulation, for the number of application-oriented talents with the needed publishing industry, serve an important source of its high-quality teaching materials. In China, undergraduate economic system. Alternatively, an appropriate model of construction based on application is still facing some textbook supply acts as an essential prerequisite for a problems, partially due to the supply of textbooks from win-win situation. presses. The following will be elaborated in three aspects: At present, some undergraduate colleges are on the Supply of teaching materials, price of teaching materials way to transformation into the so-called application- and quality of teaching materials. orientated institutions. As the name suggests, on the basis (1) Supply of teaching materials of the original theoretical knowledge, more attention are Currently, the way of consuming the college paid to practical training items. And the original teaching materials has changed a lot. The most common published textbooks may be criticized due to some change: In the past, a student had to pay a few hundred problems like the theoretical knowledge too sophisticated, yuan, buying teaching materials from the department of less practical, and no longer to keep the pace with the teaching materials; the publisher would send the books to undergraduate colleges orientated at application. As to the school, where this department was responsible for distribution. And now students are permitted to buy the publishing industry, adapting to the development of books on their own, and the school is no longer in the the times means a sharp demand to actively publish the position to charge the fees on teaching materials. For corresponding series of teaching materials. Ultimately, students, there are a variety of ways available to obtain teaching materials. More and more of them choose to

acquire second-hand books or pay to get the copies. merely able to support the changes of the educational Comparatively, the purchase enthusiasm of new model, but also to create a broader room for the textbooks continues to be down, with the return rate on a development of higher education. rising level. Nonetheless, there are still a considerable proportion of students who need the excellent teaching III. PROBLEMS AND SOLUTIONS materials used in the past years and reprinted by the With the advent of the information age, China's publishers. As publishers, in consideration of their economic take-off is proven to have failed to realize a economic benefits, the publication of reprinted textbooks usually counts on sales in previous years to estimate the timely transition. When coping with changes in the number of demand for this year. More often, all these macro environment, the enterprises are confronting various problems, so is the publishing industry. factors combined result in the hoarding of some high- Traditional publishing industry in such a scenario is quality, excellent materials or even the reprinting request desperately needed to actively complete such a transition to be refused. This is bound to bring some negative impact. Basically, the refusal of the press makes it in order to keep up with the pace of the times. difficult for teachers to pick the right materials, but rather Specifically, all possible aspects with problems should be covered before a real satisfied solution could be obtained. to barely make do, indirectly affecting the quality of Here, a detailed analysis is given from three aspects: the teaching. Also, chances are that this year's demand for profit, the growth rate of practitioners and industry teaching materials may be greater than the actual amount prospects. of printing. An extra printing may be scheduled, but the teachers could be helpless in timely preparing lessons in advance, and harmful to the teaching process. 3.1 ASPECTS WITH PROBLEMS (2) Price of teaching materials (1) Macroeconomic factors forcing profit to fall In the past, teaching materials in colleges and Affected by the domestic macroeconomic factors, universities were supplied in the following way: Agency there has been a rapid increase in the cost of enterprises, station of college books delivers the books to the including rent, personnel, logistics and other related costs. department in charge of teaching materials, where This aspect has become an important reason for the settlement is done. The agency station transfers the decline in the profits of the distribution industry. payment back to the press, with the discount points taken Distribution businesses are making a growing larger as the profit. But things change at the Internet age, where discount, which is also responsible for the decline in online shopping has become the primary choice for profits. Especially in the group buy, college textbooks, college students. In a striking contrast, the traditional bookstores are simply not profitable as ever. The publishing industry is facing a lot of troubles in pursuit suppression of the online shops also forces publishers of profits simply through the distribution of textbooks. and bookstores to give up substantial profits to maintain As a result, the quality of printing and college discounts a market share. Unfortunately, such helpless measures will be inevitably shrinking in order to take care of their only misled outsiders to believe that distribution is a own interests. No matter what the impact might be, profiteering industry, making publishers more cautious in that’d be a burden unaffordable to students. pricing. So lack in an improved pricing space, publications have no way to achieve sales without giving (3) Quality of teaching materials up enough benefits, the publishing industry has been The teaching materials for the application- forced into a very embarrassing situation. orientated purposes shall be prepared within the frame of (2) A slow growth rate of employment the subject knowledge theory in an aim to cultivate the ability of the students to solve the practical problems. In the past two years, the number of employment in the Teaching materials of this kind are expected to take care distribution industry has been growing slowly, only by of both the theoretical knowledge of subjects and the 0.1%. This figure produced an image far from being application aspects. This would inevitably increase the optimistic. The slow growth in employment is directly difficulties in the selection of textbooks to promote the associated with the declining industry profits. In addition development of colleges and universities. And this task to the industry crisis, enterprises tend to reduce their mainly falls on the shoulders of university textbook investments in the industry projects, even turning back publishing houses. The publishing houses also put from the industry or posts. Despite that the weak growth forward higher requirements for the discipline ability of in employment does not indicate the trend of traditional the book editorial talents. Driven by the different distribution industry, an industry that cannot fully absorb operating ideas and their interests, colleges and the employment is probably not too much optimistic universities may seek to take full advantage of the about its future vision. features of their own, which are able to satisfy the needs (3) The prospect of publishing industry in a twilight zone of the publishing industry and conducive to the Business costs are soaring, including the rising employment of students. In fact, these two aspects are expenditure on labor, freight, rent, water and electricity, not contradictory. At the ever changing times, the and the tax burden is not yet reduced. At present, many progress of the publishing industry comes along with the bookstores only have their net profits maintained at 1% diversity of the needs of the editorial talents. This is not

to 2%. Bookselling itself is a low-profit sector, where B. Based on digital publishing, an online platform profiteering is only the product of the times when the for value-added services can be built up to produce the publishing market and system were not regulated. That is amplification effect of value-added services. A typical to say, it is common for the distribution industry to see instance is the People's Health Publishing House, which its profits going down, which will also become a normal works with the Renwei Medical Network thing. At the same time, the digital reading has become a (http://exam.ipmph.com/), and has successfully built up a new habit of readers who produce a growing reading special value-added service platform for the teaching amount. This is no doubt an icier cold for the traditional materials, monographs and reference books. Readers are distribution sector to survive on an even lower profit. allowed to open an experience account, by which each click to a link leads to a wealth of multimedia materials. 3.2 SOLUTIONS For example, a textbook of internal medicine, the original book may only contain the author’s PPT or a (1) Be professional, featured and quality-assured small amount of video. With the help of this online To tackle this new situation, the first task of a platform, the matched medical materials can be selected university press needs to become more professional, from the database to enrich the original presentation. featured and quality-assured. The university press is This platform-based content appreciation can be expected to give full play to its own advantages in described as a sort of long-term cumulative service, professionalism, technologies, resources and talents, which can be attractive to readers in the field of expertise, whilst relying on the application-orientated background and also effectively avoid the piracy dispute. to hold the leading position of practical knowledge. Real- C. Remote training system with teaching materials time tracking of academic status helps achieve the goal. can be set up to meet the different needs of teachers Highlighted features can be the winning strategy to hold before and after taking a post. Modules like "A Intense a market share. Training with New Versions of Textbooks before the (2)To keep an eye on the international trend for Use", "Daily Training", "School-based Training Zone of sustainable development Undergraduates, and Postgraduates & Advanced Studies" can all be established to provide the first-line teachers University presses are now facing a favorable with search, interpretation and Q&A. The use of opportunity of a fast growing economy and the rapid textbooks may involve series of teaching preparation, development of science and technology education. We case studies, lesson assessment, competition and other should keep our eyes fixed on that distant horizon to multi-dimensional network services; online services are enhance our international competitiveness. Apart from available with online e-book reading and downloading doing a good job in education, university presses are features, database customization and search of reference expected to earnestly learn from overseas peers with books. All in all, university press should strive to achieve successful experiences and practices. Combined with the the use of new media to serve the application-orientated advantages of application-orientated colleges and college education. By breaking the limitations of the universities, more efforts should be made to establish a traditional publishing industry, a virtuous circle may be brand on the world stage to strengthen the market created to obtain excellent teaching results with presence. highlighted features. (3)To enhance the value-added service system of teaching materials IV. CONCLUSIONS Value-added services are rooted in the core content In summary, the impact of publishing and that refers to the customer demands, aiming to provide distribution industry is closed connected with the entire services beyond the regular scope of service, or to supply chain of textbooks and also the development of provide services in a way superior to the conventional their own businesses. As to the supply of teaching practice. Publishing industry, especially the publishing materials, colleges and universities engaged in practitioners in colleges and universities, needs to face application-based education should attach great the practical objects of the major colleges and importance to the featured teaching so that higher quality universities. So it is required to understand the needs of could be guaranteed to hit the training goal. Quality teachers and students for practically used materials. This assurance and pre-class availability in accuracy and is especial true for the practical characteristics of the timeliness are absolutely essential for the supply of application-orientated undergraduate industry. Hence, teaching materials to higher learning. How to establish a custom development of some practical value-added better mode in this regard still remains as the urgent need services is a must: to be addressed for both colleges and publishers. A. By scanning the two-dimensional code, course dynamic video can be replayed to illustrate the operating REFERENCES demo needed for job posts, breaking through the bottleneck of the "space limit" in paper books. More of [1] Xiong Yu, Li Xingxing. A New Trend of Publishing good values can be felt by readers to increase the Industry and the Professional Development of University press. Modern Publishing, 2014.6 student's intuitive sense and their interest in learning. [2] Fan Xingyi, Zhang Yongyi et al. Construction of the Connotation of Application-orientated Undergraduate

Textbooks. Journal of Sichuan Vocational and Technical [5] Peng Jianjun. Problems Faced by University Journals in College, 2014.12 the Internet Era and the Solutions. Journal of South- [3] Lvxiao Lan, Zuo Jinglong. Application-orientated Central University for Nationalities, 2007.9 Undergraduate Electronic Information Engineering [6] Feng Qi. Dilemma in the Development of University Profession - Experimental Teaching Reform. Experimental Publishing Industry and the Countermeasures. Science and Technology, 2013.12 Heilongjiang Higher Education Research, 2005.6 [4] Meng Qingchun. Undergraduate Editing and Publishing [7] Liu Lu. Impact of Publishing and Publishing Industry on Profession - Re-discussion on Courses Setting. Publishing the Supply of Teaching Materials. Journal of Guangdong and Distribution Research, 2008.2 Vocational College of Finance and Economics, 2002.8

The Internalization Advantage, Infrastructure Construction and Foreign Direct Investment

Liang Yingying1 1. Liaoning University of Technology, School of Economics, No. 169, Shi Ying Street, Guta District, Jin Zhou, Liao Ning Province, China.

Liu Luyu1, Bai Zhuoran1* 1. Liaoning University of Technology, School of Economics E-mail:[email protected]

Abstract—As the necessary material condition for economic Generally, the enterprises tend to invest more in the development, infrastructure plays an important role in country where the locomotive facilities are perfect and developing foreign direct investment activities. The location the facilities are complete. With the continuous choice of infrastructure decisions and investments. On the development of product technology, complete loss of basis of the theory of traditional foreign direct investment, product technical superiority, the main production areas this paper makes a theoretical analysis of its influence mechanism, and puts forward some suggestions on how to are concentrated in developing countries and less accelerate the construction of infrastructure to improve the developed countries and regions, the product competition foreign investment activities. strategy is based on price war. The enterprise reduces the transaction cost by investing in the market with the Index terms—Infrastructure, Life Cycle Theory, perfect infrastructure, maintain their competitive Internalization Theory, FDI. advantage.

B. Internalization theory I. THE THEORY OF TRADITIONAL FOREIGN The internalization theory is the theoretical result DIRECT INVESTMENT of western scholars to explain the motives of foreign direct investment, the theory holds that the market is not A. Product life cycle theory fully competitive, in order to optimize the allocation of Product life cycle theory is a new product from the internal resources, the negative effects of market friction beginning to enter the market through the development, on the production and management performance, growth, maturity, decline stage of the whole life process, improve production efficiency, to overcome the Due to the differences in the technical level of the world, shortcomings of the external market to reduce transaction the international competitiveness of each country is costs, maximize profit. According to the traditional different, Thus determines the change of foreign direct theory of internalization, the main factors that determine investment . Specifically, in the phase of new product the internalization of the market are industry specific development, the first phase of the product life cycle. factors, regional factors, country specific factors and Due to the small market penetration of new products, enterprise specific factors, among them, the country market demand is narrow. Therefore, the demand for specific factors include the "soft environment" and "hard products generally have the domestic market to digest. As environment", soft environment, including the host the technology matures, Domestic market demand for country policy, the degree of law and market openness; products continues to expand, demand is very elastic. As an important factor affecting foreign direct investment, That is to say, lower prices will bring about a substantial the hard environment refers to the degree of improvement increase in total revenue. At this point, the key to of infrastructure. The internalization theory can explain improve the competitiveness of enterprises is to reduce the motivation of multinational companies to engage in market transaction costs. At the same time, along with the foreign direct investment from the perspective of continuous spread of product technology, companies enterprise heterogeneity. continue to outsource production and invest in developing countries or regions where the market II. THE INFRASTRUCTURE CONSTRUCTION OF potential is huge. Based on the research of many scholars FOREIGN DIRECT INVESTMENT THEORY at home and abroad, foreign investment in the choice of location will be more consideration of the cost of At present, many domestic and foreign scholars production factors. Therefore, based on the purpose of have shown that the infrastructure construction has a reducing production costs and expanding foreign markets. significant role in promoting the economic development

of a country. Foreign scholars Vernon believes that the Enterprises pay more and more attention to the status of current domestic and foreign research on the location communication infrastructure in the choice of investment choice of foreign direct investment is more traditional, areas. Zhang Hanya and Zhang Changchun (2014) in the such as market capacity, labor costs, transportation and evaluation of the investment environment of China's communications costs, the relative level of technology. provinces and cities is emphasized that the Chinese The traditional theory of location choice theory considers government should attract foreign direct investment in that the most important factor that determines the the optimization of the investment environment. In location choice is the cost of production, one of the most particular, to improve infrastructure construction and important factors for foreign investment is the cost of structural aspects. Zhou Yuping's analysis of the impact production. Therefore, the lower the cost of production is of infrastructure on foreign direct investment, It is more conducive to attracting foreign direct investment. concluded that China's freight volume has a positive Foreign scholars Caves believes that foreign direct effect on FDI. Among them, the maximum elasticity of investment will go to the local field investigation, railway freight volume. There is a weak correlation identify local market potential, so need to face a lot of between air freight volume and foreign direct investment. search costs. Therefore, foreign companies will adopt a On the basis of analyzing the influence of the post and risk averse strategy, this strategy has led to the choice of telecommunications industry on the infrastructure, the low transaction costs. And the more perfect infrastructure total amount of postal services and telephone ownership in a region, the more conducive to saving production in China are significantly promoted. In the analysis of the costs, regional infrastructure construction has also impact of the post and telecommunications industry on become an important condition for foreign direct the infrastructure, it is concluded that both the total investment. A study on how to attract foreign investment amount of postal services and the amount of telephone in the host country. Chen Jinmei (2004) obtained in the ownership have a significant role in promoting foreign econometric model to test the foreign direct investment in direct investment. This is due to the national the main reason for the choice of the location of the telecommunications infrastructure market capacity, China the conclusion shows that the market factors and technical level, service levels have a qualitative leap. infrastructure factors are decisive factor in the choice of Foreign Direct Investment Regional Differences. Among III. SPEED UP INFRASTRUCTURE them, the improvement of infrastructure has played a key CONSTRUCTION IN ORDER TO ATTRACT role in the inflow of foreign direct investment. Besides. FOREIGN INVESTMENT STRATEGY The level of regional economic development, the RECOMMENDATIONS potential market size and the degree of opening to the outside world and the abundance of human capital are the A．The government should strengthen the investment in main factors affecting FDI. Wei Qingshan and Wang infrastructure construction Renfei (2013) organize the statistical data of China's Increasing investment in transport infrastructure, provincial infrastructure and the total amount of foreign especially in the relatively backward areas to strengthen direct investment attracted by the provinces and cities. spending efforts. Even in the past ten years, all over the The results show that the degree of perfection and country to invest in infrastructure without interruption, structure of regional infrastructure is an important factor infrastructure has been gradually meet the requirements in addition to the host country preferential policies and of China's economic development, in terms of market scale effect of foreign direct investment transportation infrastructure. Its dependent funds, most of investment, Lin Junru (2012) to explore the factors of them still come from the financial support of all levels of attracting foreign direct investment in mainland China government. In order to ensure fairness and efficiency, based on Panel Data. The following conclusions are increase infrastructure construction and investment. drawn, Eastern coastal areas rely heavily on market When the government chooses the investment project, it potential. The higher level of market openness, the is necessary to choose the location of the construction, government's preferential policies; the central and and its coverage is expected, in order to allow other western regions are mainly dependent on the basic regional cities, benefit from improving infrastructure. elements. Such as cheap labor, more perfect infrastructure B. Expanding the scale of infrastructure supply construction. Research on the impact of infrastructure on attracting foreign investment, Liu Tiesheng in the use of From the aspect of promoting the large-scale supply SPSS software infrastructure to attract the impact of FDI of infrastructure. Infrastructure has a strong for testing. It is concluded that the density of road agglomeration effect, but if we supply infrastructure in a network, the density of railway network and the density traditional way. Even though transportation policies have of long-distance optical cable have a significant role in made the supply rise steadily. It is still difficult to achieve promoting foreign direct investment. At the same time, it rapid agglomeration effect. So, in a certain time, to also explains that the eastern region of China has achieve the goal of rapid agglomeration effect, need to attracted much more foreign investment than the central rely on the relevant departments, according to the specific and western regions due to its perfect infrastructure. On characteristics of the region, jmplementation of fast and the other hand, he emphasized the importance of effective infrastructure supply. Will be the main force and information technology in the enterprise's profit model. the construction of funds targeted to the relevant construction, the implementation of a very large-scale

supply for the corresponding infrastructure. In order to (JW201615401): Research on the impact mechanism and realize the rapid convergence effect. effect of transnational investment on the export technology complexity promotion -- Based on the C. local governments should optimize the supply perspective of the intermediary effect of technological structure of infrastructure innovation. From the aspect of optimizing the supply structure of infrastructure. Infrastructure includes many other REFERENCE different forms. Such as transportation infrastructure and communications infrastructure. When building [1] Nannan Yu,Martin de Jong,Servaas Storm,Jianing Mi. infrastructure, the first is to clarify the type of Spatial spillover effects of transport infrastructure: infrastructure. This requires a detailed analysis of the evidence from Chinese regions [J]. Journal of region's economic and social environment, adjusted for Transport Geography, 2013. specific needs, structured supply of infrastructure. [2] Goh S K, Wong K N, Tham S Y. Trade linkages of inward and outward FDI: Evidence from Malaysia ACKNOWLEDGEMENT [J]. Economic Modelling, 2013, 35: 224-230. [3] M. Akhtaruzzaman, Nathan Berg, Christopher Hajzler. The paper is a research result of Liaoning Planning Expropriation risk and FDI in developing countries: Office of Philosophy and Social Science (L16CJL003): Does return of capital dominate return on capital? [J]. Research on the promotion effect of export technology European Journal of Political Economy, 2017. complexity on the export competitiveness of Liaoning [4] David Gomtsyan. Economic Development and the manufacturing industry based on the perspective of Direction of FDI Flows [J]. Global Economy Journal, technological innovation, and Education Department of 2016, 16(1). Liaoning Province's Basic Scientific Research Projects

JOURNAL OF SIMULATION, VOL. 5, NO. 2, May 2017 31

The Forecast Model of the Total Population in China Based on Genetic Neural Network

Ning Wang College of Science ,Zhongyuan University of Technology, Zhengzhou, China Email: [email protected]

Xijie Zang College of Science ,Zhongyuan University of Technology, Zhengzhou, China Email: [email protected]

Abstract—In order to avoid shortcomings of the standard BP network algorithm, the forecast model of total A. BP neural network and its shortcomings population which is based on genetic neural network is BP neural network has nonlinear mapping ability of constructed . Involving the advantages of GA and BP. The the powerful. So It is used as a kind of artificial neural algorithm can simultaneously complete genetic selection network model,which is very mature from theory to within a solution space to find the optimal points. Then the practice.In theory, simulation has proved that any BP algorithm searches the best optimal result from those nonlinear system can be used [4-5]. Figure 1 shows the points by the direction of negative gradient. Thus it not only can avoid the BP algorithm into a local minimum and slow BP network model with one hidden layer. convergence etc, but also can overcome long-search time, slow shortcomings of the GA caused by searching optimal solution in a similar form of exhaustive. Simulation indicates that the algorithm is more accuracy than the standard BP algorithm, faster in calculation and very well in applicability. Genetic network is trained to predict the

… total population in China in 2015, which is 137102, … … compared with 136782 in 2014, showing a good rise.

Index Terms— genetic algorithm, neural network, the total population, time series Figure 1. BP network model with a hidden layer

I. INTRODUCTION Because the error of BP algorithm reduces by the In the new historical period, we are facing the problem direction of negative gradient, it is easily landed itself in of total population, which is not only the quantity of the local minimum point. when the number of training population, but also the complexity of population control samples is too large or the relationship between input and family planning policy. A special coordination and and output is too complicated, the convergence speed research organization, and certain financial support is the becomes very slow. At the same time, more requirements basic condition for the study. The main research are needed for network structure and initial value in the questions include: population, population quality, algorithm. when these parameters are unreasonable, the population distribution and resources environment, and network is vulnerable to shocks and even has non- population aging. convergence phenomenon [6]. At present, the prediction methods in population are B. Genetic Algorithm, GA-BP more. Zhou predicted annual growth rate of patent Genetic algorithm simulates the model evolution and applications with a nonlinear chaotic model[1]; Xu used natural selection process which is first proposed by gray system theory to predict the patent trend on the Professor J.Holland, the University of Michigan by the research and application[2]; Rao proposed Wave-type United States in 1975. It is the general for a series of time series which is based on the patent application, and parallel random search heuristic algorithm. Holland and dynamic analysis in authorization data [3]. Goldberg demonstrated that genetic algorithm can This genetic neural networks (GA-BP) combined with maintain the solution structure of good performance and time series, deals with data of the total population in improve the "adaptive capacity"of the future. Thus it China, and forecast it. We Propose a prediction method evolved to the optimal solution or sub-optimal solutions. based on GA-BP, exploring the quantitative prediction of Genetic algorithm has been successful in the applications total population for further research. in a number of areas. The main features of genetic neural network strategy II. THE BASIC PRINCIPLES OF GENETIC NEURAL is searching strategy of group and information exchange NETWORK

between individuals in group. The search does not depend 8.Algorithm end. If the required performance on gradient information, and there are no special indicators, will be the final decoding groups in the best enquirements for solving the problem. The algorithm not individual you can get the optimized coefficient of the only has the global search capability but also enhances network connection weights. local search capabilities. So the genetic algorithm is applied to deal with the complexity of nonlinear problems III. THE PREDICTION MODEL BASED ON which is difficult to solve using traditional methods [7]. GENETIC NEURAL NETWORK As a strong macro-genetic algorithm has a good A. Data preprocessing global search capability and chemical properties, genetic algorithm is used to optimized the weights and thresholds In this paper, the data of the total population in china is of the BP neural network, until the fitness of the solution given from 1980 to 2014 in Table I. is no longer significant. That is to say, the solution quality is stable. This combination of parameters obtained TABLE I. 1980-2014 THE TOTAL POPULATION IN CHINA by decoding the load is close to the best combination of application. We can use the BP algorithm of artificial year The total population year The total population neural network for further precise optimization, until the 2014 136782 1996 122389 2013 136072 1995 121121 search to the optimal network parameters, and can obtain 2012 135404 1994 119850 the optimal parameters accurately. Thus we can reach the 2011 134735 1993 118517 global objective faster and efficiently, and can avoid local 2010 134091 1992 117171 minimal problems. 2009 133450 1991 115823 C. The specific steps of genetic algorithm[8] : 2008 132802 1990 114333 2007 132129 1989 112704 1. Code: initial population, including the crossover 2006 131448 1988 111026 scale, the crossover probability, mutation probability and 2005 130756 1987 109300 the weights and threshold initialization; In this initial 2004 129988 1986 107507 coding, the use of real coding: set the length of 2003 129227 1985 105851 chromosome coding s = m * r + r * n + r + n; and in 2002 128453 1984 104357 2001 127627 1983 103008 accordance with [WHI, WHO, BH, BO] to encode the 2000 126743 1982 101654 sequence (WHI as the input layer to hidden layer weight 1999 125786 1981 100072 vector, WHO for the hidden layer to output layer weight 1998 124761 1980 98705 vector BH for the hidden layer threshold vector, BO 1997 123626 threshold vector for the output layer). Set the initial According to the total population and habits of the population size. five-year plan, we take the amount of total population 2.Fitness value calculation: calculation of evaluation from 1980 to 1984, as input of the first sample, and take function for each individual, and the sort, press the select the data of it in 1985 as corresponding output. Then we the network type of individual probability values: take those from 1981 to 1985 as input of the second P(i) = f/ sum[f(i)] (1) sample, and take the data of it in 1986 as the output of the Fitness value for individual i which can be used to second sample. In turn, 30samples were obtained. measure the sum of squared errors E: Standardization of data for processing, the data F(i) = 1/E(i) E(i) = sum[sum(d-y)2] (2) specification between -1 to 1, matlab in premnmx () Where i = 1 ..., n for the number of chromosomes; o = function can be realized. The data is divided into two 1, ..., q as the output layer nodes; k = 1, ..., m the number parts. The first part of a total of 21 sets of data used for of samples for the study; for teachers signal, the actual training. The second part of the 9 groups for output for the network. By the formula (1) and then authentication, the use of predicted value and actual value, calculate the probability of selection by roulette wheel calculated MAPE, the mean absolute percentage error [1]. selection principle of the implementation of chromosome B. parameter Design of genetic networks evolution operations. 3. The crossover probability of individual and cross- The body of the secondary title. Part of the genetic operation, to generate new individuals and there is no algorithm, using real-coded, easy to get chromosome direct cross-replication of individual operations; length s = 137; crossover probability is 0.3, select the 4. The use of new individuals generated by mutation probability is 0.8, mutation probability 0.05, population probability; Algebra 100, population size 50; 5. New individuals into the population p, and calculate BP algorithm is part of the input data, output data each the new individual's evaluation function; 5 to 5-12-5 structure as a predictor of network topology, 6. To determine whether the end of the algorithm, if the input layer and hidden layer activation function found satisfactory the individual, the end of, or between the "tansig", between the hidden layer and transferred to 3 computing the next round of genetic output layer The activation function for the "purelin", manipulation. training function as "trainlm"; the largest number of 2000 7. To optimize the initial value of the GA as the initial training, convergence and accuracy of 1.0e-28 learning genetic weight, and BP algorithm to train the network rate 0.3. until the specified accuracy.

C. Genetic network compared with the standard BP network

Standard BP neural network converges slowly [9-10], or even difficult to converge, as shown in Figure 2

Figure 4. the decline curve of error GA run for 100 generations

and BP. The algorithm can simultaneously complete genetic selection within a solution space to find the optimal points. Then the BP algorithm searches the best optimal result from those points by the direction of Figure 2. training process of standard neural network negative gradient. Thus it not only can avoid the BP Better genetic neural network approximation, algorithm into a local minimum and slow convergence Figures 3 and 4 respectively, the fitness function etc, but also can overcome long-search time, slow decline curve and error curve shortcomings of the GA caused by searching optimal solution in a similar form of exhaustive. Verified through actual simulation, the proposed method of artificial neural network has better applicability than the average prediction accuracy. Its calculation has higher speed and it has ideal prediction. Another addition to genetic algorithms, simulated annealing algorithm can also choose the wavelet algorithm, particle swarm optimization, ant colony algorithm and principal component analysis, optimization of BP neural network.

ACKNOWLEDGMENT

Figure 3. the curve of fitness function GA running for 100 generations This article is supported by The National Natural Science Fund(11401605), The National Natural Science Mean absolute percentage error (MAPE) compared Fund(11501279), and the scientific and technological Standard BP algorithm: MAPE = 20.65%, It shows project of Henan Provincefund (13210221014). that the prediction error of granting greater generalization ability is poor, the model used to predict the effect of REFERENCES authorized quantities less than ideal. [1] R.Zhou, J.Yu, “The chaotic forecast of annual growth rate Genetic algorithms: MAPE = 8.53%, that with respect of patent applications based on non-linear ravioli,” to the above model, the model prediction error is small, Statistics and Decision, vol.5, pp. 31–32, 2007. generalization ability, the simulation results are reliable, [2] J.Xu, Y.Wang, “Prediction of the patent on the research this model can be used to predict the amount authorized. and application based on grey system,” Computer Please do not revise any of the current designations. Applications vol.22(4), pp.4–7, 2006. Genetic network is trained to predict the the total [3] M.Rao, Y.Lin and G.Li, “Patent application and grant the population in China in 2015, which is 137102, compared amount of time series analysis,” Operations Research and with 136782 in 2014, showing a good rise. Management, Vol.16(6), pp.157-161, 2007 . [4] J.Guo, “Based on BP Neural Network Prediction of Chinese demand for iron ore,” Mineral Research , Vol .11, IV. CONCLUSION AND OUTLOOK pp.41-44, 2008 . Using the common artificial neural network learning, [5] J.Hu, X.Tang, “BP algorithm of artificial neural network there are inherent shortcomings such as local minimal, and its application,” Information Technology. Vol .4, pp. 1- slow convergence etc. In order to overcome the 4, 2004 . shortcomings,we proposed genetic neural network [6] Y.Liu, L.Zhang, “BP network and RBF neural network implementation and performance comparison,” Electronic prediction model which integrated the advantages of GA Measurement Technology Rresearch and Design, Vol .4, pp. 77-80, 2007 . [7] P.Doganis, A.Alexandridis, P.Patrinose, et al, “Time series forecasting for short shelf-life food products based on artificial neural network and evolutionary computing”,

Journal Of Food Engineering, Vol .75 (2), pp.196-204, 2006. [8] Sung-Kwun Oh, W.Pedrycz, “Multi-layer self-organizing polynomial neural networks and their development with the use of genetic algorithms,” Journal Of The Franklin Ning wang: the author is born in Henan province in Institute, Vol.176(5), pp.475-489, 2006. China in 1976. The author was graduated from [9] K.Kim, I.Han, “Genetic angorithms approach to feature Mathmatics department of NanKai University and discretization in artificial neural networks for the received Bachelor degree in 1998. !n 2007, the author prediction of stock price index,” Expert System with Application, Vol .19 (2), pp.125-132,2000. was graduated from FuDan University and received [10] C.Jin, “Based on genetic neural network prediction of Master degree in financial engineering. cancer mortality rates,” Systems Engineering Theory& Practice, pp.141-144,2000.

Study on Range-Free Node Localization Algorithm of Internet of Vehicles

Jianyu Wang Huanggang Normal University, Huanggang, China Email: [email protected]

Xiaojun Liu* Huanggang Normal University, Huanggang, China Email: whutliuxiaojun @qq.com

Abstract—Internet of Vehicles (IoV) has been considered to movement law, application background and other be an important branch which is most likely the first specialties, and learn from the existing results. Based on breakthrough in the application of Internet of Things (IoT) , the basic theory of positioning technology in MANET and has become the focal point of research. Among them, and WSNs, this paper compares the range free algorithm the localization of vehicles are key technologies of the IoV. suitable for IoV. Combined with the research status and This paper focused on range-free nodes location technologies of IoV, and the algorithm and applications in development trend of IoV, the application of each IoV have been discussed. Finally, the localization theories algorithm is given a reference. and algorithms appropriate to IoV are comparatively analyzed,and the research direction of positioning II. THE NODE LOCATION TECHNOLOGY PERFORMANCE technologies of IoV are put forward．. EVALUATION STANDARD

Index Terms—Internet of Vehicles, Localization Method, In the wireless sensor network (WSN) positioning Range-free technology, different localization algorithm has different influence on positioning results, usually has the following several indicators to measure [2]: I. INTRODUCTION Positional Accuracy: position precision is refers to the spatial location information (usually the coordinates) Internet of Vehicles( IoV), the vehicle nodes and proximity between its true location, it is a leading exchange data must be associated with the position, indicator of measuring sensor network localization, only therefore, must take certain mechanisms and algorithms reach a certain position precision of localization to achieve real-time positioning and location awareness algorithm is real and effective. between nodes on the vehicle node, and the establishment Effective Range of Orientation: positioning system can of close ties between the vehicle and the location of the locate Effective range. To satisfy most of the nodes in implementation, monitoring, vehicle tracking and WSN can be positioning, only covers a wide range of positioning, so as to realize the dynamic management and node location to be meaningful. control between the vehicles. Node Density: refers to the spread of sensor Node Mentioned vehicle positioning satellite positioning, we Density in terms of network nodes. In WSN node density first thought (such as GPS or Beidou). However, the had a great influence on the performance of the source application in vehicle navigation and object positioning, usually Node Density high positioning tracking, the positioning accuracy, response time and precision will be higher and higher, the opposite will controllability are unable to adapt to the application reduce Positional Accuracy. In view of the different requirements of vehicle networking. At present, a feasible localization algorithm in WSN node density is not way is to let the city side of the road traffic. RFID reader, required for the same, the performance of the sensor video camera and so on the road side unit (RSU) to obtain nodes and the price also determines the node of the accurate location information through satellite positioning, seeding density. as the anchor nodes in the network to provide location Density of Beacon Node: Density of Beacon Node information source, running on the road vehicles with the [1] refers to the Beacon nodes in the proportion in the WSN. help of RSU positioning . At present, there are mainly Beacon node has its own positioning function, the price is based on range-based technology and the use of range- more expensive, could not sow large area, its node free technology in two ways to achieve positioning. determines the positioning precision of the high and low IoV is a special mobile ad Hoc networks (MANET), a density. wireless sensor networks (WSNs) used in specific Fault Tolerance and Adaptability: refers to the so- environments, or a special purpose Internet of Things called fault-tolerance of the presence of Fault system will ( Internet of things, IoT). Therefore, the study of IoV, not fail, the characteristics of can still work normally. need to fully consider the network environment, node Fault Tolerance is Fault how should the Fault, to be exact

and not let Error. Adaptability can be thought of as a can B. Centroid. adjust itself according to environmental changes can Centroid[4,8] refers to the physical system is considered intelligent features of feedback control system, so that the to focus on the quality of an imaginary point. In sensor system can work in accordance with the standards of networks, the center of mass is to point to the center of some setting in the optimal state. the polygon, the polygons each vertex coordinates of the Security: Security is refers to the system to legitimate geometric average is the bar centric coordinates. Centroid users of response and to resist the illegal request, to algorithm is the University of Southern California's protect themselves from the external influence and the Nirupama Bulusu etc, the algorithm is suitable for ability to attack. WSN usually work in the area of the outdoor positioning under the circumstance of high node physical environment is more complicated, positioning density, it is based on the network connectivity system vulnerable to environmental or man-made (Connectedness) implementation of node localization. Its destruction and attacks, which cannot reach the ideal basic idea is: the unknown nodes according to their own wireless communication environment to achieve the set of threshold method to receive the beacon nodes positioning of the effect, therefore must have a very around the contains the node ID and position information strong security positioning system and algorithm. to determine its area, according to its beacon node ID and Power Dissipation: refers to the Power loss of Power position information received by the calculation area in consumption, Power consumption in the process of WSN the center of mass, and the area of the center of mass as design has always been one of the main aspects in its its own positioning results. This algorithm is simple, the application. Limited due to the energy of the sensor nodes hardware requirements is low, don't need any additional and it is not easy to get, so we need the whole WSN can hardware devices, but in the process of positioning with less energy consumption and high efficiency of requires more beacon nodes, and the algorithm are energy utilization to implement security positioning is the assumed in the process of locating nodes with wireless first question faced by the current research. signal transmission model of the ideal, this also has the Cost and Consideration: the cost of location algorithm very big difference with the actual situation, thus includes time cost, capital cost and space cost. Under the affecting the positioning precision of the Centroid. The premise of ensuring the accuracy of positioning, the basic principle of centroid is shown in Fig.1. positioning system should be the minimum cost, such as the amount of computation required, the amount of A communication, storage space, etc. 1

A2 Ⅲ . THE MAIN RANGE-FREE LOCALIZATION ALGORITHM A6 ANALYSIS Although positioning algorithm based on distance (x,y) measurement can realize accurate positioning, but also A3 often higher requirements for hardware, hardware cost A5 increasing, is not conducive to the use of large area, in A4 various fields, wide Angle. Without ranging localization algorithm is simple to use, only need to use the unknown Figure 1. diagram centroid algorithm node to estimate the distance between the reference node or other location information, and then use Trilateration In this algorithm, AAAA,, Six vertex coordin or Maximum Likelihood Method to calculate the 1236 (x,y),(x ,y ),(x ,y ),(x ,y ),(x ,y ),(x ,y ) unknown node coordinate information. The existing ates are 11 22 33 44 55 66 positioning algorithm based on without range mainly the area of the center of mass as follows: include: DV - HOP algorithm, Centroid algorithm, Amorphous algorithm, Convex Optimization algorithm xxxxxxyyyyyy123456123456          and MDS-MAP algorithm, AHLos localization algorithm (x, y) ( , ) 66 and Cricket system, etc. C. Amorphous A. DV-HOP algorithm. Amorphous[5] is based on the connectivity of the DVHOP algorithm[3,9,10] does not require network nod localization algorithm, it needs to know in advance the es have distance function, which USES the average of the connectivity of the network. Algorithm implementation jump distance to represent the distance between the adjac process, the unknown node first calculated with the ent nodes, to calculate the actual distance, the coordinates minimum hop count between each beacon node; And are calculated by the trilateral measurement method. Alg then calculate the unknown node to jump distance of each orithm of faults is to use the jump distance between the t beacon node, which assumes that the network node wo nodes represent the actual linear distance will cause th communication radius is the same; Finally re-use e error, the accuracy of positioning. Therefore, DVHOP a Trilateration or MLE algorithm for position calculation. lgorithm in the high density of nodes in the network can a Amorphous is easier to implement, but the positioning chieve high precision positioning, positioning accuracy is precision is not high, there are two significant drawbacks: not ideal in sparse network.

one is the need to know in advance the network relative coordinate transformation, make it become the connectivity, the other is to be higher in the process of absolute coordinate system. positioning the node density[6]. MDS-MAP algorithms assume that are connected between each pair of nodes, when the nodes density is D. Convex Optimization localization algorithm. small[7], not only the node positioning error is very big, [7] Convex Optimization is a kind of centralized the outside also can lead to many nodes can't locate. Only positioning algorithm, the so-called centralized the network connectivity to a certain extent, all of the localization algorithm is relative to the case of a unknown node can realize positioning. Generally adopts distributed localization algorithm, centralized positioning the algorithm for node coordinates for the relative algorithm using concentrated thought, after collected all position coordinates, transformed into absolute the sensor nodes effectively information unified coordinates to matrix operation, the relative coordinates positioning calculation, the extensibility of centralized of unknown nodes in the two-dimensional space into localization algorithm is bad, signal transmission and absolute coordinates generally requires at least three processing more troublesome, will not be able to use beacon node for auxiliary operation, in the three- flexible. Convex programming algorithm is shown in dimensional space requires at least four beacon nodes, so Fig.2: the algorithm calculation and energy consumption are generally bigger. F. AHLos localization algorithm AHLos [11] is a distributed localization algorithm based on TDOA ranging technology. The working process of the algorithm is: when the neighbor nodes of the unknown nodes in the anchor nodes is greater than or equal to 3, estimated by the maximum likelihood method to calculate its position, and upgrade to the anchor node, while the new level of anchor node information broadcast to the network; with the increasing number of anchor

nodes, is not part of the original estimation method gradually with the conditions of the unknown node's Figure 2. Diagram of Convex Optimization Principle position using the maximum likelihood. The process is The basic principle of unknown nodes according to the repeated until all the unknown nodes as anchors. AHLos first communication radius and can communicate with the algorithm by atomic multilateration(AM) algorithm, beacon node to establish its possible location area, when iterative multilateration(IM) algorithm and collaboration the exhaustion after these areas are filtered according to multiateration(CM) algorithm consisting of a total of 3 certain standards in these areas and position classification, sub algorithms. finally determine a rectangle (as shown in Fig.3 of the When the number of anchor nodes in the network is rectangular area of the shaded area), to calculate the mass small, the AHLos algorithm can achieve the location of center of the rectangle and place it as the coordinates of the unknown node, its location advantage. In the the unknown node, so as to realize the node localization. networked car, when the road information infrastructure is not perfect or poor network connectivity caused by E. MDS-MAP localization algorithm. signal interference and other reasons, the AHLos MDS-MAP[7] belongs to the centralized positioning algorithm can make up for the lack of network algorithm, it is to use the node connectivity information environment. However, the iterative process at the same between nodes generated by Dijkstra or Floyd algorithm time to the accumulation of errors, namely the cumulative distance matrix, then using Shortest Path Algorithm to get error, reduce the overall positioning accuracy. Based on the location information between nodes. MDS to MAP the AHLos algorithm, the author proposes the algorithm the realization of the localization algorithm mainly of n-hop multilateration primitive [12-13], not only gives a divides into the following three steps: decision whether the node can participate in the condition (1) first of all, from the global perspective, according of the CM algorithm, and using the Calman filter to the given node connectivity information between technology to reduce the cycle of positioning cumulative network topology connected graph is generated, and then error and improve the positioning accuracy. through Shortest Path Algorithm to roughly estimate the G. Cricket system: distance between each pair of nodes, node distance matrix. [14] (2) the classic multidimensional scaling analysis Cricket was used to determine the spatial positioning technology was applied to the node distance matrix, system of mobile or stationary nodes in specific locations calculated the entire network of 2 d or 3 d relative inside the building, is a typical symbol positioning coordinate system, the coordinates of the relative system. In Cricket system, the anchor node periodically coordinates. transmits RF signals and ultrasonic signals at the same (3) according to the position of the beacon node and time, including the anchor node in the RF signal the beacon node of the node from the density of (2) the position information and the unknown node by node ID, TDOA measurement to the anchor node distance. When

the unknown node at the same time were 3 and above to Landscape-3D[18], Constrained 3D[19], SBL [20]. different anchor nodes in the distance, you can determine However, in the present research, the vast majority of their position by three edge measuring method. three-dimensional positioning only in two-dimensional The Cticket system provides functions for the spatial positioning base the improved algorithm, completely location of the symbol location through distributed original algorithm is less. For example: in the Landscape- positioning method, the system of the building within a 3D algorithm, as the node location assistant(LA) device specific spatial location (such as room number) the periodically broadcasts its own The unknown nodes in positioning is more efficient and accurate, and can be the network can calculate the distance between the and applied to the three-dimensional parking lot management, the LA by receiving the position information and RSSI, can also be applied to road traffic environment specific. and then determine the position of the node by using the basic positioning principle of the method of the two sides Ⅳ COMPREHENSIVE ANALYSIS AND PROSPECT The car network positioning technology in MANET (mobile Ad Hoc networks) and WSNs, but the long-term Although the car networking in the vast majority of constraints of energy consumption, MANET and WSNs positioning technology and algorithm come from WSNs, application of computing ability, communication ability, but due to special application environment and function, storage capacity and other issues in car networking has some in the WSNs have mature application protocol does become a major problem for the non, car networking not comply with the vehicle networking applications. For positioning technology research and application to example: APIT (approximation point-in-triangulation remove some restrictions but the car networking. test)[15]. APIT algorithm is the detection of triangle area Research on positioning technology not only solve the with the fusion, the positioning accuracy depends largely problem of vehicle positioning itself, but on the basis of on the fusion area size, but by the city road traffic and people and vehicles, cars and trucks, coordinate the environmental constraints, the formation of regional communication between vehicle and road, and then integration is difficult, so the application of APIT realize the safe driving of the vehicle and other algorithm in vehicle networking is limited. This kind of substantive issues. Therefore, in car networking in the algorithm is more, no longer list. need to strengthen the absolute and relative positioning Although there are many localization algorithm based technology study on data fusion and positioning and on WSNs now, but a considerable part is improved based dynamic analysis. typical localization algorithms in this paper have been introduced on. For example: SHARP (simple hybrid Ⅴ. CONCLUSION absolute relative positioning) [16]. The algorithm combines the advantages of MDS-MAP and DV-distance WSNs is a research hotspot in recent years and focus algorithm, it uses a MDS-MAP with high accuracy in on positioning technology and a large number of determining the reference when the relative coordinates algorithms are constantly emerging, however a large of nodes, and avoid computing the distance matrix of all number of existing localization algorithms are improved nodes, and with reference to the efficiency of DV- for typical localization algorithm basic positioning distance algorithm. So, under the same conditions, the principle. Those methods based on range-free technology, SHARP algorithm has higher accuracy than MDS-MAP although the positioning accuracy is relatively low, but it and DV-distance; moreover, MBAL (mobile beacon can meet some of the requirements of IoV location, so, it assisted localization)[17], the algorithm is the use of an is widely applied and studied. Although the IoV is a new installation the location of the unknown nodes in the concept and application, but the theoretical research and network GPS receiver of the mobile anchor node. The technology application related to you can have a mobile anchor node continuous flooding on behalf of However, at present, the research on WSNs and MANET their ID and position The information, when the unknown is still at the initial stage, so there are a lot of problems to node detects 3 or above and the mobile anchor node in be solved and unknown problems to study. different locations of the distance information, they can determine the location of the. MBAL algorithm itself can ACKNOWLEDGMENT be used for positioning the vehicle in an open area or The project was supported by the Scientific Fund some emergency environment using three sided Project of Huanggang Normal University (Grant No. measurement, play to its advantages. In addition, RFID, GSM, CDMA positioning 201616103). the project of excellent ICT engineer technology is based on the specific application of the training program in Huanggang Normal University (Grant No. 2014zy04), and the project of zxfz2016A014 basic positioning principle and algorithm introduced in in Huanggang Normal University. this paper. This paper analyzed the localization algorithm basically is for planar systems, but in complex traffic environment especially three-dimensional traffic system REFERENCES currently appear, must study the three-dimensional [1] AGRE J, CLARE L. An integrated architecture for positioning method in application the car networking cooperative sensing networks[J]. IEEE Computer environment. At present, in the field of WSNs research Magazine, 2000,33(5): 106-108. for the three-dimensional localization algorithm is also very active, but also made some achievements, such as

[2] SAMI M L,JAMES M C ． Time synchronization in [15] He T, Huang C, Brian M, et al. Range-free localization wireless sensor networks：A survey[C]．IEEE Southeast schemes for large scale sensor networks ［ C ］ ∥ Con 2010 (Southeast Con),2010． 242~245． Proceedings of the 9 th Annual International Conference [3] SAMI M L,JAMES M C ． Time synchronization in on Mobile Computing and Networking( Mobi Com 2003) , San Diego, USA, 2003: 81-95. wireless sensor networks：A survey[C]．IEEE Southeast [16] Ahmed A A, Hongchi S,Shang Y. SHARP: A new ．． Con 2010 (Southeast Con),2010 242~245 approach to relative localization in wireless sensor [4] W ． A Gardner,C ． K Chen ． Singal selective time networks ［ C ］ ∥ Proceeding of 25th International difference of arrival estimation for Passive location．IEEE Conference on Distributed Computing Systems Workshops, Transaction on Signal Processing ,2012,2．1168~1184． ICDCS 2005 Workshops, Columbus, OH, USA, 2005: [5] GÜVENC I,CHONG C C ． A survey on TOA based 892- 898. wireless localization and NLOS mitigation [17] Kim K, Lee W. MBAL: A mobile beacon-assisted techniques[J] ． IEEE Communications Surveys & localization scheme for wireless sensor networks［C］∥ Tutorials,2009,11(3)：107~123． Proceedings of the 16th International Conference on [6] KANG HSEO G,LEE W J．Error compensation for css- Computer Communications and Networks( IC3N) , 2007: based localization system[C].Proceedings of the World 57-62. Congress on Engineering and Computer Science ,2009. [18] Hady S. Stephan O. A 3D-localization and terrain [7] ANDREAS L,CHRISTIAN W ． A comprehensive modeling technique for wireless sensor networks［C］∥ approach for optimizing To A-localization in harsh Proceedings of the 2nd ACM International Workshop on industrial environments[C] ． Position Location and Foundations of Wireless Ad Hoc and Sensor Networking and Computing( FOWANC’09) , New Orleans, Louisiana, Navigation Symposium (PLANS), 2010 USA: ACM, 2009: 37- 46. IEEE/ION,2010．516~525． [19] Liang J , Shao J , Xu Y , et al. Sensor network localization [8] Doherty L, Pister K S J, Ghaoui L E. Convex position in constrained 3D Spaces［C］∥Proceedings of the 2006 estimation in wireless sensor networks ［ C ］ ∥ IEEE International Conference on Mechatronics and Proceedings of the IEEE INFO-COM 2001, Anchorage: Automation, Luoyang, Henan, China, 2006: 49-54. IEEE Computer and Communications Societies, 2001: [20] Yedavalli K , Krishnamachari B. Sequence-based 1655-1663. localization in wireless sensor networks ［ J ］ . IEEE [9] Wang Fubao, long history, Ren Fengyuan. In wireless Transactions on Mobile Computing , 2008 , 7( 1) : 81-94. sensor network localization system and algorithm J. Journal of software, 2003,16 (5): 857- 868 [10] Niculescu D, Nath B. DV-based positioning in Ad Hoc networks[J]. Telecommunication Systems, 2003, ( 1 － 4) : 267 － 280. Jianyu Wang, received the Master degree in Information [11] Savvides A, Han C C, Srivastava M B. Dynamic fine- Science form Huazhong Normal University, of Hubei Province, China. He is Assistant Professor of the Department of grained localization in Ad Hoc networks of sensors［C］ Transportation, Huanggang Normal University, Hubei ∥ Proceedings of 7th Annual Int’1 Conf on Mobile Huanggang, China. His research interests include also computer Computing and Networking( Mobi Com 2001) , Rome: networks, and Internet of Vehicles (IoV). He has published over Italy, 2001: 166 － 179. 10 papers in international journals and conferences [12] Savvides A, Park H, Srivastava M B. The bits and flops of the N-hop multilateration primitive for node localization problems ［ C ］ ∥ Proceedings of the 1st ACM Int’1 Workshop on Wireless Sensor Networks and Applications, Xiaojun Liu received the Ph. D. degree in communication and Atlanta: Georgia, USA, ACM, 2002:112-121. information system form the Wuhan University of Hubei [13] Shang Y, Ruml W, Zhang Y. Localization from mere Province, China. He is Assistant Professor of the Department of connectivity ［ C ］ ∥ Proceedings of the 4th ACM Electronic & Information, Huanggang Normal University, International Symposium on Mobile Ad Hoc Networking Hubei Huanggang, China. His research interests include also ＆ Computing, Annapolis, Maryland: USA, ACM, 2003: computer networks, information processing and cloud 201-212. computing. He has published over 20 papers in international [14] Priyantha N B, Chakraborty A, Balakrishnan H. The journals and conferences cricket location-support system［C］∥ Proceedings of the 6th ACM International Conference on Mobile Computing and Networking ( ACMMOBICOM) , Boston: USA, ACM, 2000: 32-43.

JOURNAL OF SIMULATION, VOL. 5, NO. 2, May 2017 41

Adapting to the Cultivation of Top-notch Innovative Talents and Exploring the Teaching Mode of Artistic Design Creative Market

Zhenhua Li* Zhejiang Business College, Hangzhou, Zhejiang 310053, China Email: [email protected]

Cheng Li Zhejiang Radio & TV University, Hangzhou, Zhejiang 310012,China

Abstract— In order to adapt to the cultivation of top-notch innovative talents of artistic design, infuse creative market II. OVERVIEW OF THE CULTIVATION OF TOP-NOTCH thinking into artistic design teaching, form the teaching INNOVATIVE TALENTS OF ARTISTIC DESIGN contents that take project product development of creative market as a link, take the ability training of top-notch innovative talents of artistic design as the key point, A. Overview of top-notch innovative talents of artistic emphasize practical product design and development, and design focus on optimizing the cultivation of top-notch innovative Top-notch innovative talents of artistic design refer to talents of artistic design, thus establishing a good industry- talents who are creative, skillful and literate, embodying academy cooperation mechanism as well as innovative both humanistic and scientific spirit, having made teaching and evaluation method, strengthening the construction of teachers as well as management of the significant contributions in certain field and being able to opening of training room, exploring the teaching mode of play an important role[1]. Top-notch innovative talents artistic design creative market, providing helpful exploration mainly have the following types. First, entrepreneurial materials for the cultivation of top-notch innovative talents talents, they have the potential of of artistic design. innovation and entrepreneurship, with an in-depth Index Terms— Top-notch Innovative Talents; Artistic Design; professional understanding, introspection, fond of learning, Creative Market and can find business opportunities and create new business by combining with professional background, I. INTRODUCTION personal interests and market trends. Second, technical talents, they have strong practical ability, are willing to In 2010, the Chinese Ministry of Education enacted immerse in artistic design and production process and are National Outline for Medium and Long-term Education expected to become skilled artisans. Third, leadership Reform and Development (2010-2020), which expressly talents, they have a strong leadership and organizational proposed to start the program of cultivating top-notch strength, accumulated project management and innovative talents. The Outline for Medium and Long- operational experience in the class, community and other term Education Reform and Development in Zhejiang affairs, can integrate management skills to the profession, Province (2010-2020) combined with the strategic and are hopeful to take office in manager level. planning of educationally powerful provinces and encouraged the institutions to explore boldly, closely B. Basic approaches for the cultivation of top-notch integrating the teaching quality improvement, the innovative talents of artistic design cultivation of top-notch innovative talents, service According to the type and characteristics of top-notch industry and socioeconomic development. Higher innovative talents of the artistic design, the cultivation of vocational colleges shall combine with their own top-notch novel talents should be a long process of advantages and strengths, fully mobilizing the resources exploration and can not be achieved overnight. Therefore, of all parties, joining the industry and business strength, it is very important to explore the talent training model training top-notch innovative talents in a necessary and which conforms to the growth law of top-notch innovative feasible manner. talents, and it is the most important point to find out the key points from the realistic contradiction of talent cultivation. According to the Theory of Inventive Problem Solving (TRIZ), the practical problems are converted to standard problems, solving practical problems by targetedly finding contradictory matrix table and analyzing innovative principles while making new

solutions[2-3]. By reviewing the specific practice of the “Written test + interview” method emphasizes students’ cultivation of the top-notch innovative talents, there are logical thinking ability, psychological quality and difficulties in the construction of evaluation system, professional development ability. Then the students with teacher construction, management mechanism, industry- professional expertise, high IQ, and even unbalanced academy cooperation and other aspects, among which learning are opened up with the “green channel” - directly three types of physical contradictions need to be resolved: recommended by the teacher, and finally determined by how to solve the lack of teachers in the cultivation of top- the teaching committee. Establish a mechanism that is notch innovative talents, how to efficiently cultivate top- “competent to advance and retreat”, enrolling students notch innovative talents, and how to open the courses for with outstanding performance while dropping out those the cultivation of top-notch innovative talents. By suitable. Therefore, setting up independent selection and constructing the physical contradiction matrix for the exceptional recommendation. cultivation of top-notch innovative talents of artistic B. Teaching content of the cultivation of top-notch design, we found the corresponding innovation principle innovative talents and the recommended solution direction, that is to construct an “industry-academy cooperation” teaching The use of traditional teaching content will have a mode that encourages innovation and takes the initiative “insufficient feeding” phenomenon. The implementation to explore, which is an effective way to cultivate top-notch of industry-academy cooperation “double-mentor” innovative talents of artistic design. At the same time, training model divides the cultivation of top-notch teachers for the cultivation of top-notch innovative talents innovative talents into two stages. The first stage is led by shall be bred to ensure the teaching effect; multi-level the school mentors, focusing on the school independent innovation activities shall be carried out to promote the training, setting up Project Management and Norms of teaching process; modern teaching management shall be Creative Market, Forecast on Popular Design Trend and implemented to ensure the order of teaching, so as to other courses, intending to understand the design achieve mass nurturing of top-notch innovative talents. specifications, to broaden the field of reading design materials, to train an innovation thinking with strategy III. ADAPT TO THE CULTIVATION OF TOP-NOTCH vision, designing beauty and execution as well as a design INNOVATIVE TALENTS, BUILD THE TEACHING MODE OF inspiration base. In the second phase, the school and ARTISTIC DESIGN CREATIVE MARKET enterprise jointly cultivate students, equipping two instructors by professions to take charge of teaching order Creative market is a platform that gathers designers, and student’s professional development. To cooperate artists, creative products, creative thinking, trading and with the well-known design enterprises in the province to communication that are developed from cultural creative develop a series of high-quality and practical innovation industry[4]. Creative market has the connotation of and practice projects, such as graphic design, new media industry-academy cooperation, through the creative design, illustrations design, brand case planning Graphic market creation, college students can learn a full set of Expression and Brand Application, Internet thinking- artistic products design and development and management, based O2O-Integrated Practice Project and other practical and significantly improve professional innovation ability, projects, so that students can get a profound understanding hence creative market is an experimental stage that trains of the design creative intent in the real market created by innovative talents of artistic design. The teaching mode of the training project, master the ability to independently creative market infuses creative market thinking into complete the design and creation, learn skills to artistic design teaching, forms the teaching contents that communicate and collaborate, and further build up team take project product development of creative market as a leadership, providing rich, high quality and targeted link, takes the ability training of top-notch innovative teaching resources for the cultivation of top-notch talents of artistic design as the key point, emphasizes innovative talents. practical product design and development, and focuses on optimizing the cultivation of top-notch innovative talents C. Teaching and evaluation methods for the cultivation of artistic design, thus establishing a good industry- of top-notch innovative talents academy cooperation mechanism, promoting the cultural “Creative market” class sets 4-5 people as a group and and spiritual construction in universities, creating “an a number of teams to participate in training and practice. incubator center of top-notch innovative talents of artistic In the course of teaching, creative market teaching design” with a certain size and influence. situations are set to trigger students’ thinking and discussion, cases, questions and guidance are used to A. Selection approach of the cultivation of top-notch provide teaching with support. Student teams carry out innovative talents independent inquiry, material information search, field Select the students with innovative potential of artistic research, consultation and discussion, co-production and design through assessment or recommendation[5-6], and other interactive learning activities, during which they can enroll them into the “creative market” class for focused consult the mentor, submit items for acceptance. training. To enhance the effectiveness of training, the After the completion of the design work, team defense number of annual “creative market” class shall not be would be carried out, combining self-evaluation, mentor more than 20. Selection methods are “written test + evaluation and other student evaluation to evaluate the interview” and direct recommendation by teachers. effectiveness. The defense is presented by the team leader,

showing the design object and describing the technical support and equipment use guidance while implementation of the design program while accepting enhancing the daily management, supervision and questions by the mentor and other students. The feedback of the training room. evaluation results will determine whether the project can enter the creative market. The mentor participates in the IV. CONCLUSION actual operation of the team’s project products in the The school should actively absorb and introduce the creative market, and provide timely and effective advice, advanced educational philosophy at home and abroad. The support, re-evaluation and product transformation and branch has the experience of international cooperation other support for the student team. If the project products between China, Australia and other countries. It has the are favored by customers, resulting in a certain brand national excellent courses, the central government support effect and access to enterprise production orders or to training base, the provincial specialty, the province’s first national patents, the direct assessment level will be Chinese and foreign cooperated specialty, and should pay outstanding and will be recommended in the academic attention to the origin and core of artistic design, focusing assessment, reward assessment and employment work. on the cultivation of innovation and innovation ability. In the actual teaching process, consciously the combination D. Construction of teaching staff for the cultivation of of this emerging model of creative market with artistic top-notch innovative talents design specialty, incubate top-notch innovative talents of Gather and cultivate a group of leading talents with artistic design, strengthen the professional training highly advanced artistic design disciplines by taking the capacity and practical ability of solving practical problems advantage of the industry-academy cooperation, of the training talents. The teaching mode of creative establishing mutual appointment, part-time, consultant and market has achieved some success. other flexible and diverse mechanisms while introducing Since the construction of the project in March 2015, craftsmen, design directors and other design leaders from the creative market teaching mode has been effective in well-known enterprises to enhance the capability of the cultivation of top-notch innovative talents of artistic teachers engaging in the cultivation of top-notch design. Its operation relies on the deep integration of innovative talents. Fully tap the gathering effect of leading reform and teaching practice of the creative market enterprises, focusing on strengthening the cultivation of teaching mode, three large creative market activities have young teachers in the school, and gradually forming a been run in the campus, which present handmade craft, joint training teachers structure with reasonable structure fashion design and seven other categories of products. The and strong strength. creative market gathers an average 800 pieces of works Give full play to the demonstration and leading role of from college students and creative designers, bringing in teachings, promoting the effective docking among top transactions amounted to more than 10,000 yuan, and teachers in provincial colleges and universities, the traffic volume of about 2,000 people. Fig. 1 shows the national outstanding business teachers, professional comparison of the number of student stall holders of our leaders in Zhejiang Province and creative market teaching, school, students stall holders of the surrounding schools ensuring that every top teacher guide a young teacher, a and creative stall holders of young people outside the student team and achieve some results. Recommend school in three years. Fig. 2 shows the number of stall young teachers to participate in domestic and foreign holders involved in the creative market and the number of scholars visiting project, make in-depth participation in entrepreneurs in three years. domestic and foreign creative market projects, promote teacher growth, enhance the ability of innovation and practice, and build a mentor team with reasonable age level and taking top teachers as the core. E. Opening management of the training room for the cultivation of top-notch innovative talents Provide a free, independent and creative space for students according to the “creative market” class training plan of top-notch innovative talents, combined with the training center management system, and actively do a good job of training room open management work. Explain the basic safety knowledge and equipment operation through the training of training room’s safety Figure. 1 Comparison of the number of stall holders in three years management, so that students can master the use of training room equipment while protecting their own safety, in particular, the German precision miter saw, manual hot stamping machine, touch screen fiber laser marking machine and other special high-end equipment. Add the student team leader of the “creative market” class to the Wechat group of training room’s security management and development, providing students with uninterrupted

ACKNOWLEDGMENT This research was supported by the 2015 Higher Education Teaching Reform Project of Zhejiang Province(Project No. jg2015307),2016 Higher Education classroom teaching Reform Project of Zhejiang Province(Project No. kg20160744).

REFERENCES [1] Xie Huayong, Chen Zhi, Wang Zongyuan. “On the Cultivation of Top-notch Innovative Talents in Higher Vocational Education from the Perspective of Teaching Management”. Education and Vocation, 2014(11):39-41. [2] Fu Min, Fan Delin. “Research and Practice of Innovative Education in Colleges and Universities Based on TRIZ Theory. Heilongjiang Figure. 2 Comparison of the number of stall holders and the Researches on Higher Education”, 2013(7):104-106. number of entrepreneurs in three years [3] Liu Xuntao, Cao he, Xu Peng, et al. “Exploration of TRIZ Theoretical Experiment and Practical Teaching Reform”. Through the practice of teaching reform, we made a Laboratory Research and Exploration, 2013(3):150-152. comparative analysis of the data collected before and after [4] Lei Junxia. “Research and Practice on Cultivating Innovative and the reform, students’ degree of participation, the number Enterprising Ability of Art Design Specialty in Creative Vocational of original works, the number of students preferred Teaching Mode”. Packaging World, 2016(3):43-45. entrepreneurship, the number of students winning prize or [5] Xu Xiaolong, Zhang Xuewu, Yang Junyi. “Exploration and directly obtaining economic benefits, and the acquisition Practice of Fine Management of Teaching Laboratories”. ratio of creativity or idea or related products is greatly Experimental Technology and Management, 2016(2):224-229. improved. Students’ sense of creativity and hands-on [6] Guo Ruiqin, Gu Haiyan. “Strengthening Safety Management and Improving the Management Effectiveness of Experimental Center”. practical ability have been significantly improved, Laboratory Research and Exploration, 2016(2):304-308. innovation and creativity are achieved through self- exploration, teamwork, etc., stimulating the students’ creative enthusiasm for artistic design and promoting their self-entrepreneurship. Fig. 3 is a comparison of the data before and after the reform of teaching mode.

Figure. 3 Comparison of the data before and after the reform of teaching mode

Mechanical properties of stresses for prestrained embedded shape memory wires

Xiaoyu Sun College of Aerospace and Civil Engineering，Harbin Engineering University, Harbin 150001 China

Xuan Gu*, Zheng He*, Li-Dan Xu, Ju Liu and Bin-Sheng Wang* College of Aerospace and Civil Engineering，Harbin Engineering University, Harbin 150001 China E-mail: [email protected],[email protected],[email protected]

Abstract —Shape memory alloy (SMA) materials possess many unique mechanical, thermal and thermal-mechanical Ⅱ. PHASE DIAGRAME AND RECOVERY STRESS properties that govern their temperature-dependent shape OF SMA WIRES memory, superelastic and pseudoelastic effects. SMA actuators, in the forms of wire or strip embedded into NiTi (called ‗Nitinol‘) alloy is one of the most popular polymer-based composite structures are able to control the commercial use SMA materials in many structural and structures’ shape and stiffness in order to accommodate any clinical applications. In order to understand the working environment impacts.Due to an intrinsic shape memory principle of SMA actuators, it is necessary to familiar effect (SME) of prestrained SMA wires, additional recovery forces, which are able to alternate the dynamic and with the critical stress–temperature diagram (phase buckling properties of the structures, are generated upon diagram) proposed by Brinson[1] as shown in Fig. 1. In heating. This heat is usually induced by a means of the stress-free state, shape memory effect (SME) of a externally applied current.To fully use the benefit of the typical NiTi material can be governed by the four SME in SMA composite structures, understanding the transition temperatures (Mf0, Ms0, As0, Af0: Martensite interfacial bonding behaviour and stress transfer properties Finish, Martensite Start, Austenite Start, Austenite between the embedded SMA wires and matrix is crucial. In Finish). Note that a change of temperature, T, within the this paper, the wire pull-out properties of prestrained SMA range TtfA0f. However, the four transition interfacial bonding properties of SMA composites in temperatures are not constants but linearly vary with which prestrained SMA wires were embedded into epoxy applied stress, typically designated by the Mf-line, Ms- cylinder to form the composites. Externally applied line, As-line and Af-line. The critical stresses σscr,0 and electrical resistive heating was used to activate the phase σfcr,0 are generally considered as constants that represent transformation process of the embedded wires. The wires start and finish of detwinning process at T

Figure. 1. Phase diagram of the shape memory alloy. Critical stresses for conversion of twins and austenite–martensite crystal transformations as functions of temperature. Zone ‗P‘ is referring to the irreversible plastic region.

Figure. 3. (a) Schematic illustration of the experiment set up and (b) image captured during the experiment.

Figure. 2. Microscopic observation on the debond of a prestrained SMA wire/polymer composite.

When a bare prestrained SMA wire is heated up to a temperature A0s in a stress-free condition, strain recovery should be initiated due to the start of austenitic phase transformation. However, in a SMA-reinforced composite structure, strain recovery of an embedded SMA wire is physically constrained by the surrounding matrix[3]. As a result, this recovery action induces a high interfacial stress that generated debond at the end of bonded region (see Fig. 2).

Ⅲ. EXPERIMENTAL SETUP A. Stress-Constrained Test To increase the reliability and stability of the SMA wires that were used to make SMA composites, a thermal–mechanical cycle treatment was first conducted until no variation in stress–strain characteristic was observed. The cycling procedure involved the straining of wires at low temperature and then heating them up to a temperature above A0f in a stress-free condition. In order Figure. 4. Plot of the length recovery versus against temperature for the SMA wire (pre-strained by 6%) subjected to a constant tensile force 30 to find out the transformation temperatures at different N. stress levels, a stress-constrained test was then conducted. After the cycling treatment, the SMA wires were then prestrained by at least 6% from their original length of 180 mm so as to ensure an obvious strain-recovery can be observed during the heat-up process. In this paper, the prestrained values are referring to the plastic strain of SMA wires in the martensite state under the stress-free condition. Prestrained wires were then subjected to predetermined constant axial loads of 0.5, 2, 20, 30, 40 and 50 N. The electric current was applied to the wire in order to generate heat. The surface temperature of the wire was continuously measured by using a K-type Figure. 5. Plot of phase transformation temperatures at different thermocouple. An enclosed chamber with a 1/2 in. thick predetermined stress levels. glass wool insulation layer on the inner surface was used B. Strain-Constrained Test to enclose the whole specimen during the test (Fig. 3). A plot of the corresponding length recovery against Using the same approach to monitor and control the temperature for a SMA wire subjected to constant axial actuation temperatures of the SMA wire as in the stress- load is shown in Fig. 4. From the diagram, the four constrained test. The strain-constrained test was transition temperatures of the loaded SMA wire could be employed to study the actuation characteristic of identified explicitly. Fig. 5 shows the relations between prestrained SMA wires under different actuation levels. transformation temperatures and constrained stress levels. Fig. 6plots the recovery stress σre against temperature of a 6% prestrained SMA wire that was fixed at both ends in MTS micro-force testing machine. The original length and diameter of the wire were 180 and 0.35 mm, © ACADEMIC PUBLISHING HOUSE JOURNAL OF SIMULATION, VOL. 5, NO. 2, May 2017 47

respectively. Again, the electrical resistive heating was stronger the composite material will be[4]. As discussed applied to control the phase transformation process. In in previous sections, the increase of actuation the figure, the profile of recovery stress projected onto temperature would generate recovery stress in the the four phase transformation lines (Mf, Ms, As, and Af- prestrained SMA wires. These wires, embedded inside lines) is shown. When the applied current increases, the composite structures, provide an additional actuation recovery stress induced by the wire also increases mechanism to avoid any possible cracks that are formed steadily and linearly with the increase of temperature. perpendicularly to the wires' longitudinal axis. By super- Rapid increase of the recovery stress occurs when the positioning this recovery action with traditional fibre curve meet with the As-line. This internal stress is then pull-out model, it is reasonable to anticipate the developed along the As-line when the temperature maximum allowable force, that would generate debond at continuously increases. The information obtained from the bond interface between the wire and matrix. the experiment is essential for the anticipation of the Schematic illustration of different wire pull-out failure interfacial bonding and pull-out properties of SMA mechanisms of prestrained SMA wire/polymer composites. composites is shown in Fig. 8. When an externally applied stress is lower than recovery stress induced by SMA actuation (σ<σre), matrix usually suffers a compressive stress as shown in Fig. 8a, which is similar to the experimental observation as indicated in Fig. 2. If the applied stress continuously increases upon the same magnitude of the wire's recovery stress (σ=σre), due to the force equilibrium, interfacial shear stress τi at loading end becomes zero (i.e. τi=0 at x=0) as shown in Fig. 8b. It implies that the interfacial shear stress at the potential crack tip (x=0) is moderated due to the actuating force Figure. 6. Mechanical response of the prestrained (6%) SMA wire to induced by the SMA wire. Therefore, higher applied load the actuation temperature under the strain-constrained condition. is required to initiate the interfacial debond. On the other hand, the SMA wire at the extended section should be considered as in a purely detwinned martensite state ( Fig. 8c) upon the finish of SIM. The wire behaves softly and no further SME occurs in this state. Fig. 9 shows the results of single wire pull-out tests of SMA/epoxy composite cylinders under different actuated temperatures.

Figure. 7. Experimental setup for the fabrication of SMA-Epoxy cylinder.

C. Fabrication of SMA-Epoxy Cylinders As discussed in Section 3.2, interfacial bonding properties of SMA-composites can be studied by using the traditional fibre pull-out test. Prestrained SMA wires were embedded into the polymer-based composites during the moulding process. Dimensions of specimens, which were particularly designed for the pull-out test, are specified in Table 1. Silicon mould for a particular wire embedded length is fixed on the acrylic framework as Figure. 8. Schematic illustration for the SMA-fiber pull-out test in shown in Fig. 7. Clamping screws mounted at the top and different stress ranges. bottom of framework could help to hold the SMA wires during the curing process of epoxy matrix inside the mold, which could also ensure the in place alignment of SMA wires.

Ⅳ. DEBONDING PROFILE OF AN ACTUATED SMA-COMPOSITE One of the most important factors which lead to the failure of composite materials is the interfacial debond between fibers and matrix. When shear stress between Figure. 9. Pull-out test results for the SMA-epoxy composites subjected constituents increases upon the interfacial shear strength, to different actuation levels (20, 40 and 60 °C). interfacial debond will start immediately. It is generally agreed that the higher the critical debonding stress, the © ACADEMIC PUBLISHING HOUSE 48 JOURNAL OF SIMULATION, VOL. 5, NO. 2, May 2017

Ⅴ. PHESE-STRESS-DISPLACEMENT wire/epoxy composite σ*d|o. The former stress can be DIAGRAM(PSDD) measured in Fig. 6 while another can be experimentally measured by conducting a simple wire pull-out test. In Fig. 10, two stress–displacement curves projected These two components can be measured separately. As a on the planes #1 and #2 indicate the stress development result, the critical debonding stress of actuated SMA profile at low temperature TA0f, respectively. In addition to the increase of the these two stress components as indicated in Fig. 11. critical debonding stress, increases in displacement are also dominated in the stress–strain profile for higher Ⅶ. SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS actuation temperatures as shown in Fig. 9. Since all the embedded SMA wires were actuated to the target The SMA actuators have attracted much attention in temperature before undertaking each set of pull-out test, the advanced composite industry in the past few years for as a result, recovered strains due to austenitic stiffness, shape and vibration control applications. The transformation were compensated during pull-out tests integrity of composite structures during their actuating and thus the longer plateau platform could be observed process is a crucial factor that makes the operation for higher actuation levels. success. This paper aims to introduce a simple superposition method and new PSDD to evaluate the critical debonding stress of prestrained SMA wire/epoxy composites. Experimental results proved that the superposition method is valid for the measurement of the debonding stress at different actuating levels. In the PSDD, several material parameters such as critical phase transformation stresses and temperatures are considered. In the practical situation, the evaluation of the debonding stress would dominate the whole design process that Figure. 10. Typical form of phase–stress–displacement diagram ensures the maximum stress transferability and structural (PSDD). The diagram schematically present the relationship between recovery stress σre, applied stress σ and temperature T. integrity of smart structures and systems. The use of current proposed method provides an easy and effective way for the design of a new generation of smart composite structures, particularly in the determination of the allowable pull-out stress and actuation force of embedded SMA actuators.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS This work is supported by the National Natural Science Foundation of China （ No. Figure.11. Schematic diagram for the determination of critical 11602066 ） and the National Science Foundation of debonding stress by using superposition method. Heilongjiang Province of China (QC2015058 and 42400621-1-15047), the Fundamental Research Funds Ⅵ. SUPERPOSITION METHOD for the Central Universities. According to the results shown in Fig. 9, there is no doubt that increasing the actuating temperatures results in REFERENCES leading a higher critical debonding stress of the [1] Bekker A, Brinson L C. ―Temperature-induced phase composite systems because of an intrinsic recovery stress transformation in a shape memory alloy: Phase diagram in the wire that could be used to compensate the stress based kinetics approach‖. Journal of the Mechanics & applied externally. Stress–strain curves extracted from Physics of Solids, Vol.45,no.6, pp.949-988, 1997. planes #1 and #2 are combined as shown in Fig. 11 so as [2] AIAA. ―Comparative evaluation of shape memory alloy to further elaborate the differences.Relations between the constitutive models with test data‖. Journal of Intelligent stress components are schematically illustrated in Fig. 11. Material Systems & Structures, Vol.12, no.6, pp.383-395, This simple relation indicates that the critical debonding 2001. [3] K.T. Lau, W.L. Chan, S.Q. Shi, L.M. Zhou. ―Interfacial stress of the composite under the actuation temperature T bonding behaviour of embedded SMA wire in smart can be evaluated by using two stress components, they composites: micro-scale observation.‖ Mater Des, Vol.23, are (1) the recovery stress due to SME σre|T and (2) the pp. 265–270, 2002. debonding stress of un-actuated prestrained SMA [4] Mallick P K. Composites engineering handbook. M. Dekker, 1997. .

© ACADEMIC PUBLISHING HOUSE JOURNAL OF SIMULATION, VOL. 5, NO. 2, May 2017 49

Simulation of the Application-based Design on the Harmonic Analysis and ontrol in Bar Plant

Wei Fan Jie Chongqing College of Electronic Engineering

Abstract—Purpose: with the development of the directly fed into the furnace through rollers. For the bar metallurgical industry, the influence of the metallurgical processing, the bar plant mainly involves the use of enterprise on power quality is more and more serious, and furnaces, rolling mills and other equipment, where the harmonic content of metallurgical equipment is much furnaces and rolling mills are each powered by a special more than the allowable value of the harmonic content. In branch to ensure that power supply is stabile. Fig. 2 is the this paper, the composition and content of harmonic in the schematic diagram of its power supply. power supply environment of bar mill are analyzed, a passive filter with good effect and low cost is designed. Design/methodology/approach: in this paper, the specific settings of the parameters of the passive filter device, the bar plant in the typical harmonic processing, and the use of MATLAB/SIMULINK software simulation to achieve. Findings and Originality/value: the three times, five times and seven times of the bar mill were designed, and the passive filter was used to filter the filter. The simulation results were good and the results were correct. Research limitations/implications: in the study of the typical harmonic in the bar plant, we should also take into account the higher order integer harmonics and various inter harmonics, in order to make the results more accurate. Practical implications: the passive filter is low cost, safe and Figure 1 - Diagram of the Process Flow of Bar Plant reliable operation, it is the first choice for ensuring the power quality in bar mill. Originality/value: the study of power quality has important theoretical value and practical significance. In this paper, the parameters of each link of the passive filter are given in detail. After the simulation, it is proved that the power quality of the bar mill can be improved.

Index Terms—Bar Plant, harmonic, passive filter, simulation

I INTRODUCTION A. Production Process And Supply In Bar Plant

The electric arc furnaces in the metallurgical Figure 2 - Main Wiring Diagram for Power Supply of Bar plant enterprises, as well as furnaces and rolling mills, due to their very large capacities, often bring out the impact of a B. Harmonic Generation Of Bar Plant large load, from which the harmonic generation becomes Currently, many countries have respectively the most serious environmental pollution in power developed their own standards for the limits to harmonic supply. To a larger extent, this may adversely affect the current and voltage according to the characteristics of quality of power supply and the normal function of these power supply. For the harmonic currents and voltages, electrical equipment, and furthermore, the security and China also issued the corresponding standards --GB/T stability of the entire power system operation. 14595-1993 "Power Quality: Harmonics with Utility Normally, a bar plant follows such a production Grid." This standard specifies the content criteria of process: continuous casting billets required for the harmonic voltage in public distribution system and the rolling process are transported through hot rollers from allowed current injection into the common connection the continuous casting plant into the billet workshop. The points under different voltage levels. According to process is shown in Fig. 1. This process includes the experimental test data collected from various bar plants, production of both hot billets and cold billets. In the hot the harmonic currents presented the components and billet production, pre-heating the billet is needed, contents as shown in Table 1. whereas in the cold billet production, the billets are

© ACADEMIC PUBLISHING HOUSE 50 JOURNAL OF SIMULATION, VOL. 5, NO. 2, May 2017

Table I I Main Harmonic Current Content appropriate number of harmonic currents h to flow Harmonic Harmonic Harmonic Allowed Excessive through, plus the part that should be the current Times Current Content values or not? I (Frequency) Size (A) (%) (A) generated from the fundamental voltage 1h . The size of Fundamentals 2000 - - - the fundamental current that flowed through the filtration (50Hz) wave branch can be determined as follows: 3 times 56. 06 2. 80 34 Excessive U h2 (150Hz) ICUC1  1h 1 1h2 1 C 1 5 times 65. 72 3. 29 34 Excessive  L (250Hz)  C 1 1 (2) 7 times 23. 39 1. 17 14 Excessive (350Hz) By introducing the over-voltage calibration formula, the capacitance of the capacitor is calculated as: 11 times 19. 12 0. 96 16 Excessive (550Hz) UUU1.1 C1  Ch CN (3) The analysis results revealed that the power supply X system in the rod mill, at the 3rd, 5th, 7th and 11th times, UU C1 CM1 XX had its harmonic current content that exceeded the CL11 (4) standard value specified. Meanwhile, the voltage had a U M THDU Here is the voltage limit actually running on the total harmonic distortion rate of 5.44 percent, 4 bus. At the filter resonance, there is: percent more than the allowable value, hence the need for harmonic control to meet the requirements. X C1 X L1  2 h (5) II. PASSIVE FILTER Take (5) into (4). There is: 2 Passive filters, also known as AC filter or LC filter h UUCM1  2 by setting, and parameters C of L to R , are responsible h 1 (6) for filtering out the different harmonics. The topologies In an ideal situation, all the harmonic currents are of common filters are shown in Fig. 3. shunt by the filter branch without being enlarged, when ZR the filter is in the ideal resonance state, that is hh, I the capacitor has only h harmonic current h and part of

the fundamental current flowing through it. At this point, there is:

UIRh h h HRUh  UU11 (7) HRU a. Single Harmonized Filter b. Double Harmonized Filter c. High-Pass h is the content of th harmonic voltage, Filter Figure 3 Topologies of Common Passive Filters because: X C1 In this part, there is Design and calculation of Rh  parameters in Cubic Single Harmonized Filter.As hQ (8) illustrated in Fig. 3, a single harmonized filter is Here Q is the quality factor, the size of its value in structured in the form of connection of the relation to the filtering effect. Generally, the value is C L R X C1 filter , and . Fundamental capacitance value , between 30 and 60, here Q  30 . U Q rated voltage CN and the installed capacity CN of So there is: IXUh C1 h h HRU    single harmonized filter at the resonance frequency . h U hQ U Q They satisfied the following relationship: 11 (9) 2 3U U h X  CN In the above formula , harmonic voltage magnitude C1 Q U HRU U Q CN （1） requires hh1 , there are: The system only had the fundamental voltage on the 1 h2 U U HRU U Q UC1 CN2 M h 1 bus . As the system and the filter branch were 1.1h  1 connected in parallel, each filter branch had the (10)

© ACADEMIC PUBLISHING HOUSE JOURNAL OF SIMULATION, VOL. 5, NO. 2, May 2017 51

22 22 2 33UUI 33UUICN CN h 3 11120 56.06 CN CN h QCN    1277.6kVar QCN  X HRU QhU 180.86 30 3 X HRU QhU Ch11 Ch11 (11) 3IU2 3 56.06 111202 Q h CN  1365.4kVar CN 22 The installed capacity was determined in accordance h22  3  h U22 U 3 11120   6050 with the check formula for a balanced capacity, then CN22 M    h 1   3 1  QQQ 3UI2 3 111202 56.06 CN C1  h Q CN h  1630.6kVar there is . Likely, the only CN 22 h22  3  1.69UU22 1.69  11120   6050 I I CN22 M    consideration goes to part of h and 1h coming through h 1   3 1  the filter , then: Q According to the value of the third filter CN , and then QUC 3 2  QUC 3 2  CN CN 1 ; CC1 1 1 ; calculate the C size of in the filter branch: 3I 2 Q 1630.6103 Q3 U2 h C h C CN  13.99  106 F hh1 hC 3U 22 3 314 11120 1 1 CN 2 With these capacitance parameters, inductance 3IUh CN QCN  value can be determined according to the relationship 2 2 2 h between inductance and capacitance in the single h UCN 2 U M h 1 h L1/ h C (12) harmonized filter 11, namely: Apart from the formula (2) and (12), the choice of 11 2 capacitance is required to satisfy overcurrent conditions. L 2 2  2 2 6 8.055 10 H hC 3 314  13.99  10 Its check formula is: 1 22 The above calculations of C and L are then followed IIIC1  h1.3 CN (13) by determining the resistance R size of the filter branch, IUC  I U h C by way of: CC1 1 1 ; hh1 ; X hL 3 314  8.055  102 22 2 R 0 1  2.53  IIIC1  h1.3 CN  QQ 30 Therefore, there is: Q 2 In the above formula, is the same quality factor. 223U 2 UUC1 2 CN CN h Ih 1.69 X C1  UU From the formula (8), the greater the value of the quality XX22Q CM1 2 CC11; CN ; h 1 R 2 22factor , the smaller the value of resistance in the 2 22    h QQCN22 CN filter branch, and also the higher the sensitivity of the UIUM   h 1.69 CN   h21 3 U 2 3 U 2 CN   CN  filter. Nonetheless, it’s not always a better filtering effect （14） comes from a better value . Too large a quality factor Therefore, there is: may encounter the deviation that occurs in the design 3UI2 CN h process of the filter capacitor and reactor parameters, QCN  2 2 2 h leading to a detuning result that cannot achieve the 1.69UUCN2 M h 1  (15) desired filtering effect. If is too small, then the loss of Of all the installed capacity values calculated by the the fundamental incurred by filters could be increased, so above three checksum ways, the maximum value was the size of is generally controlled within the range of selected as the installed capacity of the filter capacitor, 30 to 60. Here, 30 is taken for calculation. and finally, to calculate the value of the capacitor: Analysis given on the waveform of the third filter Q C  CN branch indicated that the current flowing into the third 3 U 2 filter branch was not the ideal sinusoidal waveform, 1 CN (16) where the amplitude maximum was app. 65A. This is According to the method of formula calculation, take because the harmonic filtration, due to the role of the third filter design, for example, by measuring fundamental voltage applied to the filter branch, came U  6050V that M , in the 3-time filter branch, the along with the presence of some of the fundamental formula (10) was used to calculate the capacitor’s rated current shunt in the filter branch in parallel. Alternatively, voltage: in addition to the 3rd harmonic filtered, part of the 1h22  1  3  fundamental wave also flowed through the filter branch. UUUQCN22 M 3    6050  180.86  30   11120V For a single harmonized filter, each branch would be 1.1h  1 1.1 3 1     more or less given a share of the harmonics. Here Using the formula (13), (14) and (16), the capacitor Formula (2) is used to calculate the fundamental current rated voltage were used to calculate the capacitance that flowing through the third filter: meet over-voltage, overcurrent and the capacity balancing conditions, of which the largest value was selected as the installed capacity of the capacitor.

© ACADEMIC PUBLISHING HOUSE 52 JOURNAL OF SIMULATION, VOL. 5, NO. 2, May 2017

U h223 harmonic currents flowing into the system were quite ICUC1  314  1.399  1053   6  10  29.65A 1h 1 122C 1 large, and accompanied by different degrees of  L h 1 3 1  C 1 deformation. These deformations, if not filtered out, 1 could pose a great impact on the operation of the system. Based on the theoretical formula (2), there was 29.65A fundamental current flowing into the third filter branch. By performing components analysis using simulation models, it could be found that the measured fundamental current was 30.04A, being quite close to the value calculated by theoretical formulas. From the diagram, the analog filter was built in line with the theory basis. Similar design and calculation of parameters were completed on other single harmonized filters. Depending on the size of harmonics in their respective frequencies, the value of each parameter in each filter branch was determined. As for filter design, Figure 5 Harmonic Currents Before Filtering there was a need to check the over-voltage, over-current and capacity balance. Nevertheless, prior to the design, the larger capacity selected by checking was taken as the installed capacity, with its value being able to certainly meet the checking requirements, hence no need for a separate check.

III HARMONIC CONTROL OF BAR PLANT:

SIMULATION AND DESIGN A. Analysis And Simulation Beforehand

By combining the power supply system with an Figure 6 Current Spectrum Analysis Before Filtering equivalent electrical schematic with the filter system, the single harmonized filter branch and the high-pass filter The third filter parameters was set up and used as branch were connected in parallel to the systems. The illustrated in the filtering schematic. According to the target bar plant used a 6/0.4kV transformer to supply theory, the access to the third filter allows most of the power to each production unit. According to the load third harmonic to flow into the filter branch. In the characteristics of the plant, it was decided that the system, the third harmonic currents will decrease in filtering means was provided on the 6kV bus. larger amplitude, and the current will have a total By use of the system model, the harmonic current was harmonic distortion that is to be reduced accordingly. injected into the systems based on the given value. After the model of the third filter came in running, the Before the filter was put in use, current waveform could FFT analysis was performed for measurement on the be displayed on the oscilloscope system, as shown in Fig. system current, and the results are shown in Fig. 7 to 8. 4. Since the harmonic current in the system exceeded the The data in the figures indicated that the system had its predetermined standard value, the resulting waveform 3rd harmonic currents reduced from 56.06A down to distortion caused it no longer to be a inusoidal waveform 24.73A, comprising rate from 2.80% down to 1.24%. It in standard case. is plain to see that the placement of the single harmonized third filter was capable of largely filtering the third harmonic currents and voltages.

Figure 4 Current Waveform Before Filtering

The specific FFT analysis on the current in the analog Figure 7 Harmonic Current Content after the Placement of the Third system was performed with the help of the Powergui Filter module. The values of harmonic currents and the current spectrum analysis are shown in Fig. 5 and Fig. 6, respectively. Obviously, before filtering process began,

© ACADEMIC PUBLISHING HOUSE JOURNAL OF SIMULATION, VOL. 5, NO. 2, May 2017 53

Figure 8 Harmonic Current Value after the Placement of the Third Figure 11 Current Value Filtered Filter

B. Harmonic Spectrum Analysis After The Placement of All Filters In accordance with the methods for the design and calculation of the third filter, the other single harmonized filter and high-pass filter parameters were calculated and brought into the established simulating system. The current waveforms filtered are referred in Fig. 9, respectively, from which it can be found they are close to sinusoidal waveform, preliminarily indicating a good filtering effect produced by the filter. FFT analysis was Figure 12 Spectrum Analysis after Filtering Current then given to the current filtered, with the resulting data as shown in Fig. 10-12.

Figure13 Comparison Chart of Current Waveforms before Filtering Figure 9 Current Waveform Filtered FFT analysis was then made on the spectrum of the harmonic current, after the placement of all filters, followed by comparison of the data in Table 2. Clearly, the contents of harmonic currents were all significantly reduced after filtering. Current waveforms before and after filtering are shown in Fig. 13. After all of the filters were placed, waveform was greatly improved to get close to a sine wave, where the desired filtering effect is further illustrated. When all the single harmonized filters and high pass filters have been placed into the system, the measured Figure 10 Current Content Filtered harmonic current content as well as the total harmonic

TABLE II Harmonic Current Content before and after Filtering Harmonic times Harmonic Current Size (A) Harmonic current content Allowed Excessive or not? (Frequency) (%) values (A) Before After Before After Before After filtering filtering filtering filtering filtering filtering 3 times 56. 06 29. 73 2. 80 1. 84 34 Excessive Qualified 5 times 65. 72 16. 10 3. 29 0. 8 34 Excessive Qualified 7 times 23. 39 4. 99 1. 17 0. 25 14 Excessive Qualified 11 times 19. 12 1. 84 0. 96 0. 09 16 Excessive Qualified

© ACADEMIC PUBLISHING HOUSE 54 JOURNAL OF SIMULATION, VOL. 5, NO. 2, May 2017

distortion rate in the system after filtering were compared [2] Xie Peng. “Harmonics Influence on Relay Protection in with the previous data. It can be found that after the Power System”. Enterprise Science and Technology filtering process, the third harmonic current was reduced Development, vol.21, pp.54-56, 2011. from the previous 56. 06A to 29.73A; the fifth harmonic [3] Xiao Xiangning. “Analysis and Control of Power Quality”. Beijing: China Electric Power Press, 2012. current was reduced from 65. 72A before filtering down [4] Wang Zhao'an, Yang Jun, Liu Jinjun, et al. “Harmonic to 16.10A; the 7th and 11th, respectively, reduced to Suppression and Reactive Power Compensation”. Beijing: 4.99A and 1.84A; all values had fallen within the range Mechanical Industry Press, 2009. [5] Hua Ai, Liang Zhengmin. “A Study of the EAF Electrical THDU prescribed by the State, and more impressively, Equipment”. Beijing: Mechanical Industry Press, 2008. 5.44% that was never in line with the standard was [6] Xu Shukai, Song Qiang, Liu Wenhua, Tong Luyuan. significantly reduced to 1.84%, with the filtered “Control Solutions to Power Quality Problems of High waveform in line with national standards. Power AC Electric Arc Furnace in Power System” . Through the comparison of the currents before and Proceedings of the Chinese Society for Electrical after filtering, we can see that the filtered harmonic Engineering, vlo. 27, no.19, pp. 93-98, 2007. current was able to meet the requirements; i. e. the [7] Zhang Defeng. “MATLAB high-level programming designed filter can be used to effectively suppress and language”. Machinery Industry Press, 2010. [8] Yao Zhien. “Control System of Static Var Compensator eliminate the harmonic current in the system. (SVC) in AC Transmission Line”. Modern Electronic Technology, vol.11, pp. 93-95, 2006. IV CONCLUSIONS [9] Cheng Yuanchu, Xu Dehong, Liu Yan, Lu Zhiliang. “Design and Application of the SVC Low-Pass Filter This paper is mainly focused on how to test the Based on the Instantaneous Reactive Power Theory”. harmonic current with rectifying devices available in a Journal of Electrical Technology, vol.23, no.9, pp.138-143, bar rolling mill and the corresponding measures for 2008. achieving harmonic control. Specifically, harmonic [10] Gou Luhai, Zhang Xijun, Ren Xiaopeng, Jiao Chuiping control works with a low-cost passive filter to design a “An introduction to A New Static VAR Generator”. Power proper content of the harmonic current for filtering Electronics, vol.42 no. 4, pp. 6-8, 2008. purpose, which is safe and reliable, and proven to be a [11] Ning Yuanzhong, Liang Ying, Wu Hao. “A New EAF filtering system being more economical and desirable. Hybrid Simulation Model”. Journal of Sichuan University, This designed filter also performed the FFT analysis vol.37, no.1, pp.85-89, 2005. [12] Wang Jing,Lin Min, Chen Xueyun. “Modeling and on harmonic current in measurement system. The result Simulation for Dynamic Analysis on the Power Quality of revealed that most of the harmonic current after filtering AC Arc Furnace”. Electrical Technology, vol.18, no.3, pp. flowed into the corresponding harmonic branches. The 53-55, 2003. harmonic current injected into the system came down to [13] Wang Gengsheng, Xia Xiangyang. “Research on the a great extent, reaching the allowable value as specified. Solutions to Harmonic Influence in Smelting Enterprises”. The filtering process in this design ended with satisfied Modern Electronic Technology, vol.36, no.7, pp. 141-143, results, and thus has been widely adopted due to the low 2013. cost and stable operation of passive filters included. This [14] Li Aiqun. “Harmonic Control of Metallurgical Rolling work was concluded by conducting simulation to verify Mill”. Metallurgy Energy, vol.19 (4): 47-51, 2000 [15] Zhang Lichun. “Baotao Steel Bar Plant: Harmonic the validity of the designed program. Analysis and Control Programme”. Baoding: North China Electric Power University, 2009. REFERENCES [1] Zhang Zhe, Chen Hongkun. “Harmonic Source Identification: Current Situation and Development”. Proceedings of the CSU-EPSA, Vol.17, no.5, pp. 37-41, 2005.

© ACADEMIC PUBLISHING HOUSE JOURNAL OF SIMULATION, VOL. 5, NO. 2, May 2017 55

The Road map of Entrepreneurship Education Research in Higher Vocational Colleges Since Reform and Opening Up Hongxing Shi Zhongyuan University of Technology, Zhengzhou, China Email:[email protected]

Abstract—Since the reform and opening up, in the research aspects. Undergraduate institutions are not specific to the of entrepreneurship education in higher vocational colleges occupation but a certain type of industry, training the in China, we have experienced three important research industry's senior specialized personnel which has a wide periods and gradually formed the guiding strategy of professional caliber. It not only requires a certain entrepreneurship with Chinese characteristics. On the theoretical level but also should strengthen the general whole, since the reform and opening up, entrepreneurship education research of graduations has shown the education. At the same time they have to understand and achievements, formed its own basic characteristics and master the general production process and a variety of made a lot of research results. But we must pay attention processes, but must not be very skilled. "[1] Differences that as a new research field, the perspective of on talent goals and the patterns of undergraduate and entrepreneurship education in higher vocational colleges specialist training determine different routes in should be more realistic and look for the future. Only in this entrepreneurship education. way could we promote higher vocational college students’ entrepreneurship education to achieve the new development I. PRE-SCIENTIFIC RESEARCH PERIOD (1978-1990) in the future. From 1978 to 1990, it was the beginning and the Index Terms—reform and opening up, higher vocational formation period of the scientific research of colleges, entrepreneurship education, research entrepreneurial education in higher vocational colleges. Along with the climax of "raising the revolution and The research on entrepreneurial education in higher promoting production", trying to promote the national vocational colleges is a series of reflection processes economy and the establishment of the special economic accompanied by the development of higher vocational zone, a lot of people show the spirit of entrepreneurship and technical schools and gradually forms a new science. with their own practical actions during this period and In view of the initiation of entrepreneurship education in domestic scholars began to pay attention to a group of higher vocational and technical colleges, it has been pioneers, though the concept of entrepreneurship has not enriched and developed in the practice of reform and been put forward yet. In 1980, Tianjin Vocational opening up, transformed from the macro to the micro, University was founded. Except normal vocational abstract to specific, and gradually become an technical school, it was the first comprehensive entrepreneurial guidance research system with vocational vocational college in mainland since reform and opening characteristics.The system of its research process has up. It is historic for the development of higher vocational gone through three periods , that is, scientific research colleges in China. From 1980 to 1985, higher vocational period, systematic research period and exquisite research colleges achieve rapid development in vocational period. During the development of these three periods, colleges and five-year higher vocational education. the entrepreneurial education in higher vocational According to the literature statistics, colleges and colleges has formed a unique characteristic and has universities increased to 477 in 1988. [2] With the achieved rich research results. Compared with other increase in the number of vocational colleges and the levels of higher education, although there is a similarity number of students, the domestic scholars began to between the two, in the practice of history, the higher combine entrepreneurship and education. Since then, vocational college has its own vocational characteristics. domestic scholars began to explore and research on the In general, "Vocational colleges divide the majors in word "occupation", put forward and introduced a lot of accordance with industries, while colleges in accordance famous theories of careers. According to the existing with subjects. The higher vocational education is a new literature research, in China the first paper proposing type of higher education which combines higher entrepreneurship education for college students is On the education and vocational education. Having its own Education of Hard Work for College Students, which is characteristics of vocational education, the higher written by Luo Jiabin in 1987. The paper cited Decisions vocational education is very different from the general on the guiding principles of the construction of socialist undergraduate colleges in the types of personnel training, spiritual civilization of the Sixth Plenum of 12th CPC training objectives, teaching characteristics and other Central Committee and pointed that "We are developing

© ACADEMIC PUBLISHING HOUSE 56 JOURNAL OF SIMULATION, VOL. 5, NO. 2, May 2017

countries, the jobs and living conditions can not be education and vocational education research also ushered compared with the developed countries, we must carry in a new development. In 1997, Yu Zuguang titled forward the spirit of arduous pioneering and hard Vocational Education Entrepreneurship Education first, working, to tackle the key to the development of the published Entrepreneurship Education in the Field of socialist spirit of civilization and to create. "[3]However, Vocational Educational in the vocational education the article did not mention how to guide college students forum and it became the first article in the name of to start a business. China's entrepreneurship education vocational education. In 1998, the Ministry of Education was put forward in the end of 1989s . The famous scholar put forward "multi-channel, multi-standard and Hu Xiaofeng with other scholars wrote Entrepreneurship multi-mode development of higher vocational Education [4] as the basic for entrepreneurship education education," and proposed vocational colleges to actively of higher vocational college students, representing the explore the vocational ability education as the center of entrepreneurial education as a science into the people's the talent training model. In 1998, Tsinghua University attention. responded to the call, set up the entrepreneurial research center and began to explore the entrepreneurial education. II. BASIC SYSTEMATIZATION RESEARCH PERIOD (FROM In addition, China announced The 21st Century 1991 TO 1999) Education Revitalization Action Plan in 1999 and also put forward to strengthen entrepreneurship education of After 1991, China's higher vocational education is teachers and students, encourage them to set up high-tech growing and could meet the basic needs of talent industries.These have greatly promoted the formation of education.But because of the structural imbalance, some higher vocational college entrepreneurship education of the professional market supply surplus appeared. On system research. Between 1998 and 2000, there were 198 the other hand, after 1991, due to economic globalization, periodicals of entrepreneurial education in vocational electronic information technology became the core of the colleges, most of which were concentrated on the field of knowledge economy and it has changed the whole basic theoretical research, such as The Entrepreneurship world's economic structure, social structure and Education in the Need for Technical Education(1998) occupation structure. With the deepening of China's wrote by Tu Yonghua, Entrepreneurial Education - New economic system, the Chinese characteristics of the Tasks of Vocational Education under New Conditions of socialist market economy was established in China. Employment (1998) wrote by Zhao Zhicong, Vocational China's social demand for talent and enterprise Schools Must Implement Entrepreneurship Education employment system has undergone a fundamental change (1998) wrote by Li Shadai, Entrepreneurship Education: and the employment of graduates of vocational colleges the Golden Key to Solve the Problem of Employment of is increasingly difficult and the problem began to present Higher Vocational College Students(1999) wrote by in front of people and caused a high degree of concern Zhou Zhenbo, The Necessity and Countermeasure of and social repercussions in the community. In this period, Implementing Entrepreneurship Education in Higher business Education industry has gradually been Vocational Colleges(2000) wrote by Li Jianqiu and etc. recognized. Encouraging college students to start a Vocational education began to gradually embark on the business has become the main theme of the new era and a stage of higher vocational education and the basic system number of related research results also arise. According research on the entrepreneurial education of higher to the statistics in China, between 1991 and 1999, there vocational colleges formed. was a systematic study on entrepreneurship education, which included the basic concepts, basic categories, basic III. MULTI-REFINEMENT RESEARCH PERIOD (FROM 2000 frameworks and entrepreneurial models of TO NOW) entrepreneurship education , entrepreneurial goals and many other brilliant discussion. Between 1991 and 1995, In 2000, the Ministry of Education issued Opinions on the state formed a large number of academic research Promoting the Innovation of Entrepreneurship Education achievements in entrepreneurial education. Through the and the Work of College Students' Independent Chinese knowledge network, the most famous research Entrepreneurship. It is the first time regarding scholar of this period was Mao Jiarui, Jiangsu Institute of entrepreneurship education as the title of the document Educational Science, who has written Several Issues on directly and has originality. The view pointed out that Entrepreneurship Education, Objectives,Curriculum and "actively encouraging college students to start their own Evaluation of Entrepreneurship Education, Research on businesses is an important measure on the Entrepreneurship Education Project in Continuing implementation of entrepreneurship to promote Education, Quality Education and Entrepreneurship employment and promote the full employment of college Education, Comprehensive Reform of Rural Education graduates." In 2000, vocational colleges also faced new and Entrepreneurship Education, Entrepreneurial opportunities and challenges. So-called opportunities are Education Series of Books which are important that the Ministry of Education began to start the national foundations for the study of entrepreneurship and demonstration of vocational and technical college education in China and build a brief frame for the construction projects and brought new opportunities for research work of entrepreneurship education. The system the development of vocational colleges ; the so-called of entrepreneurship education in higher vocational challenges are due to the expansion of undergraduate colleges began to appear in the system of entrepreneurial institutions while the students were reducing year by year.

© ACADEMIC PUBLISHING HOUSE JOURNAL OF SIMULATION, VOL. 5, NO. 2, May 2017 57

In order to get better development space and competition, rapid development. The highest annual growth rate vocational colleges began to focus on learning occurred between 2000 and 2012 [6], from 2012 to 2016, undergraduate colleges in the perspective of personal the research increase is slow. The research results are training and transformed from the employment guidance mainly concentrated on entrepreneurship education, but to the entrepreneurial guidance. The majority of topics on higher vocational education are fewer. Between vocational colleges developed a series of vocational 2005 and 2012, the total amount of research on higher students entrepreneurial service system which is oriented vocational entrepreneurship has been increasing, but the by entrepreneurship education. Our nation and local proportion of research in the field of entrepreneurship governments have also given the business policy support education has been relatively insufficient. For example, and site support and provided realistic basis for there are 19 documents on entrepreneurship of higher multi-refinement of entrepreneurship education research vocational college students in 2004, accounting for of vocational students. The first step in the refinement of 12.5% of the total educational documents(151 articles). the research is the refinement of direction, the second is In 2012, there were 237 research articles on the the refinement of the research category, and the third is entrepreneurship of higher vocational college students, the diversification of the research methods. The research accounting for 16.8%(1,409 articles) of the total system also existed generalization, perceptual and educational documents, an increase of only 4.3%, the general theory. annual increase of only 1%, which shows that the higher From 2000 to 2012, the total amount of research vocational education in entrepreneurship research has a literature on entrepreneurial education in higher certain development, but the magnitude is not high. The vocational colleges also showed a leap in the past 13 total lack of research literature is still a bottleneck years (Figure 1). The research on entrepreneurship restricting the future business development of higher education in higher vocational colleges showed a trend of vocational colleges.

Figure 1 Comparison of the total amount of research articles of entrepreneurship and entrepreneurship education in higher vocational colleges from 2000 to 2012

In short, in the perspective of the current research education system of college students with the situations, the scope of refinement research mainly internationalized horizons to achieve the new involves entrepreneurial education methodology, development in entrepreneurship education of college curriculum system research, approach research, teacher students. team construction research, policy research, practice teaching research, network platform research, goals of REFERENCES: higher vocational college entrepreneurial education [1] Q. Peng , Z. Sun ,“Research on the Target and Training research and other aspects and lack of case studies of Mode of Personnel Training in General Colleges and entrepreneurship education. In the existing documents, Universities,”Journal of East China Institute of the amount of case studies of entrepreneurship education Technology, vol 2, pp.194-196, 2005. and studies on document review is few and the published [2] J. Guo, “Retrospect and Prospect of the Development of works are also few, which become the important Higher Vocational Education in China,”Chinese Higher development direction of the refinement research. The Education Research, vol 2, pp.59-62, 2008. author thinks that in the future, during the period of [3] J. Luo, “On the Education of Hard Work for College researching on the entrepreneurial education of higher Students,” Higher Education Research, vol 2, pp 65-70, vocational colleges, the researcher should boldly explore, 1987. [4] C. Hu, W. Yao, “Entrepreneurship education,” Journal of actively study and pay more attention to the construction Sichuan Normal University (Social Science Edition),vol 4, of entrepreneurial guidance materials for the pp. 1-6,1989. characteristics of students in higher vocational colleges [5] J. Zhao, “A Review of the Entrepreneurship Education in while reviewing the situation and respecting the law and China for 20 Years,” Higher Education Management, reality. It is necessary to construct the entrepreneurial vol.6, pp.100-105, 2012.

© ACADEMIC PUBLISHING HOUSE

JOURNAL OF SIMULATION, VOL. 5, NO. 2, May 2017 59

Research on Evolution Mechanism of Consumers’ Implicit Demand Based on Social Commerce Model

Dongping Tang School of business administration, South China University of Technology, Guangzhou, China

Cuiying Cai School of business administration, South China University of Technology, Guangzhou, China

Abstract—At present, social commerce enterprises take Along with the maturing of social media technology, some measures to guide consumption based on the social the social e-commerce has become a new kind of scene mode, in which consumers’ purchasing experiences transformation. In a sense, social commerce could be could be advisor. However, although the enterprises have seen as a child model of e-commerce. Based on social realized the importance of digging or satisfying interaction and UGC, social commerce websites provide consumers’ demands, currently the evolution mechanism guiding information for users to complete the transaction of implicit demands using is still not perspective, which leads to the barrier of further development of online. As a new connection channel between electricity enterprise.This paper defined the concepts and features of and consumers, the social commerce gain benefits consumers’ implicit demands and introduced its mode of mainly by clarifying the customers’ shopping demands evolution, and then according to the explicit degrees of for electricity drainage, compared with traditional their demands, we divided the consumers into 4 different electricity commodity circulation positioning. Therefore, types, adopting the method of algorithm. Afterwards, the on the basic of the understanding about the evolution system dynamic model of evolution mechanism of mechanism of consumers’ implicit demand, social e- consumers’ implicit demand was established on analysis of commerce websites can effectively identify the core the influencing factors on input for transformation of focus of policy and adopt the appropriate strategy to different types of consumers. Finally, on the basis of improve the investment portfolio, which will finally do analysis on predetermination and key-factors of the simulation, the paper put forward practical advices for help to improve the efficiency of the e-commerce social e-commerce operation and long-term development transaction. of relevant enterprises, which will do help to provide Currently, in foreign countries, social media for practical advices for performance improvement, aiming to business activities such as Facebook and Twitter are the make it become the guiding force of promoting long-term represent of the social e-commerce. And in the domestic, development of enterprises. social e-commerce model also has its own characteristics, Index Terms—Implicit demands, Evolution mechanism, among which the “Taobao” agitation led by Alibaba.CN Social Commerce, System dynamics in 2006 is a good example. Exposed to the complex online shopping environment, especially facing with the massive commodities on “Taobao”, consumers have great difficulties on making purchasing decisions. At the I. INTRODUCTION same time, some entrepreneurs and businessmen who In the past ten years, with the development of gradually realize practical significance of such business electronic commerce, the consumption habits of model have set up special media space, basing on the consumers are also changing. However, in spite of great recommendations aiming to benefit from it. Since then, convenience the booming online shopping market takesto with the further development of social commerce, the the consumers, accompanied risks of online shopping is model changed gradually from price-basing also becoming the hidden danger to the development of recommendations to other forms, with "Mushroom electronic commerce. Therefore, in order to resolve this Street" and "SMZDM.cn" as typical examples. contradiction, consumers began to exchange commodity In the process of development of social commerce, the information through social media, aiming to use the recommendation model developed from price-driving to public's sharing wisdom spread by word of mouth to content-driving and even the scene-driving. However, no break down barriers in e-commerce market, which can be matter what forms it takes, the social commerce is still more efficient guiding force in the growing online faced with many problems, which accounts for the shopping market to make purchasing decisions. necessity to understand the satisfaction of customers Thus, the web 2.0 of e-commerce and social media shopping desire and their implicit demands. Therefore, combined and formed a new business model, called how to manifest the implicit demands of users on social social commerce.

© ACADEMIC PUBLISHING HOUSE 60 JOURNAL OF SIMULATION, VOL. 5, NO. 2, May 2017

e-commerce is one of the important problems managers C. Research Status of Implicit Demands need to resolve in order to occupy the market. The concept of implicit demand was first mentioned Therefore, to analyze and excavate consumers’ in1987, and nowadays the specific definition of implicit potential demands, this paper use the method of system demand is still vague, as different scholars use different dynamics, based on the social commerce model, to define terminology to elaborates the connotation of implicit the electronic commerce environment on the connotation demand. But in essence, there is convergence existing in and characteristics of consumers’ implicit demands, and their defining standards, for example, all of them will the introduce its evolution model. Furthermore, K-means agree that implicit demand is needs that is unable to algorithm was used for consumers clustering analysis and articulate. we finally summed up four different types of them. In order to understand the implicit demand, we should According to the above analyzing research, the system realize the fact that the implicit demand does not exist in dynamics model was established to describe and analyze isolation, but attached to the explicit demand and the influencing factors of different types of consumers, influence each other. On the other hand, it’s stated that and their evolution regulation as well. At last, relevant the implicit demands will be distinguished based on the countermeasures and suggestions are put forward, on the characteristics of individuals, groups and organizations. basis of the result of the research. At present, the view that the research on the definition of implicit demand can be based on two dimensions II. LITERATURE REVIEW including information cognition and value perception, is A. Research Status of Social E-Commerce more recognized in the academic field. On the analysis of the recent literature and research III. ANALYSIS ON CHATACTERISTICS OF about social e-commerce, social e-commerce is defined IMPLICT DEMANDS as a kind of online e-commerce platform on which users can collaborate and obtained shopping advice from A. The Hierarchy of Implicit Demands in Social E- others. And then the consumers complete the transaction Commerce through the diversion in target. Besides, three key On the basis of literature study, we will divided the attributes of socialization e-commerce are summed up, consumers’ demands into four different levels, including which include the business practices, social media the expression, recognition, consciousness and technology and group interaction. objectivity layers, according to the theory of information According to market researching report form e- perception and value cognition. Besides, we analyze its Marketer, by 2015, they will invest more than $200 as characteristic connotation on the foundation of different their top priority to promote social network. At the same degrees of implicit latent demands from shallow to deep. time, it was forecast to the amount of social network advertising will be steadily improving, which will be even more than doubled to 2017, sharing 20% of the whole digital advertising. In the academic field, there are also many scholars focus their consideration on social commerce. Researches on the design model of e-commerce, impact of information gaining access and trading behaviors have achieved some valuable results. B. Research Status of Implicit Demands The concept of implicit demand was first mentioned in1987, and nowadays the specific definition of implicit demand is still vague, as different scholars use different terminology to elaborates the connotation of implicit Figure.1. Hierarchy of Implicit Demands in Social Commerce demand. But in essence, there is convergence existing in their defining standards, for example, all of them will 1. The expression layer of implicit demands (EL) agree that implicit demand is needs that is unable to As the top level of the implicit demands hierarchy articulate. model, the expression layer possesses the least relative In order to understand the implicit demand, we should consumers’ quantity, which can also be described as realize the fact that the implicit demand does not exist in manifest implicit-demand. On the observation and isolation, but attached to the explicit demand and analysis of inherent law of consumers’ demands for influence each other. On the other hand, it’s stated that information on commodities online, the expression layer the implicit demands will be distinguished based on the of the consumers’ recessive demand for related characteristics of individuals, groups and organizations. certification information, that can be truly identified in At present, the view that the research on the definition of the process of social e-commerce mode of operation. implicit demand can be based on two dimensions In general, relevant e-commerce websites manifest the including information cognition and value perception, is implicit demands of seed-users who possess high value more recognized in the academic field. perception by encouraging them publish more original

© ACADEMIC PUBLISHING HOUSE JOURNAL OF SIMULATION, VOL. 5, NO. 2, May 2017 61

articles, in terms of information processing requirement. Consumers’ browsing behaviors on e-commerce Therefore, we choose "quantity of original articles” to be websites are often driven by some conscious or the measure index, in order to quantitatively analyzing unconscious implicit demand information, owning the the expression layer in implicit demands of consumers. objective precipitation among them. At this point, we 2. The recognition layer of implicit demands (RL) take the "searching frequency" as the quantitative The recognition layer locates at the second top layer of indicators of objective implicit demands. the hierarchy pyramid model, with the second more B. Relevancy and Transferability of Implicit Demands quantity, which is less than the expression layer only. This kind of distribution form conforms to the The "mental model" underlying consumers’ behaviors information processing of cognitive logic. As the of purchasing and decision-making determines consumers’ demands belonging to the recognition layer inseparable relationship between its explicit and implicit is still on its "non-manifestation" stage, the utilization demands. That is to say, the explicit and implicit rate is low. As for social e-commerce model, to satisfy demands cling to each other and stay in interrelated. In the consumers’ recessive demands for knowledge and the process of consumption on the social e-commerce information on commodities can be regarded as the websites for information searching, browsing, original motive of its existence. purchasing and evaluating, and relationships between the The browsing, information gathering, purchasing implicit and explicit demands show a spiral progressive behaviors of consumers on social e-commerce websites type of evolution. are mostly with confirm target or aim. These behaviors will be capable to lead divertingly consumers’ IV. EVOLUTION MODEL ON CONSUMERS’ purchasing decisions-making later. At present, we can IMPLICT DEMANDS find that the main business module of relevant e- A. Analysis on factors of the user classification and commerce is recommendation function, based on price, transformation quality, or scene. Such measures can be responded to most consumers, which is also known as "tip-off" at the The purchasing behavior of consumers is a complete same time, possessing most of the awareness of the cycle process, which can generally be divided into five demands. Therefore, in the research we figured the stages: purchasing demands confirming, information quantity of “tip-off reports" as a measure index of the collecting, evaluation comparing, purchasing decisions- recognition implicit demands. making and post-purchasing behaviors. 3. The consciousness layer of implicit demands(CL) In this paper we choose the domestic mainstream At the consciousness layer, the shopping demands of guiding e-commerce platform“SMZDM.COM”, consumers are in the "non-manifestation" condition, established in 2010, as the object of the research, which which should be discussed from the psychological level. is one of the earliest guiding platform with prices and In particular, the consciousness layer can be described as quality oriented. The website has stimulated lots of a condition in which the consumers search, browse, preferential commodity information, word-of-mouth comment on relevant information, driven by the reviews and experience sharing posts. unsatisfied desire state of discomfort. In other words, The aim of this research is to study the evolution such discomfort state can be thought as the consumers’ mechanism of the implicit demands for consumers, on desire to purchase goods with quality assurance, aiming the basis of the social e-commerce mode, during which to meet their psychological needs. However, such desires the main sections involve "discovery channel", "original are not clearly expressed as specific ways or items. In value guest" and other sections. By data mining, we social e-commerce mode, consumers’ comments collected information of customers who had comment information in commodities interaction area is with the records. Furthermore, based on the collected data, we fitted characteristics to reflect their buying advice or measured preprocessing and cluster analysis, and after empirical knowledge of communication with each other. 13 clustering convergence, the results came out shown in Thus, this paper will be related "comments information" table 1. to the indicator of the consciousness layer of consumers’ TABLE 1 demands. CLUSTERING RESULTS OF USERS’ BEHAVIORS IN SOCIAL 4. The objectivity layer of implicit demands(OL) COMMERCE The objectivity layer is at the very bottom of the Number of Number of Class Level pyramid model of implicit demands, with the largest “tip-offs” comments number of quantities, which can be regarded to be the Class 1 6 2 14 very starting recessive demands of all other levels. To dig Class 2 10 21 57 out the objectivity layer of consumers’ demands and to Class 3 15 13 178 manifest play a vital role in strengthening supervision Class 4 7 4 39 power of consumers in marketing interaction, which will Number benefit for the enterprises in social commerce. In Proportion of Count addition, for the enterprises, information provided in this （%） layer is more valuable, which can be the guiding force of Posts the enterprises to create new market demands. Class 1 1 1160 58% Class 2 2 180 9%

© ACADEMIC PUBLISHING HOUSE 62 JOURNAL OF SIMULATION, VOL. 5, NO. 2, May 2017

Class 3 9 40 2% Class 4 1 620 31% As shown in table 1above, according to the degree of manifestation of implicit demands, users can be evidently divided into 4 groups. Therefore, we defined these four types of consumers as “Information Viewers (VI)”, “Whistle Blowers (BR)”, “Acquisition Leaders (LD)”, and “Experience Sharers (SR)”. Figure 2. System Structure of Model B. Analysis on the influencing factors of social commerce user implicit demand According to the results of relevant researches, we concluded the influencing factors of users’ implicit demand of social commerce into four important factors, including the fundamental improvement, the social improvement, the technical input intensity and the individual improvement the input intensity, combined with the characteristics of social commerce. In addition, based on the information system model, we will analyze these influence factors of the four aspects one by one, aiming to expound the four social e-commerce specific connotation of user role conversion factors. Input intensity of the basic improvement (BIS) Recommendation of shopping information is one of Figure 3. Causality diagram of the System the basic of social commerce. In this paper, the basic improvement we mentioned mainly refers to the input Relevant variables are stated in table 2 below: intensity website operating investment such as the richness and objectivity of the website content and TABLE 2. delivery timeliness of the information, etc. Statement of Variables Input intensity of the social improvement (SIS) Based on the relevant sociological theory, we draw the NO. Variables Signs conclusion that the influencing factors of users’ Demand Stock of Objectivity 1 OL conversion can be divided into three parts, which Layer included regulation of subjective consciousness, Demand Stock of 2 CL cultivation of trust and the support of Interactive Consciousness Layer communication. Demand Stock of Recognition 3 RL Input intensity of the technical improvement (TIS) Layer In the process of experiencing the service provided by Demand Stock of Expression 4 EL social e-commerce, the technical input will mainly Layer involves the following several aspects: perceived ease of 5 Increment of Implicit Demand DOI use(PEOU), perceived usefulness(PU), reliability, privacy and security. Demand Conversions Input intensity of the personal improvement (PIS) 6 （Objectivity to LOTC In social commerce, input intensity of the personal Consciousness） improvement of the website mainly includes the spiritual and material motivation. Firstly, the spiritual motivation Demand Conversions can be embodied in the integral system, in which users 7 （Consciousness to LCTR are encouraged with the certain points based on the Recognition） integral level of title. Secondly, the material motivation Demand Conversions can be embodied in the application of material incentives 8 （Recognition to LRTE according to individual's contribution to the website, Expression） such as the original articles published, reports Losing Rate of Objectivity 9 OLR recommended and the frequency of comments and so on. Layer On the basis of the analysis of the transferability Losing Rate of 10 CLR characteristics mentioned above combined with further Consciousness Layer analysis of consumers’ purchasing decision process, we Losing Rate of 11 RLR have concluded that the influencing factors of Recognition Layer consumers’ demands, and the system structure and the Losing Rate of Expression 12 ELR causality diagram are shown as the below Figure2 and Layer Figure 3: 13 Number of Viewers VW

© ACADEMIC PUBLISHING HOUSE JOURNAL OF SIMULATION, VOL. 5, NO. 2, May 2017 63

We run the system simulation based on the example 14 Number of Sharers SR of “SMZDM.COM”, using the relevant historical data Number of and the prediction and estimation of the related studies. 15 BR Whistleblowers We confirm different parameters and equations in the 16 Number of Leaders LD model system established, and then tested the model test. Transferring Rate (VW to 17 VTSR A. Function equations of key variables SR) 1) VIR=DELAY1( 10.79+2.70*PIS+8.18*BIS+9.47* Transferring Rate (SR to 18 STBR TIS+3.18*SIS,1) *10^(-3); BR) 2) VTSR=DELAY1(6.48+2.51*PIS+5.13*BIS+6.27* Transferring Rate (BR to 19 BTLR LD) TIS+7.41*SIS, 1)*10^(-3)* IF THEN ELSE (TVTS1>0.9, 0.8 , 1 ); 20 Rebate Income RI 3) STBR=DELAY1(2.98+4.26*PIS+1.86*BIS+2.93* Daily Viewing Pages Per 21 PPD TIS+5.99*SIS,1)*10^(-3)*IF THEN ELSE Person (TSTB>0.9, 0.8 , 1 ); Purchasing Conversion 22 PCCR 4) BTLR=DELAY1(1.74+4.57*PIS+1.05*BIS+0.29* Rate TIS+2.67*SIS, 1)*10^(-3)*IF THEN ELSE Strength of Basic 23 BIS (TBTL>0.9, 0.8 , 1 ). Improvement Input 5) DOI=LN(EL)*( 12.3+350*SR+300*VW+500*BR Strength of Technical 24 TIS +75*LD)*10^(-3); Improvement Input 6) LOTC=LN(OL)*(8.32+39*SR+14*VW+57*BR+1 Strength of Social 25 SIS 78*LD) *10^(-3); Improvement Input 7) LCTR=LN(CL)*(6.4+4*SR+2*VW+21*BR+13*L Strength of Personal 26 PIS D)*10^(-3); Improvement Input 8) LRTE=LN(RL)*(7.5+SR+VW+BR+9*LD) *10^(- Increasing Rate of 27 VIR 3). Viewers The initial value: Basic Input Strength 28 BISF ∣ ∣ ∣ Factors VW(t) t=0=5800;SR(t) t=0=3100;BR(t) Technical Input Strength t=0=900;LD(t)∣t=0=200; 29 TISF Factors OL(t)∣t=0=200;CL(t)∣t=0=200;RL(t)∣t=0=200;EL(t) Social Input Strength ∣t=0=200; 30 SISF Factors Personal Input Strength B. Model validation 31 PISF Factors The paper made an indirect measurement based on the index data of page views (PV) and 8% conversion during C. System flow chart of the model March to December in 2015. According to the system causality diagram shown in We measured the effectiveness of the model using the Figure 3, we analyzed the relationship among the various relative error between the actual value and the influence factors, and established a system flow chart simulation value. And the final simulation in instance is shown in Figure 4: shown as table 3 below:

TABLE 3 Comparison of Actual Value and Simulation Value

Rebate income Time （months） Actual Simulation Relative Value Value Error（%） 0 1812 1600 11．700 1 2979 2672 ． 10 305 Figure 4. Flow Chart of System 2 4335 3892 10．219 3 5809 5232 9．933 The evolution mechanism of consumers’ implicit ． demand on social e-commerce is shown in the system 4 7399 6672 9 86 dynamics simulation flow chart above, including the 5 9076 8203 9．619 interaction between different types of users and possible 6 10851 9821 9．484 outcomes. 7 12710 11522 9．347

V. SIMULATION IN INSTANCE 8 14519 13307 8．348 9 16536 15175 8．231

© ACADEMIC PUBLISHING HOUSE 64 JOURNAL OF SIMULATION, VOL. 5, NO. 2, May 2017

10 18643 17129 8．121 RI 7 M

Data comes from: Alexa.com 5.25 M

According to the simulation and comparison results 5 3.5 M listed above, covering relevant data of 10 months, we found that all of the relative errors are minor, less than 1.75 M 5 4 5 4 3 2 5 4 3 2 0 5 4 3 2 1 1 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 12 34 5 1 2 34 1 23 1 2 1 15%. Therefore, the model built in this paper has good 0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 Time (Month) validity and correctness so that it can be used to describe RI : TISF15 1 1 1 RI : TISF75 4 4 4 RI : TISF35 2 2 2 RI : TISF95 5 5 5 the actual system behavior. RI : TISF55 3 3 3 Figure 6. Results with Adjustment of TISF C. System Simulation and Analysis on Key Influencing Factors c) Simulation results with adjustment of SISF OL CL 1. Simulation scheme 300,000 90,000

5 1 5 225,000 2 67,500 In order to study the evolution mechanism in which 4 4 3 51 3 2 5 2 4 3 1 1 2 3 4 2 150,000 5 45,000 1 1 4 5 3 how the four impact factors of input intensity influence 2 3 4 2 5 1 1 2 34 5 23 4 5 3 4 1 1 23 51 2 75,000 4 5 22,500 3 4 1 2 3 4 51 2 3 4 5 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 1 4 5 1 2 on the change of different types of users, we make the 3 5 4 2 3 1 2 0 0 1 0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 simulation In accordance with the schemes below: Time (Month) Time (Month) OL : SISF15 1 1 1 OL : SISF75 4 4 4 CL : SISF15 1 1 1 CL : SISF75 4 4 4 OL : SISF35 2 2 2 OL : SISF95 5 5 5 CL : SISF35 2 2 2 CL : SISF95 5 5 5 On the basis of the original data of the model, we will OL : SISF55 3 3 3 CL : SISF55 3 3 3 RL EL adjust the four impact factors respectively (BISF, TISF, 30,000 20,000

22,500 15,000 SISF, PISF) with the same assignment of 0.15, 0.35, 0.55, 5 4 15,000 5 3 10,000 5 3 4 3 2 1 2 5 4 2 1 3 0.75, 0.95, and then run the simulation. 4 3 5 1 2 2 1 4 5 3 3 7500 4 2 1 5000 51 2 5 3 1 4 4 2 1 23 5 3 1 4 5 4 1 2 1 23 2 3 4 5 3 4 5 1 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 2. System simulation 4 5 5 1 2 0 3 0 1 2 3 4 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 a) Simulation results with adjustment of BISF Time (Month) Time (Month) RL : SISF15 1 1 1 RL : SISF75 4 4 4 EL : SISF15 1 1 1 EL : SISF75 4 4 4 RL : SISF35 2 2 2 RL : SISF95 5 5 5 EL : SISF35 2 2 2 EL : SISF95 5 5 5 OL CL RL : SISF55 3 3 3 EL : SISF55 3 3 3 700,000 200,000 RI

5 525,000 150,000 600,000 5 5 350,000 4 100,000 5 4 1 5 450,000 4 5 2 3 5 4 5 4 2 3 175,000 3 50,000 4 2 4 3 2 5 3 2 5 2 1 4 3 4 4 3 2 1 5 2 1 5 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 1 5 3 4 2 1 1 4 5 3 2 1 3 4 1 2 1 5 2 3 1 2 1 300,000 1 4 5 1 2 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 2 3 34 5 0 1 0 1 2 5 0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 1 2 3 4 Time (Month) Time (Month) 150,000 5 OL : BISF15 1 1 1 OL : BISF75 4 4 4 CL : BISF15 1 1 1 CL : BISF75 4 4 4 1 2 34 OL : BISF35 2 2 2 OL : BISF95 5 5 5 CL : BISF35 2 2 2 CL : BISF95 5 5 5 5 OL : BISF55 3 3 3 CL : BISF55 3 3 3 1 2 34 1 23 4 5 2 3 4 5 0 3 4 51 RL 1 2 34 5 1 2 40,000 EL 0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 20,000 Time (Month) RI : SISF15 1 1 1 RI : SISF75 4 4 4 30,000 5 RI : SISF35 2 2 2 RI : SISF95 5 5 5 5 15,000 RI : SISF55 3 3 3

20,000 4 5 4 5 3 3 10,000 5 4 4 3 2 3 2 5 4 3 3 2 1 10,000 5 2 1 4 Figure 7. Results with Adjustment of SISF 1 3 2 1 5000 5 2 5 4 2 3 4 3 1 4 2 1 5 3 1 2 1 5 3 1 3 4 1 2 4 2 4 5 1 2 5 3 1 1 2 3 3 4 1 2 0 3 4 5 4 5 1 2 1 2 0 5 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 Time (Month) Time (Month) RL : BISF15 1 1 1 RL : BISF75 4 4 4 EL : BISF15 1 1 1 EL : BISF75 4 4 4 d) Simulation results with adjustment of PISF RL : BISF35 2 2 2 RL : BISF95 5 5 5 EL : BISF35 2 2 2 EL : BISF95 5 5 5 RL : BISF55 3 3 3 EL : BISF55 3 3 3 OL RI 300,000 5 3 M 225,000 4 1 2 5 3 1 2 4 3 150,000 51 2 4 2.25 M 1 2 3 5 1 2 34 4 5 5 1 23 75,000 3 4 5 51 2 2 3 4 5 1 1.5 M 34 2 0 1 0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 5 750,000 4 Time (Month) OL : PISF15 1 1 1 OL : PISF75 4 4 4 5 OL : PISF35 2 2 2 OL : PISF95 5 5 5 4 3 2 OL : PISF55 3 3 3 5 4 3 2 4 3 2 1 0 4 5 2 3 1 2 1 1 1 2 34 5 1 2 3 4 51 2 3 4 51 23 1 CL 0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 100,000 Time (Month) 5 RI : BISF15 1 1 1 RI : BISF75 4 4 4 75,000 RI : BISF35 2 2 2 RI : BISF95 5 5 5 4 5 2 RI : BISF55 3 3 3 3 1 50,000 4 2 5 3 1 2 4 1 5 3 4 1 2 2 3 25,000 4 5 1 51 23 Figure 5. Results with Adjustment of BISF 1 2 3 4 4 5 2 3 5 1 34 2 0 1 0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 Time (Month) CL : PISF15 1 1 1 CL : PISF75 4 4 4 CL : PISF35 2 2 2 CL : PISF95 5 5 5 b) Simulation results with adjustment of TISF 3 3 3 CL : PISF55 OL RL EL CL 2 M 20,000 20,000 300,000 5 15,000 3 15,000 1.5 M 2 225,000 4 1 5 5 3 1 2 5 4 10,000 3 10,000 3 1 M 51 2 4 5 4 2 3 5 1 150,000 1 2 3 5 5 4 2 4 23 4 1 51 5 3 5 5000 2 3 4 5000 4 2 4 51 3 1 500,000 5 4 2 3 4 5 2 3 5 1 3 4 1 5 75,000 2 3 4 51 2 4 3 4 3 1 2 3 4 5 2 5 4 51 2 5 4 3 2 4 3 1 4 1 2 3 4 3 2 5 2 1 3 3 4 5 5 3 2 2 1 1 4 3 2 1 0 1 2 0 4 5 1 2 4 5 23 4 1 2 1 1 4 5 23 1 2 1 1 2 3 0 5 1 2 3 4 51 2 3 1 3 4 51 2 3 1 1 2 34 0 34 5 1 2 1 2 0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 Time (Month) Time (Month) Time (Month) Time (Month) RL : PISF15 1 1 1 RL : PISF75 4 4 4 EL : PISF15 1 1 1 EL : PISF75 4 4 4 RL : PISF35 2 2 2 RL : PISF95 5 5 5 EL : PISF35 2 2 2 EL : PISF95 5 5 5 OL : TISF15 1 1 1 OL : TISF75 4 4 4 CL : TISF15 1 1 1 CL : TISF75 4 4 4 RL : PISF55 3 3 3 EL : PISF55 3 3 3 OL : TISF35 2 2 2 OL : TISF95 5 5 5 CL : TISF35 2 2 2 CL : TISF95 5 5 5 OL : TISF55 3 3 3 CL : TISF55 3 3 3 RL EL RI 60,000 30,000 700,000

5 45,000 22,500 5 525,000 5 30,000 5 4 15,000 4 5 3 3 2 5 4 4 3 2 4 1 3 5 2 2 1 350,000 15,000 4 3 7500 4 3 5 2 1 3 2 1 5 3 2 3 5 4 1 4 2 1 5 3 2 1 5 3 5 3 4 2 1 4 2 1 2 3 4 1 2 1 5 2 3 1 1 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 1 0 4 5 1 2 0 3 4 5 1 2 4 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 175,000 51 2 Time (Month) Time (Month) 34 1 2 RL : TISF15 1 1 1 RL : TISF75 4 4 4 EL : TISF15 1 1 1 EL : TISF75 4 4 4 4 5 1 2 3 2 2 2 5 5 5 2 2 2 5 5 5 5 RL : TISF35 RL : TISF95 EL : TISF35 EL : TISF95 23 4 RL : TISF55 3 3 3 EL : TISF55 3 3 3 3 4 51 0 3 4 51 2 1 2 34 5 1 2 0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 Time (Month) RI : PISF15 1 1 1 RI : PISF75 4 4 4 RI : PISF35 2 2 2 RI : PISF95 5 5 5 RI : PISF55 3 3 3

© ACADEMIC PUBLISHING HOUSE JOURNAL OF SIMULATION, VOL. 5, NO. 2, May 2017 65

Figure 8. Results with Adjustment of PISF VI. CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATION A. Discussions on the Simulation Results continuously advanced to a higher level by ways of The above analysis shows that the influences of contributing more content. In addition, reasonable different factors are different, and we draw the encouraging mechanism should be designed to keep the conclusions shown below: close contact with customers. 1. The development of the improving input and output is not synchronous, with obvious time gap. In other words, ACKNOWLEDGMENT there is a fermentation period staying from the input of National Key Natural Science Foundation Program, social commerce website to the increase of demand and NO71473087 improvement of performance. Therefore, managers should treat it with a long-term thinking. REFERENCES 2. In the current developing stage of social e-commerce, [1] Hsu M C. The management of sports tourism: a causal compared to the social and personal improvement input modeling test of the theory of planned behavior. [J]. (SISF and PISF), the basic and technological input show International Journal of Management, 2013:474-491. more sensitive. [2] Huang Z, Benyoucef M. From e-commerce to social 3. As the simulation progresses, users of lower level commerce: A close look at design features[J]. Electronic continue to shift to higher level with faster transferring Commerce Research & Applications, 2013, 12(4):246-259. speed. What’s more, the growth rates of BR and LD are [3] Dubet A. The Colbert Bump® and the Facebook® significantly higher than VW and SR, which can be Follow-Through for Generation [4] Snark: A Test and explained as the contents of website are provided by few Extension of the Ajzen's Theory of Planned Behavior for “leaders” and finally by all users. 2012[J]. Journal of Management Research, 2012, 4(3):43- 65. B. Suggestions of Performance Improving of Social E- [4] Amblee N,Bui T. Harnessing the Influence of Social Proof commerce Enterprises in Online Shopping: The Effect of Electronic Word of On the basis of the research result, following policy Mouth on Sales of Digital Microproducts[J]. International recommendations are put forward: Journal of Electronic Commerce, 2011, 16(2):91-114. 1. As there’s a process of users’ identification, receive [5] Shin D.H ． User experience in social commerce: in the recognition staying after websites take improving friends we trust[J]. Behavior ＆ Information measures, managers ought realize that the increasing of Technology,2013,32(1):52-67 the users and demand transformation is a process, which [6] Liang T, Ho Y, Li Y, et al. What Drives Social Commerce: accounts for the recommendation that positive The Role of Social Support and Relationship Quality[J]. performance evaluation should be taken to rationalize the International Journal of Electronic Commerce, 2011, investment decision and output benefit. 16(2):69-90. [7] Hajli N. Social commerce constructs and consumer's 2. Flexible, rational and adaptable investment portfolio intention to buy[J]. International Journal of Information strategy should be designed, rather than overly Management, 2015, 35(2):183-191. strengthen one aspect and ignore others. At present stage, [8] Olbrich R, Holsing C. Modeling Consumer Purchasing managers should pay more attention to the technical Behavior in Social Shopping Communities with construction, such as the timeliness and effectiveness, Clickstream Data[J]. layout design of the websites, on the basis of which we [9] International Journal of Electronic Commerce, 2011, should consider other aspects of the community input. 16(2):15-40. 3. De-centralization system should be established to [10] Robin L.W., Kirk L.W.,Baker J.How website socialness promote the further development of the social commerce. leads to website use[J],EuropJournal of Information Systems,2011 (20) :118-132. Specifically, the website can make reasonable partition of UGC, aiming to encourage lower level users

© ACADEMIC PUBLISHING HOUSE

JOURNAL OF SIMULATION, VOL. 5, NO. 2, May 2017 67

Study on Range-Based Node Localization Method of Internet of Vehicles

Xiaojun Liu Huanggang Normal University, Huanggang, China Email: [email protected]

Jianyu Wang Huanggang Normal University, Huanggang, China Email: 18623582 @qq.com

Abstract—Internet of Vehicles (IoV) has been considered to related fields[4-6], the network according to the be an important branch which is most likely the first characteristics and requirements of Internet of breakthrough in the application of Internet of Things (IoT) , Vehicles( IoV), introduces the positioning technology of and has become the focal point of research. Among them, car networking, and made a systematic analysis[7]. At the the localization and the location-aware of vehicles are key same time, put forward the main evaluation index of car technologies of the IoV. These two technologies not only is related to vehicle security, but also affected the prospects for networking research involves the study, combined with the development of IoV. First, the standards of evaluation the given the research status of vehicle networking on node localization method of IoV have been presented, technology is the trend of development. and range-based nodes location technologies of IoV have been focused, and the algorithm and applications in IoV II. BACKGROUND have been discussed. Finally, in the comprehensive analysis of existing research results at the same time, we conclude A. The basic concept the paper by elaborating the future research directions on the IoV. Knowledge in sensor networks, in order to achieve positioning, nodes randomly spread mainly two: Beacon Index Terms—internet of vehicles, localization method, node and Unknown node. Usually known its position of range-based node said to Beacon nodes and Beacon nodes can be through carrying the existing positioning equipment and I. INTRODUCTION other means to obtain its exact position, while the other Internet of Vehicles (IoV), the vehicle nodes and nodes are called for Unknown nodes, wireless sensor exchange data must be associated with the position, networks in CITIC mark node only account for a small therefore, must take certain mechanisms and algorithms proportion. Unknown nodes and Beacon nodes as a point to achieve real-time positioning and location awareness of reference, through the location information of Beacon between nodes on the vehicle node, and the establishment nodes to determine its position. The nodes of the sensor of close ties between the vehicle and the location of the network structure as shown in Fig. 1[8]. implementation, monitoring, vehicle tracking and positioning, so as to realize the dynamic management and control between the vehicles. Mentioned vehicle positioning satellite positioning, we first thought (such as GPS or Beidou). However, the source application in vehicle navigation and object tracking, the positioning accuracy, response time and controllability are unable to adapt to the application requirements of vehicle networking. At present, a feasible way is to let the city side of the road traffic. RFID reader, video camera and so on the road side unit (RSU) to obtain Figure 1. Beacon nodes and unknown nodes of wireless sensor accurate location information through satellite positioning, network as the anchor nodes in the network to provide location information source, running on the road vehicles with the In Fig. 1, the entire sensor network consists of four help of RSU positioning[1-3]. At present, there are mainly beacon nodes and a large number of unknown node based on range-based technology and the use of range- compositions. Beacon node B to represent, it in the free technology in two ways to achieve positioning. network as a whole accounted for less proportion. Based on systematic analysis of wireless sensor Unknown node u to represent, unknown nodes by around network (WSN) based on the existing achievements in the beacon nodes or has achieved self-localization of unknown node through certain algorithm to achieve self-

© ACADEMIC PUBLISHING HOUSE 68 JOURNAL OF SIMULATION, VOL. 5, NO. 2, May 2017

localization. Here are some of the commonly used terms Fault Tolerance and Adaptability: refers to the so- in wireless sensor networks: called fault-tolerance of the presence of Fault system will (1) Neighbor Nodes: nodes that can communicate not fail, the characteristics of can still work normally. directly with the other nodes without having to go Fault Tolerance is Fault how should the Fault, to be exact through other nodes; and not let Error. Adaptability can be thought of as a can (2) Hop Count: two to achieve the communication adjust itself according to environmental changes can between the nodes of the minimum number of hops intelligent features of feedback control system, so that the required for the total number of hops; system can work in accordance with the standards of (3) Connectivity: the number of neighbor nodes owned some setting in the optimal state. by a node; Security: Security is refers to the system to legitimate (4) Hop Distance: the sum of the minimum hop users of response and to resist the illegal request, to distance between two nodes; protect themselves from the external influence and the (5) Receiving Signal Propagation Time Difference ability to attack. WSN usually work in the area of the (Time Difference of Arrival,TDOA): in the process of physical environment is more complicated, positioning signal transmission, issued at the same time, two different system vulnerable to environmental or man-made frequency signals reach the same destination when destruction and attacks, which cannot reach the ideal because of the time difference caused by different wireless communication environment to achieve the transmission speeds. positioning of the effect, therefore must have a very (6) Time of Arrival (TOA): the time required for the strong security positioning system and algorithm. propagation of the signal at two different nodes; Power Dissipation: refers to the Power loss of Power (7) Round-trip Time of Flight (RTOF): the signal from consumption, Power consumption in the process of WSN one node to another node back to the time back; design has always been one of the main aspects in its (8) Angle of Arrival (AOA): the angle between the application. Limited due to the energy of the sensor nodes node's own axis and the received signal; and it is not easy to get, so we need the whole WSN can (9) Received Signa1 Strength Indicator (RSSI): with less energy consumption and high efficiency of wireless signal to reach the strength value of the sensor energy utilization to implement security positioning is the nodes. first question faced by the current research. Cost and Consideration: the cost of location algorithm B. The node location technology performance evaluation includes time cost, capital cost and space cost. Under the standard premise of ensuring the accuracy of positioning, the In the wireless sensor network (WSN) positioning positioning system should be the minimum cost, such as technology, different localization algorithm has different the amount of computation required, the amount of influence on positioning results, usually has the following communication, storage space, etc. several indicators to measure [9]: Positional Accuracy: position precision is refers to the Ⅲ. LOCATION ALGORITHM BASED ON DISTANCE spatial location information (usually the coordinates) MEASUREMENT proximity between its true location, it is a leading indicator of measuring sensor network localization, only The positioning algorithm based on distance reach a certain position precision of localization measurement to achieve more complex, first through algorithm is real and effective. TOA (Time of Arrival), TDOA (Time Difference of Effective Range of Orientation: positioning system can Arrival), AOA (Angle of Arrival), RSSI (Received locate Effective range. To satisfy most of the nodes in Signa1 Strength Indicator) and absolute distance ranging WSN can be positioning, only covers a wide range of technology commonly used to measure each unknown node location to be meaningful. node and beacon node values, this stage is also called Node Density: refers to the spread of sensor Node after the end of the ranging stage; ranging of positioning Density in terms of network nodes. In WSN node density (coordinate) stage, namely the use of the node ranging had a great influence on the performance of the stage distance or direction parameters to calculate the positioning, usually Node Density high positioning location of the unknown node, during which the precision will be higher and higher, the opposite will commonly used algorithm: three edge measurement reduce Positional Accuracy. In view of the different positioning method (Trilateration)[10], multilateral localization algorithm in WSN node density is not localization method of triangulation method required for the same, the performance of the sensor (triangulation)[11], maximum likelihood estimation[12] nodes and the price also determines the node of the (Maximum Likelihood Method) and angle positioning seeding density. method (Goniometry)[13]. Following this thesis analyzed Density of Beacon Node: Density of Beacon Node in two phases: refers to the Beacon nodes in the proportion in the WSN. A. Ranging algorithm analysis. Beacon node has its own positioning function, the price is more expensive, could not sow large area, its node TOA is according to the signal propagation time determines the positioning precision of the high and low calculation is measured between the node distance. TOA density. algorithm although the positioning precision is high, but the algorithm requires nodes precise synchronization

© ACADEMIC PUBLISHING HOUSE JOURNAL OF SIMULATION, VOL. 5, NO. 2, May 2017 69

using complex, the hardware requirements are too high difference between the near field and the magnetic field and therefore less suitable to the application of wireless to measure the distance. sensor network localization. B. Positioning stage algorithm analysis. The TDOA is formed on the basis of the TOA algorithm. In this algorithm, using two kinds of wireless Trilateration through three known coordinates of signal transmitting node and different frequency beacon nodes and the three beacons to unknown nodes of information to send a group of the same area specified, distance information, according to the two-dimensional because the transmission speed of the two signals are spatial distance formula established equations and different, so the arrival time will be different according to linearization method is used to solve the unknown node the receiving node. The time difference and two kinds of location information. signal transmission speed can be calculated between the As shown in Fig.2, assuming that there are three receiving node and transmitting node distance value. This anchor nodes B, C, a to participate in positioning, and method can get the accurate positioning in NLOS their coordinates are (xaa , y ) 、 (xbb , y ) 、 (xcc , y ) . conditions. But the requirements of sensor nodes are equipped with RF transceiver and ultrasonic wave transceiver, thus increasing the cost. And the signal is easily affected by the environment applicable occasions, single. TDOA method is applicable to the line of sight environment, obstacles in the NLOS environment will be reflected on the acoustic wave refraction and diffraction, which would increase the ultrasonic transmission time , produced a lot of errors, and ultimately affect the accuracy of the positioning. AOA is through Triangulation calculate the location. In the AOA algorithm, unknown nodes first to calculated with respect to a reference node of the azimuth angle, which makes the algorithm positioning performance in Figure 2. Trilateration complex electromagnetic environment is very poor, but also improves the energy, which eventually led to the Hypothesis three anchor nodes have been measured by lifetime of the network is shortened. The WSN with low antenna array have node D signal direction of arrival, cost, the goal of low energy consumption contrary, so the after determining the azimuth can be calculated angle the measurement method of practicality is very low. ADB, ADC angle, BDC angle size. Node A, B and RSSI is using the channel attenuation model to realize proposed ADB can determine the only round O1 , and the function of positioning nodes according to the center coordinates (x , y ) and radius r , which A B received signal strength. The regularity of RSSI value is 11 1 not strong, so there is in the measurement when the error angle = 2 PI was ADB. Circle center coordinates and is large, so the need for multiple anchor nodes and radius can be calculated by the following Eq. 1: position, which requires a large number of anchor nodes.  (x  x )2  (y  y )2  r In practical application, signal will inevitably encounter  1 a 1 a 1 interference during transmission, reflection, absorption  2 2 (1) and other effects, which greatly reduce the positioning  (x1  xb )  (y1  y b )  r1 accuracy. At present, the RSSI value ranging technology  2 2 2 2 (xa  xb )  (y a  y b )  2r1  2r1 cos AO1B can be divided into two kinds: one is based on the method  of pretesting of environmental information, namely in the laboratory before the start of the treatment side area for Similarly, we can calculate the center of O2 , large values of RSSI test that will be a different value O coordinate, and radius r , r the trilateration saved to the database, then the query and call in the 3 2 3 laboratory. Another is the method does not require calculated node D coordinates (x , y ) , namely Eq. 2: pretesting of environmental information, such as  ()x x2  y  y2  r hyperbolic model, distributed iterative algorithm, and  1 1 1  2 (2) combined with the dew flooding is introduced RSSI 2  ()x x2  y  y 2  r 2 mechanism of HCRL (hop-count-ratio based localization)  algorithm.  ()x x2  y  y2  r  3 3 3 PDOA（Phase difference of arrival) is measured by The coordinates of the D (Eq. 3) of the node to be measuring the phase difference of the received signal, and measured can be determined by the Eq.2: the signal transmission of the round-trip time, and then calculate the distance between the signal. x 2(x x ) 2( y y ) 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 NFER（Near-Field Electromagnetic Ranging） near  1 3 1 3 x1 x 3  y 1  y 3  d 3  d 1  2 2 2 2 2 2 x 2(x x ) 2( y y ) x x  y  y  d  d field electromagnetic distance, is measured by the phase  2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 3 2 （3）

© ACADEMIC PUBLISHING HOUSE 70 JOURNAL OF SIMULATION, VOL. 5, NO. 2, May 2017

Multilateration known more than three beacon nodes x coordinate information and beacon node to the unknown X   （8） node distance information, using the distance formula y between two points can be calculated the distance By using the maximum likelihood estimation method between unknown nodes and beacon nodes. Finally, by or the least square method, the coordinates of D can be using the LS (Least Square), MLE(Maximum Likelihood estimated as Eq.9: Estimation) or MMSE(Minimum Mean Square Error) ^ and for the coordinates of the unknown nodes. X () ATT A1 A b （9） Triangulation is the unknown nodes of the receiver antenna array to measure peripheral beacon signals sent Ⅳ. CONCLUSION by the incidence angle information and the angle information and the beacon nodes coordinate information. The Internet of Vehicles is a research hotspot in recent According to the coordinates of the Trilateration calculate years and focus on positioning technology and a large the unknown node. Maximum Likelihood Method number of algorithms are constantly emerging, however a principle as shown in Fig.3. large number of existing localization algorithms are improved for typical localization algorithm basic 1 2 positioning principle. Based on application or improvement is also a kind of innovation, the innovation of ideas and methods of network positioning technology in the Internet of Vehicles is worth learning, localization

n method based on ranging technology although the error is D small, but there are some contradictions between the 3 rapid response time and vehicle positioning efficiency 4 relatively low requirements of network application. Although the Internet of Vehicles is a new concept and

application, but the related theoretical research and Figure 3. Maximum Likelihood Method technology application can be on the basis of existing Known in the algorithm 1,2,3,... The coordinates of n achievements deeply and innovation. However, at present, and other n beacon nodes are: the research on range-based node localization method of (,)xy (,)xy (,)xy … (,)xy . They are the Internet of vehicles is still at the initial stage, so there are 11’ 22’ 33’ nn a lot of problems to be solved and unknown problems to distance to unknown node D, respectively: d 、 d 、 study. 1 2

d3 … dn , assuming that the coordinates of the unknown ACKNOWLEDGMENT node D are as follows Eq.4: 22 The project was supported by the Scientific Fund ()()x1 x  y 1  y  d 1  Project of Huanggang Normal University (Grant No.  （4） 20161610 3). the project of excellent ICT engineer  22 training program in Huanggang Normal University ()()xn x  y n  y  d n (Grant No. 2014zy04), and the project of zxfz2016A014 Starting from the first equation minus the last Eq.5:: in Huanggang Normal University .

2 2 2 2 2 2 REFERENCES xx1n 2( xxxyy 1  n )  1  n  2( yyydd 1  n )  1  n   [1] AGRE J, CLARE L. “An integrated architecture for x2 x 2 2( xxxyy  )  2  2  2( yyydd  )  2  2 cooperative sensing networks” [J]. IEEE Computer  n1 n n  1 n n  1 n n  1 n n  1 n Magazine, 2000,33(5): 106-108. （5） [2] Zhang D , Zhao C , Liang Y , et al ． “A new medium access Eq. 5 can be expressed as: AX b , in which: control protocol based on perceived data reliability and A , X , b , as the following Eq. 6 to Eq.8 as shown: spatial correlation in wireless sensor network” [J].Computers & Electrical Engineering. 2012, 38(3):694~702. 2(x11 xnn ) 2( y y ) [3] Zhang D,Li G,Zheng K,et al ． “An Energy-Balanced  A  （6） Routing Method B ased on Forward - Aware Factor for Wireless Sensor Networks” [J]. Industrial Informatics,IEEE Transactions on,2014,10(1):766~773. 2(xn11 x n ) 2( y n y n ) [4] Shang Y,Rumi W,Zhang Y etc．“Localization from mere 2 2 2 2 2 2 x1 xn  y 1  y n  d n  d 1 eormeetivity” [J] ． Ad Hoc Networking & Computer Annapolis: ACM Press,2003．201~212. （7） b  [5] Estrin D,Govindan R,Heidemann J,et al.“Next century x2 x 2  y 2  y 2  d 2  d 2 challenges:Scalable coordination in sensor networks” n1 n n  1 n n n  1 [C]//Proceedings of the 5th annual ACM/IEEE

© ACADEMIC PUBLISHING HOUSE JOURNAL OF SIMULATION, VOL. 5, NO. 2, May 2017 71

international conference on Mobile computing and [12] ANDREAS L,CHRISTIAN W.“A comprehensive networking.ACM,1999.263~270. approach for optimizing To A-localization in harsh [6] Hofmann-Wellenhof B,Lichtenegger H,Collins J.“Global industrial environments” [C].Position Location and Positioning System.Theory and Practice” [J].Global Navigation Symposium (PLANS),2010 Positioning System.Theory and practice,by Hofmann- IEEE/ION,2010.516~525. Wellenhof,B. Lichtenegger,H;Collins,J. Springer,Wien [13] ESTRIN D, GOVINDAN R, HEIDEMANN J. “Next (Austria),993,347 p. ISBN 0-387-82477-4 (USA).1993,1. century challenges: scalable coordination in sensor [7] Garter.“Time delay estimation for passive sonar singal networks ” [J]. Proceedings of the Fifth Annual Processing”,IEEE Transaction on International Conference on Mobile Computing and Acoustics,2013,2.463~470. Networks (Mobi COM'99),Washington, USA, 1999: 263- [8] W.A Gardner,C.K Chen. “Singal selective time difference 270. of arrival estimation for Passive location”.IEEE Transaction on Signal Processing ,2012,2.1168~1184. [9] SAMI M L,JAMES M C.“Time synchronization in wireless sensor networks:A survey” [C].IEEE Southeast Xiaojun Liu received the Ph. D. degree in communication Con 2010 (Southeast Con),2010. 242~245. and information system form the Wuhan University of [10] Huang Zhonghua, Li Shunhua . “The Study on WSN Node Hubei Province, China. He is Assistant Professor of the Positioning Algorithm Improvement”,2012, International Department of Electronic & Information, Huanggang Conference on Computer Science and Service Normal University, Hubei Huanggang, China. His research System,pp.1248-1249,11-13 Aug. 2012. interests include also computer networks, information [11] KANG HSEO G,LEE W J.“Error compensation for css- processing and cloud computing. He has published over 20 based localization system” [C]. Proceedings of the World papers in international journals and conferences. Congress on Engineering and Computer Science ,2009.

© ACADEMIC PUBLISHING HOUSE

JOURNAL OF SIMULATION, VOL.5, NO. 2, May 2017 73

The Research on the Path of Poverty Alleviation of E-Commerce: A Case Study of Jing Dong

Xue Xiong Chinese Academy of Agricultural Sciences, Bei Jing, China [email protected]

Fengying Nie, Jieying Bi *1, Muhammad Waqar Chinese Academy of Agricultural Sciences, Bei Jing, China [email protected]; [email protected]; [email protected]

Abstract—China faces a big challenge since there are 55.75 2014, China State Council officially included million poor people in rural areas until 2015. The 13th “E-Commerce poverty alleviation” in the policy system, five-year poverty alleviation plan has involved E-commerce and it was taken as one of “Ten key projects of targeted into system. The rural E-commerce could improve the poverty alleviation” and has been implemented since awareness and abilities of poor people though income, 2015. In 2016, 2017, No.1 Document issued by the health, education and ecological environment measures. It CPC (Communist Party of China) Central Committee has important theoretical and practical significance to research the path of poverty alleviation of E-commerce took the E-Commerce poverty alleviation as a vital from enterprise perspective. Interview method is employed measure, so that E-Commerce played a major role in the to illustrate the specific measures and achievements of Jing poverty alleviation. According to China Rural Poverty Dong. As a result, in 2016 the cooperation business of Jing Alleviation Development Outline (2011 － 2020), the Dong in poor areas has grown 78%; it has trained 50 poverty alleviation methods in China mainly includes thousand people for E-Commerce, provided 20 thousand special, industrial, social and international cooperation positions and loaned RMB 200 million to poor counties. In poverty alleviation. E-Commerce poverty alleviation summary, this paper gives two solutions for B2C business to belongs to innovative poverty alleviation. reduce poverty: increasing income and Multidimensional poverty alleviation. Furthermore, some suggestions are Rural E-Commerce is developed usually because of given to improve the performance of E-commerce. two major problems i.e. difficulties in farmers' income growth and the agricultural products sales. Industrial Index Terms—E-Commerce, path, income increase poverty products consuming can save farmers' spending, and alleviation, Multidimensional poverty alleviation, Jing Dong agricultural products saling can increase farmers' income. E-Commerce from top to bottom is developed usually based on the dilemma that it is difficult to sell I. INTRODUCTION agricultural products, while rural E-Commerce, from bottom to top, is developed usually based on the dilemma E-commerce stands for electronic commerce, which that it is difficult to increase farmers' income. Rural includes broad and narrow sense. The term E-Business E-Commerce development relatively lags behind because refers to using various electronic tools, including farmers' production is dispersed, low education, poor telephone, television, computer, mobile communication infrastructure and the difficulties in standardization and to engage in business activities; while E-Commerce branding of agricultural products. refers to the use of Internet to engage in business The government, platform and market are activities. Regardless of E-commerce in broad sense or indispensable elements in the process of E-Commerce narrow sense, both E-Business and E-Commerce includes development. In China Since the establishment of the two main ideas, firstly the Internet used as the platform nation, the traditional relief-type poverty alleviation has and secondly commercial activity is taken as the purpose. been gradually developed to development-type poverty In China E-Commerce started in 1990s. Until 2000, it alleviation. At present stage, E-Commerce poverty gradually started from traditional industries (business to alleviation pays more attention to the role of the market. business i.e. B2B) to enter into sustainable development Evolving from giving someone a fish to teaching how to period and after 2010, it entered into period of mature fish, and then to building fishery is the change of poverty development. E-Commerce has brought revolutionary alleviation thoughts. “12th Five-Year Plan” period is the changes in China, including Urban and rural areas. In period in which rural E-Commerce developed faster, rural E-Commerce will continue developing rapidly Corresponding author: Jieying Bi, a research assistant of Chinese during the 13th Five-Year Plan period, lead to the “adult Academy of Agricultural Sciences, 13910425297, [email protected], stage”. The primary task of rural E-Commerce No. 12, Zhongguancun South Street, Haidian District, Beijing. development is to establish native rural E-Commerce service system by combination of online and offline, and

© ACADEMIC PUBLISHING HOUSE 74 JOURNAL OF SIMULATION, VOL.5, NO. 2, May 2017

connection of high-level and grassroots implementations opportunity of entrepreneurship and employment of (Wang Xiangdong, 2016). impoverished people, fully excavate rural development With the implementation of E-Commerce poverty potential (Hong Yong, 2016). Lin Guangyi (2016) argued alleviation, a series of modes continuously appears. With that the poverty alleviation mechanism of rural the support of the government of “rewards substituting E-Commerce is divided into three levels of increasing subsidies, technical training and subsidized loan”, income, reducing costs and farmer empowerment. Longnan takes walnut sales through the Internet as the Poverty alleviation subject makes the effect on poverty sally port, and becomes the earliest E-Commerce poverty alleviation object through three indirect modes of alleviation pilot. Good Logistics, industrial chain and E-Commerce environment, local enterprises and local informatization development gradually forms industries. Poverty alleviation work shall guarantee two E-Commerce ecology, accumuling effect and scaling channels i.e. information channel, logistics channel, three effect in local area (Zheng Ruiqiang, Zhang Zhemeng, et services of industrial service, talent service, enterprise al, 2016). Main problems for the less developed service, and three guarantees of planning guarantee, E-Commerce include: Firstly, Physical capital i.e. the organizational guarantee and assessment guarantee. poor infrastructure, less Internet coverage and access, and In 1984, International Telecommunication Union poor logistics facility; The second one is the Human proposed to get rid of poverty through developing capital i.e. ignorance to E-Commerce, and the skill to use telecommunications infrastructure. In 2003, in the the computer, operate online store and pay online; international congress of “information and Thirdly Lack of related service support such as financial communication technology and poverty reduction”, the service; Lastly shortage of competitive goods, small scale, information and communication technology was used to unguaranteed and untraceable commodities. sprout poverty alleviation thought. The two conferences Most of researchers generally analyze in the view of of world information society summit (2003 and 2005) rural E-Commerce poverty alleviation mode and barely confirmed the information technology as the means to focus on rural E-Commerce enterprise poverty alleviation. implement the goal of development of “Millennium Thus, this paper takes a case study of Jing Dong, to Declaration”, and pointed out “unswervingly endowing analyze rural E-Commerce enterprise poverty alleviation the ability to the poor, especially the poor living in path. remote and border areas, rural area, peripherization urban area, and use information and communication technology II. REVIEW OF THE LITERATURE to obtain information, for poverty reduction”. Sumanjeet (2009) argued that the application of information and E-Commerce is provided with the characteristic of communication technology had greater effects on Three High i.e. high additional value, high technical education, poverty reduction, employment opportunities. content, high human capital content and Three New, i.e. E-Commerce poverty alleviation can improve health, new commercial activities, new technique, new ways. education and human capital, poverty reduction, gender With the advantages of market globalization, continuous equality, employment opportunity, community transactions, lower cost, resource intensivism (Li information acquisition conditions. Brie Katherine Hongxia, 2015). It can be known from E-Commerce Rehbein (2013) pointed out that the limited market access, market globalization characteristic that cross-border deficient human capital, and insufficient government E-Commence, namely transaction subjects in different support were the primary causes that ICT and customs frontiers, will become the key component of E-Commerce are difficult to become the realistic choice international trade. According to the statistics, from 2008 of rural artificer improving livelihood framework. Rita to 2016, the proportion of cross-border E-Commence of Rahayu and John Day (2016) took sample of 292 middle China accounting for the scale of imports and exports and small-sized enterprises in Indonesia, based on the was increased from 5% to 20%, and there is the tendency view of income, finding that the enterprise with high of sustainable growth (Guo Weiping, Wang Lixia, 2015). E-Commerce acceptability obtained more income; These There are not only advantageous conditions existing in enterprises took marketing and procurement activity as the development of cross-border E-Commence, such as, the principal function. They take E-Commerce for mature E-Commerce and service platform, gradual enlarging market boundary, increase quantity of sale, increase in related talents g, more national policy support, improving external communication, promoting corporate but also the disadvantages, including imperfect logistics image, increasing production speed, increasing labor system, high product frequency, low value, miscellaneous force production rate as the main income index. Carmen category. Furthermore, there are threats, including Leong and Shan L. Pan (2016) took the two villages of appreciation of the RMB, more transaction friction and Suichang and Jinyun for research, in the view of digital big transaction risk (Guo Weiping, Wang Lixia, 2015). empowerment, they analyzed how Grassroots Leaders, The key to get rid from poverty lies in promoting E-retailors, E-supply Chain Partners, Third-Party awareness of development, motivating internal E-Commerce Service Providers and Institutional motivation through information poverty alleviation Supporters use ICT to develop, expand and update among farmers (Zheng Ruiqiang, Zhang Zhemeng, et al, e-commerce. it can reach the conclusion that the 2016). E-Commerce provides the new path to implement E-Commerce development was likely to cause the targeted poverty alleviation, which can change the market behavior of impoverished people, increase the

© ACADEMIC PUBLISHING HOUSE JOURNAL OF SIMULATION, VOL.5, NO. 2, May 2017 75

peasant go out for work or entrepreneurship, rural large-scare breeding chicken of the peasant in Wuyi environment deterioration and cut-throat competition. County only sold RMB 30 on average; at present, Recently E-Commerce poverty alleviation research through Jing Dong sales, emphasizing on safety, green, mostly started with current situation, development free-ranging, nutrition. Peasant can obtain the profit of advantage of E-Commerce, the challenge, but there is RMB 30 for each chicken, each household increases lack of empirical analysis based on E-Commerce income to more than RMB 3,000 on average. enterprise, so this paper focus the role and impact of Jing In addition, Jing Dong plans to expand the scale in the Dong in E-Commerce poverty alleviation in the view of northern Jiangsu area, Guizhou and Hebei, and continues E-Commerce enterprise, and, which conclude the effect implementing “Jing Dong poverty alleviation running path of self-support enterprise E-Commerce poverty chicken paradise” project. alleviation. (2) “Farming costing nothing” project Jing Dong, through cooperation with merchants, made III. JING DONG POVERTY ALLEVIATION CASE ANALYSIS pilot projects for“Farming costing nothing” in Fugou and Linying autonomous counties of Henan. At the In the tide of developing rural E-Commerce, rural market, Jing Dong, as the fourth largest Internet listed beginning of the year, Jing Dong provided the peasants with seed and chemical fertilizer for free, free plant company of China, is a typical self-support B2C protection in the medium term, and free harvest at a later (Business-to-Consumer) enterprise. In the second half of stage. After harvest, Jing Dong purchased at price of 3 2014, the poverty alleviation was included in the cents higher than the market price per jin (Unit of weight development system. In January 2016, the poverty in China), sold the products on its own platform. From alleviation development leading group office of the State Council signed E-Commerce Targeted Poverty agricultural capital to finance, from brand to market, agricultural products form a closed loop in Jing Dong Alleviation Strategy Cooperation Framework Agreement platform. with Jing Dong Group in Beijing; to jointly explore three According to Jing Dong, through this project, peasant modes of “industry poverty alleviation, entrepreneurship can get RMB 90 of direct income and indirect income poverty alleviation, employment poverty alleviation”, from each mu of land. Before implementing this project, This give play to the advantage of Jing Dong peasants’ average income from per mu in Henan area was E-Commerce platform, and assist national “targeted RMB 30, that is to say that this project can increase poverty alleviation” strategy by means of E-Commerce. income per mu by 30% for peasants, and each household A. Jing Dong poverty alleviation path can gain additional RMB 1,200 to RMB 1,300 on average. “2016 annual forum on E-Commerce targeted In addition, Jing Dong is predicted to expand to 500,000 poverty alleviation” issued Top Ten Innovation Cases for mu by from 2017 to 2018 in Henan, and provide fine E-Commerce Targeted Poverty Alleviation (2016), breed for 100,000 mu wheats in Northern of Jiang Su incorporating “Jing Dong agricultural loan” and “Jing province, so the peasants in each household can save the Dong poverty alleviation running chicken” of Jing Dong. investment into production by about RMB 300 on They are the model of financial poverty alleviation and average. industry poverty alleviation in E-Commerce targeted (3) “Raising sheep costing nothing” project poverty alleviation. Since signing the Agreement, Jing Jing Dong provides capital credit of above RMB Dong has mainly carried out industry poverty alleviation, 60,000,000 to Puyang County, a provincial level poor entrepreneurship poverty alleviation, employment county of Henan, which benefits 12,000,000 poor poverty alleviation and consumption poverty alleviation. households. In the same manner, they provide peasants 1. Industry poverty alleviation path with lamb. After the lamb is mature, Jing Dong will (1) “Raising chickens costing nothing” project purchase it according to the protective price of the market, Jing Dong poverty alleviation running chicken and sell it in E-Commerce platform. In the next three paradise for the poor family, Jing Dong released “Jing years, Jing Dong will provide 10,000 peasants in Puyang Dong poverty alleviation running chicken paradise” County with credit scale of 1,500,000 sheep, to help the project. On May 9, running chicken poverty alleviation peasant household get rid of poverty and become better raising loan pilot project was started in Wuyi County, off. Hebei Province. Jing Dong cooperated with local (4) Jing Dong agricultural loan project cooperative in Wuyi County, most members of which are In September 2015, Jing Dong finance issued rural from the poor families. Jing Dong directly provided the credit brand “Jing Dong agricultural loan”, including poor families with chicken, and regularly provided feed “Pioneer Jing Dong agricultural loan” and “Renshou Jing without mortgage and guarantee. In this process, the local Dong agricultural loan”. These two schemes, which government and cooperative provided the guarantee for respectively meet credit demand of means of production the poor family. The raising cycle of running chicken is in the agricultural capital purchase link and credit 160 days. After completion of cycle, Jing Dong demand of agricultural products in the agricultural repurchased them at the price of more than RMB 100 products purchase link, with the characteristic of fast loan each chicken (RMB 128, RMB 168, RMB 188 at present). speed, long loanable cycle, high limit, no mortgage, low By November, 10,000 slaughtered chickens have been interest, and in cooperation with the World Bank, DuPont sold out. Before cooperation with Jing Dong, each Pioneer, Yonghui Supermarket, Kingenta, Mai MaiBao

© ACADEMIC PUBLISHING HOUSE 76 JOURNAL OF SIMULATION, VOL.5, NO. 2, May 2017

and other partners. On June 1, Jing Dong carried out Jing growth speed of cooperation merchants of Jing Dong in Dong agricultural loan project in Yanling, Henan, with a poor areas not only exceeds average speed of Jing Dong, total of 1,300 household peasants and 20,000 mu wheats but also exceeds the growth speed of the whole industry. involved in. Peasants can save harvest cost of RMB 50 In 2016, sales volume of the food, agricultural local for per mu of wheat, increase sales revenue by RMB 30. product, artifact, costume, home furnishing, bags and It will continue adding 500,000 mu this year in Henan. suitcases sold by cooperation merchants of Jing Dong in Jing Dong provides fine breed for 100,000 mu wheat in poor areas reached to 10 billion, with an increase of Sihong County, and helps each household reduce the 124% on year-on-year basis, which was much higher than investment into means of production by about RMB 300 the average speed of growth of the industry. It indicates on average. that online sales growth potential in poor areas is huge. 2. Entrepreneurship poverty alleviation path 2.Online products quantity have increased Jing Dong unites UNDP, People.cn, China Foundation continuously for Poverty Alleviation, China Social Entrepreneur China’s Social Participation in Poverty Alleviation and Foundation and other organizations, through Jing Dong Development is the network platform established by Business School, Jing Dong rural ecosystem Poverty Alleviation Office of the State Council and E-Commerce center and other social training agencies, to brings in the goods in several major E-Commerce adopt “Jing Dong executives’ poverty alleviation platforms. The network advocates the whole society to breakfast meeting”. E-Commerce talents assist poverty purchase goods for poverty alleviation for the purpose of alleviation by taking temporary posts, E-Commerce poverty reduction. At present, online product quantity of poverty alleviation special curriculum and other ways, China’s Social Participation in Poverty Alleviation and and have provided about 50,000 grass-roots cadres, Development is 1,190,000, and online merchant quantity enterprise personnel and poor youth in poor areas with is 1,900, of which, online product quantity of Jing Dong E-Commerce poverty alleviation training. In addition, is 1,180,000, and that of cooperation merchants of Jing Jing Dong has driven about 1,000 poor people to use Dong is 1,700, occupying the vast majority. E-Commerce platform for the implementation of 3. Sign contracts with the poor counties entrepreneurship. The Poverty Alleviation Office of the State Council 3. Employment poverty alleviation path assigns 200 poor counties for Jing Dong. In addition, Jing Jing Dong, through three modes of recruitment, Dong has also selected 128 poor counties. Among the cooperation merchant recruitment, village promoter total of 328 poor counties, 100 have signed a contract part-time job, carries out employment poverty alleviation with Jing Dong. Among the 100 poor counties, there are in 832 national level poor counties throughout the 64 having online specialty halls, with nearly 30,000,000 country. At present, 15,922 employees have been products online and amount of sales in each month recruited in 832 national level poor counties throughout between 20,000,000 and 30,000,000 RMB. the country. Meanwhile, Jing Dong has encouraged about 4. E-Commerce training effect 5,000 cooperation merchants of the poor counties to E-Commerce training of Jing Dong includes direct recruit about 5,000 employees. training and indirect training. County territory economy 4. Consumption poverty alleviation path class and poverty alleviation training are the main direct Jing Dong Group unites with China Social training forms. The indirect training refers to the training Entrepreneur Foundation and TouTiao.com to set up carried out by training institution accepted by the consumption poverty alleviation date, to seek to help organization cooperating with Jing Dong and Jing Dong create poor county agriculture products with superior Business School. In 2016, Jing Dong carried out quality, mobilize urban consumers to purchase, and make E-Commerce training by means of direct and indirect the full participation of whole society in poverty forms, and trained nearly 50,000 grass-roots cadres, alleviation come true. Crowd-funding project of the first enterprise personnel and poor youth. consumption date has launched original ecology pure 5. Effect on getting rid of poverty by employment natural goods in 60 poor counties, with crowd-funding transfer funds of RMB 20,000,000. All specialty product halls of At present, there are 130,000 employees in Jing Dong; 61 poor counties, about 100 stores and over ten thousand the total quantity of employees in national level poor SKUs participated in, with overall output sales of RMB counties hired through recruitment and cooperation has 20,000,000. reached to 16,000. Each of the 5,000 cooperation merchants in poor counties generate one vacancy on B. Jing Dong poverty alleviation effect average annually. From a comprehensive view, Jing 1. Cooperation merchants in poor areas have increased Dong solved the problem of employment of nearly greatly 20,000 people in poor areas in 2016. In addition, Jing Up to 2016, Jing Dong had 100,000 existing Dong has recruited rural promoters in 832 poor counties, cooperation merchants, 5,000 of them are in 832 national with part-time job posts reaching 60,000. level poor counties, constitute 5%. In 2016, the average 6. Financial poverty alleviation effect speed of growth in E-Commerce industry was 39%, and In 2016, Jing Dong cumulatively loaned RMB 200 growth speed of entire trading volume of Jing Dong was million for the projects of national level poor counties 50%. Cooperation merchants in poor areas increased by and provincial level poor counties via the “farming 78% on year-on-year basis, which indicates that the

© ACADEMIC PUBLISHING HOUSE JOURNAL OF SIMULATION, VOL.5, NO. 2, May 2017 77

costing nothing, raising chickens costing nothing, duck facilities; the positioning of the peasant is the producer, breeding costing nothing” monetary program. who can provide means of production and key labor elements. But the positioning of the three is not always IV. E-COMMERCE ENTERPRISE POVERTY ALLEVIATION unchanged It is possible for them to overlap and even PATH ANALYSIS play multiple roles. For example, when peasants conduct self-employment, they will serve as operators at the same In order to achieve the goal that all impoverished time. people get rid of poverty under current poverty standard As shown in the figure 1, which corresponds to income in 2020, E-Commerce should play an active role. At the poverty and many dimensions of poverty, the poverty present stage, China E-Commerce enterprise, as a special alleviation path of E-Commerce enterprise starts from business, not only possesses the characteristic that the “income increase poverty alleviation” and “many enterprise pursues profit maximization, but also must dimensions poverty alleviation”. For income increase undertake the social responsibility of targeted poverty poverty alleviation, namely, the impoverished people get alleviation during specific period, which is an inclusive rid of poverty by increasing the income. The specific business. Ma Yun, the President of Alibaba said that the measures are industry poverty alleviation, social responsibility of enterprise poverty alleviation entrepreneurship poverty alleviation poverty, shall be undertaken by means of business and taking the employment poverty alleviation and financial poverty attitude of public benefit. The role of E-Commerce in alleviation. Multi-dimensional poverty alleviation means poverty alleviation is greatly different from the that the impoverished people are able to enjoy government and peasants (Nie Fengying, Xiong Xue, competitive opportunities and living standard the same as 2017). The positioning of E-Commerce is the operator, the non-impoverished people by being endowed with the who generally carries out product purchase, sales, lacking capacity, and to get rid of poverty. This can be after-sales service; the positioning of the government is achieved by educational poverty alleviation, health the administrator, who generally performs the poverty alleviation, ecological poverty alleviation and responsibility to guarantee institutional environment, consumption poverty alleviation. legal supervision, and provide foundation services

Figure 1. E-Commerce enterprises’ poverty alleviation path

A. Income increase poverty alleviation path Jing Dong conducts unified purchase, builds brand and emphasizes ecology, green and health, to realize product In income increase poverty alleviation measures, appreciation and increase income level of peasant “Raising chickens costing nothing, raising sheep costing households. Relying on planting industry, breeding nothing, farming costing nothing” project implemented industry and other industries, the impoverished people by Jing Dong falls within the scope of industry poverty can get rid of poverty. alleviation. Productive process supervision is guaranteed Secondly, Jing Dong unites with UNDP and other by providing free chick, lamb, fine breed and other means organizations, through Jing Dong Business School, Jing of production. After chick, lamb and crop are mature,

© ACADEMIC PUBLISHING HOUSE 78 JOURNAL OF SIMULATION, VOL.5, NO. 2, May 2017

Dong rural ecosystem E-Commerce center and other benefit the improvement of ecological environment. training agencies, to adopt “Jing Dong executives poverty These measures are in the scope of ecological poverty alleviation breakfast meeting”, E-Commerce talents alleviation. assistance poverty alleviation by taking temporary posts, In the aspect of consumption poverty alleviation, Jing E-Commerce poverty alleviation curriculum and other Dong, through establishing consumption poverty ways to conduct E-Commerce training for peasants, to alleviation date, builds agricultural product brand in help them with self-employment, and increase their village, to attract city people to purchase and connect income, which is in the scope of entrepreneurship poverty urban demand chain and rural supply chain to solve the alleviation. problem that agricultural products are short of markets Furthermore, Jing Dong solves the problem of and difficult to sell. On the other hand, after peasants employment of nearly 80,000 in poor areas through learn to shop online, they can find out many cheap and recruitment in national level poor counties, cooperation fine goods or services lacking in local area. The demand merchant recruitment and rural promoter part-time job, that could not be realized in the past due to long distance, most of whom are poor people provided with tight time and high cost can be met materially now corresponding poverty cards by recording poverty level. through the Internet, E-Commerce, thus improving the The poor people get rid of poverty by increasing general low living standard to a certain degree. These measures household income through employment, which is in the are in the scope of consumption poverty alleviation. scope of employment poverty alleviation. In conclusion, in the modes of income increase poverty In the aspect of financial poverty alleviation, Jing alleviation and multi-dimensional poverty alleviation, Dong loans to poor people in the way of no mortgage, E-commerce increases peasants’ income, reduces their low interest in agricultural capital and agricultural expenditure and endow more capabilities to them as far products sales, through “Jing Dong agricultural loan” as possible when participating in rural industry chain, to project, to solve the problem of financing difficulty of increase peasants’ sense of self-identity and satisfaction peasants in the process of agricultural production, help and to thoroughly mobilize their intrinsic power of them complete agricultural products sales, and increase getting rid of poverty, transforming poverty alleviation income level of peasants, for the purpose of getting rid of from passive to active. In such way poverty alleviation poverty. This practice is in the scope of financial poverty can proceed stably. alleviation. V. CONCLUSION AND SUGGESTION B.Multidimensional poverty alleviation path Educational poverty alleviation is an important A. Conclusion measure of multi-dimensional poverty alleviation, Jing On the basis of combing necessity, current situation Dong, in direct and indirect ways, adopts county training and existing problem of E-Commerce poverty alleviation, class, cooperative training and other forms to train this paper takes Jing Dong as the example, to interpret peasants, with 50,000 E-Commerce talents trained in total. specific measures in industry poverty alleviation, In addition, Tencent’s WeCountry project and entrepreneurship poverty alleviation, employment WeCountry class, regularly guide the children in suburb. poverty alleviation and consumption poverty alleviation, Some mobile phone training meetings are also provided, and illustrate poverty alleviation effect of Jing Dong in making many villagers learn to use smartphone. These 832 national level poor counties, and draws a conclusion are the measures to promote human capital of poor that the E-Commerce enterprises, as the inclusive people, in the scope of educational poverty alleviation. business, carry out poverty alleviation from two paths of In the aspect of health poverty alleviation, Tencent’s income increase poverty alleviation and many WeCountry project has established WeCountry medical dimensions poverty alleviation. Wherein, income treatment in some villages. Urban doctors can inquire increase poverty alleviation measures include industry, rural patients through online video for some chronic entrepreneurship, employment and financial, and diseases, and then take measures. When Jing Dong and multi-dimensional poverty alleviation measures include other E-Commerce enterprises provide peasants with educational, health, ecological and consumption poverty seed, chick, chemical fertilizer, pesticides and other alleviation. Income increase and multi-dimensional means of production, they have a certain requirement on enabling aim at activating peasants’ subjective dosage at the same time, under the scientific guidance, so consciousness and making them take the initiative to get that the health threat caused by pesticides to peasants will rid of poverty, to achieve sustainable development. be reduced relatively, which is also in the scope of health However only the path of poverty alleviation of B2C poverty alleviation. model was analyzed in this paper, further research could In the aspect of ecological poverty alleviation, Jing be made on other business models like C2C and the Dong reduces the damage on soil and air pollution and difference among them. improves rural ecological environment by such measures B. Suggestion as restraining fertilizer amount and dosage of pesticide. On the other hand, if an E-Commerce enterprise can This paper proposes the following suggestions from recycle and dispose animal waste, and even guide the perspective of E-Commerce enterprise for reference. peasants to keep sanitation and cleanness of growing First of all, E-Commerce enterprises should participate environment of animals when they breed livestock, it will in the whole production chain by relying on specific

© ACADEMIC PUBLISHING HOUSE JOURNAL OF SIMULATION, VOL.5, NO. 2, May 2017 79

industry in villages, to guarantee two channels of [1] Guo Weiping, Wang Lixia, “Research on our country’s agricultural products ascending and industrial products cross-border E-Commerce development path based on descending, and realize win-win of income growth of the SWOT analysis,” Value engineering, vol.32, pp. 54-56, peasants and enterprise profit, thus peasants getting rid of 2015. [2] Hong Yong, “E-Commerce poverty alleviation: new path poverty can be realized. The biggest potential of of rural poverty alleviation,” China Today: Chinese E-Commerce poverty alleviation lies in the development version, vol.2, pp. 62-65, 2016. of industrial products descending market in one aspect, [3] Li Hongxia, “Research on E-Commerce industry but the more important is to discover specific agricultural development path selection,” Shandong Social Science, products in village, to realize agricultural products vol.9, pp. 125-129, 2015. ascending. It is not only the inexorable road of peasants [4] Nie Fengying, Xiong Xue, “Internet poverty alleviation to get rid of poverty, but also the strengthen demand of under new normal,” Agriculture Network Information, urban residents, as the biggest opportunity of vol.1, pp. 21-23, 2017. E-Commerce enterprises. [5] Zheng Ruiqiang, Zhang Zhemeng and Zhang Zheming, “Mechanism of action, key problem and policy trend of Secondly, training of peasants is the inevitable choice E-Commerce poverty alleviation,” Journal of Socialist of E-Commerce enterprises, and shall serve as priority Theory Guide, vol.10, pp. 76-79, 2016. among priorities in E-Commerce enterprise poverty [6] Leong C, Pan S L, Newell S, et al, “The emergence of alleviation. Human capital is directly related to self-organizing e-commerce ecosystems in remote villages production efficiency of peasants, and plays a vital role in of china: A tale of digital empowerment for rural E-Commerce enterprise profit, meanwhile, it also has a development,” Mis Quarterly, vol.40, pp. 475-484, 2016. direct influence on disposable funds and operation [7] Rahayu R, Day J, “E-commerce adoption by SMEs in efficiency. Energetically carrying out training is without developing countries: evidence from Indonesia,” Eurasian question; the state shall subsidize and motivate Business Review, pp. 1-17, 2016. [8] Rehbein B K, “Rural livelihoods and e-commerce: a case E-Commerce enterprises and peasants in this aspect. study of artisans in Guerrero, Mexico,” Halifax N.s. Saint Finally, E-Commerce enterprises, in financial aspect, Marys University, 2013. can give play to social force through crowd-funding [9] Sumanjeet, “Social Implications of Electronic Commerce,” mode, to call on everyone to participate in poverty Kamla-Raj J Soc Sci, 2009. alleviation; on the other hand, low interest or interest-free loan can be carried out for peasants, to help poor peasants solve the problem of insufficient money. Xue Xiong, a PhD student in Agricultural Information ACKNOWLEDGMENT Institute of Chinese Academy of Agricultural Sciences. No. 12, Zhongguancun South Street, Haidian District, This work was supported by a grant from five projects. Beijing, 18311059690, [email protected]. Firstly, the National Natural Science Foundation of China

(NSFC) International Cooperation and Communication project “Research on implementation mechanism and effect evaluation of targeted poverty alleviation and Fengying Nie, the deputy head of Agricultural Internet poverty alleviation”, and the project number is Information Institute of Chinese Academy of Agricultural 71661147001. Secondly the National Social Science Sciences, and the deputy director of Overseas Fund Major project “Research on dynamic monitoring Agricultural Center, No. 12, Zhongguancun South Street, and effect evaluation of targeted poverty alleviation Haidian District, Beijing, [email protected]. strategy implementation”, and the project number is

16ZDA021. Thirdly NSFC general project “Research on rural poor population food security”, and the project number is 71173222. Fourthly NSFC youth science Bi Jieying, Corresponding author, a research assistant of foundation project “Research on the influence of food Agricultural Information Institute of Chinese Academy of price fluctuation on contiguous destitute areas peasant Agricultural Sciences, No. 12, Zhongguancun South household nutrition security”, and the project number is Street, Haidian District, Beijing, 13910425297, 71303239. Lastly China Association for science and [email protected]. technology youth project “Implementation Mechanism and Case Study of Internet Poverty Alleviation”, and the project number is DXB-ZKQN-2016-012.

Muhammad Waqar, overseas students, a PhD student in REFERENCES Information Institute, No. 12, Zhongguancun South Street, Haidian District, Beijing, [email protected].

© ACADEMIC PUBLISHING HOUSE

JOURNAL OF SIMULATION, VOL.5, NO. 2, May 2017 81

Advantages, Development Bottleneck and Suggestions of E-commerce Poverty Alleviation--- Case analysis of UNDP, ADB, JD and Tencent

Ruixi Dai Agricultural Information Institute of CAAS, Beijing, China

Jieying Bi* and Fengying Nie Agricultural Information Institute of CAAS, Beijing, China

Abstract—Under the national strategic background of rate of poverty alleviation. At the same time, under the "Internet plus" and the "13th Five-Year Plan" period background of vigorously promoting the “Internet plus” poverty alleviation program, as an important means of by the country, the Internet as a powerful tool can be used targeted poverty alleviation, e-commerce poverty alleviation to provide the help in the fields of sales, information, has developed rapidly. At present, there are many models of capital, technology and so on with the farmers to shake e-commerce poverty alleviation in our country, which have the advantages of promoting sales of agricultural products, off poverty and make a fortune. It can be said that helping farmers to change the traditional way of thinking e-commerce poverty alleviation generated from the and production capacity, and promoting the industrial integration of the two policy background of China's development in the surrounding regions, but they are also targeted poverty alleviation and "Internet plus" is a new faced with some challenges such as the lagged information method of poverty alleviation with the adaptation to the construction, the lack of talents and funds, etc. E-commerce actual conditions of China. poverty alleviation cases of the four institutions or As one of the main means of targeted poverty companies including UNDP ADB, the JD and Tencent, were alleviation, e-commerce poverty alleviation has analyzed in this paper, and some recommendations were integrated the strategic thought of “Internet plus”. With proposed for the development of e-commerce poverty alleviation. the rapid development of the e-commerce industry in recent years, the Internet technology has been used to Index Terms—e-commerce poverty alleviation, targeted realize the docking of agricultural products and market poverty alleviation, case analysis on the e-commerce platform so as to not only help farmers in poor areas to sell agricultural products, but also help farmers to purchase the necessary life and I. INTRODUCTION production goods and provide the support of capital, technology and so on for the farmers, thus achieving the The poverty alleviation and the development have purposes of improving farmers' income and reducing the been placed in an important gap between urban and rural residents. At present, many position of governance by the Party Central Committee scholars have conducted various researches on with Comrade Xi Jinping as the core since the 18th CPC e-commerce poverty alleviation, which has become one National Congress. At present, China's poverty of the main forms of poverty alleviation. In this paper, the alleviation as the key to complete the building current main modes of poverty alleviation were of a moderately prosperous society in all respects has summarized, while the advantage and disadvantages of entered into the final stage. In recent years, the situation e-commerce poverty alleviation were combed on the of poverty in China has changed and the original mode of basis of previous research results of numerous scholars. poverty alleviation with features of large scale and large In addition, the four cases about e-commerce poverty scope has no longer adapted to the current situation of alleviation of UNDP, ADB, JD and Tencent were poverty alleviation, while the targeted anti-poverty can be analyzed to try to provide the new direction of thinking achieved only through targeted poverty alleviation with and the corresponding solutions for the difficulty and the the methods of precision aiming, adaptation to local bottleneck of the current e-commerce poverty alleviation. conditions, and different strategies in response to different situations. Vigorously implement the targeted anti-poverty and poverty alleviation projects so that the II. ADVANTAGES OF E-COMMERCE POVERTY ALLEVIATION original mode of “flood irrigation” can be transformed Because the current situation of poverty in China has into “drip irrigation” so as to improve the utilization rate changed a lot in comparison with the previous situation of poverty alleviation resources and increase the success and the effect of traditional poverty alleviation model has

© ACADEMIC PUBLISHING HOUSE 82 JOURNAL OF SIMULATION, VOL.5, NO. 2, May 2017

been significantly weak, while in this context, the and JD have been developed rapidly, thus resulting in the government has attached great importance to e-commerce deepening application degree of e-commerce, in addition, poverty alleviation that is in line with the current the e-commerce has not only become a way of selling, situation of China's poverty alleviation and introduced a but also is an important strategic move benefiting the series of related policies to encourage all regions to people to transform the economy in China; the other develop e-commerce for poverty alleviation and aspect is the external advantages, which means that firstly development, for example, the No.1 Document of Party the e-commerce still has larger development space in Central Committee put forward the further enhancement China's rural areas, beyond that, after the introduction of of rural e-commerce deployment in 2017 to pinpoint the policy documents about e-commerce poverty alleviation promotion of rural e-commerce and the establishment of by the central government, governments at all levels have local e-commerce industrial park. At present, the fixed also introduced relevant policies to promote the model of e-commerce poverty alleviation has been development of e-commerce according to local established after the attempts by many regions, and characteristics in order to create a favorable external according to giving full play to the advantages of environment for e-commerce poverty alleviation. e-commerce poverty alleviation, not only has the income From the strategic background of targeted poverty of farmers been improved, but also the upgrading and the alleviation in China, the e-commerce poverty alleviation transformation of local industries have been promoted. can make use of the Internet trading platform and the abilities of the Internet to obtain and process the big data. A. Current Model of E-commerce Poverty Alleviation When the docking of small farmers and the market is According to the research and the summary of achieved, it is necessary to figure out the real needs and e-commerce poverty alleviation models in various the special skills of small peasant households in poor regions, the management models of e-commerce poverty areas in order to provide data support for the targeted alleviation could be divided into several models such as poverty alleviation and increase the success rate of the Longnan model of government leading plus farmers poverty alleviation and the stability of anti-poverty. In plus e-commerce, the Tongyu model of producer plus addition, the e-commerce poverty alleviation has its e-commerce, the Shaji model of spontaneous unique advantages in promoting regional economic entrepreneurship of farmers plus government guidance development. The e-commerce poverty alleviation can plus e-commerce, the Beishan model of leading not only improve the rural roads, market environment and enterprises plus farmers plus government plus other infrastructure, but also promote the upgrading of e-commerce, the Wugong model of distribution center the agricultural industry so as to achieve the plus e-commerce, the Qinghe model of traditional transformation of the mode of organizing production, industry plus government plus e-commerce and the increase the added value of agricultural products and Ganjie model of e-commerce plus service points of rural promote the development of agricultural products e-commerce plus farmers. Among them, the Longnan processing industry and other related industries by using model, Tongyu model and Qinghe model are established the production mode of “e-commerce plus cooperatives on the basis of connection between the existing products plus farmers”. In addition, e-commerce poverty or industry and e-commerce, but the dominant leaders of alleviation often provides the training of e-commerce Longnan and Qinghe models are the government, while skills and other agricultural skills for farmers according the dominant leader of Tongyu model is the e-commerce; to the informational educational platform built by the the Shaji model, the Beishan model and the Wugong Internet to solve the problems such as the insufficient model have created the new industry by making use of rural training institutions, lower quality of labor and so “coming out of thin air” of the e-commerce platform on, according to which, the e-commerce poverty without the dependence on agricultural products and alleviation through education will be achieved and the traditional industry, while the dominant leaders of the mode of poverty alleviation will be transformed from Shaji and the Beishan models are the capable farmers, but “blood transfusion” to “blood making”, namely, teaching the dominant leader of Wugong model is the government; him to fish. Finally, the advantage of e-commerce however, the Ganjie model can reduce the consumption poverty alleviation also lies in its ability of convenient cost of farmers to promote the development of the model information acquisition. The “information gap” between of agricultural products plus sales of e-commerce to the village and the outside world can be broken to a increase farmers' incomes by increasing the scale of certain extent through the electronic commerce platform online shopping, whose dominant leader is the and the information obtained from the e-commerce e-commerce (as shown in table I). platform can help farmers to get more opportunities for B. Advantages of E-commerce Poverty Alleviation development, at the same time, the ecommerce mostly belongs to the order agriculture, which can help farmers The development advantages of e-commerce poverty to make more effective arrangements for their own alleviation are mainly embodied in two aspects. One is production so as to not only improve the production the endogenous advantage, which means that efficiency but also better predict and resist the impact of e-commerce as an emerging industry, its scale of users market risk. has continued to increase, at the same time, the private enterprises with the representatives of Suning, Alibaba

© ACADEMIC PUBLISHING HOUSE JOURNAL OF SIMULATION, VOL.5, NO. 2, May 2017 83

TABLE I

THE MAIN MODELS OF E-COMMERCE POVERTY ALLEVIATION IN CHINA.

Name of Main ways of poverty Types Chains Brief introduction of models Models alleviation On the basis of original agricultural product(walnut) with the 1.agricultural products government government leading, the characteristic products are connected sales through online store Longnan leading plus with the e-commerce platform according to the double micro started by farmer model farmers plus and e-government. The key lies in the infrastructure 2.employment driven by e-commerce construction, multiple publicity, the cooperation with development of industrial e-commerce giant and the training of relevant personnel. chain An ecommerce company named “ Cloud Flying Crane Those Dancing” was established with public investment, which living on carries out the integration of producers (production base, 1.agricultural products Tongyu producer plus a farmers, cooperatives or agricultural products processing sales by farmers through model e-commerce mountain enterprises) and simultaneously sells products (millet, mung ecommerce company live off bean, oats and bean etc.)on platforms like the Taobao and the others. mountain After the global financial crisis in 2008, the government had been making great efforts to develop e-commerce with the traditional development ideas of “interaction between online and offline, 1.Products sales of Qinghe industry plus complementation between tangible and intangible markets” traditional industry at model government plus after the decline of the export amount of Qinghe cashmere. ecommerce platform e-commerce By the end of 2014, the employees had reached 60 thousand people, and the annual retail sales had amounted to more than 3 billion yuan. spontaneous Online store started by farmer spontaneously →copying in 1.agricultural products entrepreneurship way of cell fission →industry driven by sales on net sales at online store started Shaji of farmers plus →follow-up of other industrial elements →inspiration of by farmer 2.employment model government innovation by farmer network operator →constant expansion driven by development of guidance plus of industrial chain/rapid expansion of scale/development of industrial chain e-commerce economy and society. The "North wolf" company established by capable entrepreneurs only sells outdoor goods on the Internet. The villagers in the surrounding villages who had studied the leading technology provided by the company of starting the online enterprises plus 1.enterprise products sales Beishan store can sell the products provided by the company of farmers plus at online store started by model “North Wolf” on the Internet. At the same time, with the help government plus farmer of the government, the "North wolf" company not only Come e-commerce out of stimulated the economic development of the surrounding thin air villages, but also ushered in the own growth of "North wolf" company.

Wugong County based on its own favorable advantages of location and transportation put forward the strategic planning of “purchasing from the northwest and selling to the whole country” through the electronic commerce, namely, the distribution 1.employment driven by Wugong distribution center of western goods entering to eastern center plus distribution center of goods model region”. Years of economic development result in the good e-commerce 2.overflow effect foundation in logistics and cold chain, which is the powerful support for the supply chain that is the core point of competition of e-commerce, thus enhancing the overall competitiveness of local e-commerce. “Ganjie network" has integrated a large number of commodities including means of agricultural products 1.Increase of online according to the needs of rural production and life. One shopping scale and reduce e-commerce purchasing point is established in each village with of consumption cost of plus service configuration of computers and broadband. Purchasing point Ganjie farmers 2.agricultural Others points of rural is responsible for helping farmers to purchase, and deducts the model products driven by online e-commerce percentage about 10% from the reached transaction as their shopping plus ecommerce plus farmers reward. In March 2013, Zhejiang Ganjie Ecommerce Co., Ltd sales to increase farmers’ was set up to achieve one-stop processing in the village such income as shopping, selling goods, payment and others for rural residents.

© ACADEMIC PUBLISHING HOUSE 84 JOURNAL OF SIMULATION, VOL.5, NO. 2, May 2017

It is concluded that the advantages of the e-commerce construction, but according to the CNNIC survey, the poverty alleviation are mainly embodied in three aspects. lack of knowledge of the Internet is also the main reason The first embodiment is that the e-commerce platform why the rural non Internet users do not access the Internet. based on Internet as a powerful tool of information The data show that the number of non internet users who acquisition, can help farmers to change their traditional do not access the Internet because they do not understand way of thinking and production mode, while some computer accounts for 68%. Therefore, when promoting scholars believe that one of the reasons of poverty in the popularization of information technology facilities, rural areas lies in the backward consciousness and how to improve the awareness of the Internet of the rural thought, and a large amount of information obtained non Internet users is also the problem that needs to be through the Internet, can alleviate the problem of considered in information construction. information asymmetry between village and city to B. Lack of Professionals of E-commerce effectively help farmers to achieve the docking with city in ideology so as to get more opportunities for For the development of e-commerce, it is necessary to development; the second is embodied in the ability of formulate the unified product standards and construct the e-commerce platform to sell agricultural products, which corresponding service systems including production, means the use of the Internet can enhance the diffusion of marketing, post-sale service and so on, and the activities agricultural products’ information to the external market in the online business platform also require the to attract the external enterprises through electronic professional technology to prevent online fraud and other business platform so as to obtain better development security risks. The development of these tasks requires opportunities for local agriculture, reduce transaction some technical requirements, that is to say, a group of costs and improve farmers’ income; the third is reflected high-quality ecommerce inter-disciplinary talents is in the ability of the Internet in driving the development of crucial to the development of e-commerce poverty other local industries, which means the models such as alleviation. However, at present, there is a serious lack of the "Internet plus professional cooperatives plus farmers", relevant talents in China. Due to their own conditions and the "Internet plus e-commerce park plus farmers", etc., the poor autonomous learning ability, it is difficult for the can be used to promote only the local agriculture but also farmers in poor areas to grow into professional other related industries so as to help with the local e-commerce talents with the perfect skills in e-commerce industrial upgrading and transformation, and carry out the operation through their own efforts. On the other hand, it ability training with farmers, thus forming a good is difficult for the poor areas to attract professional talents circulation and improving the stability of shaking off from the outside due to their poor ability to attract talent, poverty. while the local knowledge talents will flow to the outside world due to their pursuit of better development III. OBSTACLES AND DEVELOPMENT BOTTLENECK OF opportunities, thus causing the serious shortage of E-COMMERCE POVERTY ALLEVIATION e-commerce professionals in poor areas. In addition, due to the poor e-commerce infrastructure environment in Although e-commerce poverty alleviation has been rural areas, even if there are a certain number of one of the major national strategies for poverty e-commerce professionals, it is also difficult for farmers alleviation, and various regions have done many to carry out effective training, thus resulting in the more explorations, but from China's actual situation, the difficult cultivation of e-commerce professionals in poor implementation of e-commerce poverty alleviation still rural areas. exist many obstacles. At present, the main challenges faced by e-commerce poverty alleviation are mainly as C. Lack of financial support the following aspects. The funds have always been the main problem for farmers in poor areas, and it must require the adequate A. Lag of Information Construction financial support in terms of poverty alleviation. As a Although the pace of information construction in rural new model of poverty alleviation in China, e-commerce areas in recent years has been accelerated, but the rural poverty alleviation has received enough attention, but the information construction system is still not perfect due to special funds are still not in place. In addition, the the too much lag and there is still a big gap in comparison shortage of funds is just one aspect, while the insufficient with the city. According to the “2016 Survey Report on mechanism of funds’ integrated management by the Internet Utilization in Chinese Village” released by government is also an important reason for the low CNNIC, until June 2016, there were 710 million Internet utilization rate of the limited funds, and coupled with the users in China, among which, there were 519 million occurrence of corruption, all these reasons have hindered users in cities and towns, accounting for 73.1%, but there the effective use of funds. At the same time, the policy were only 191 million users in rural areas, accounting for system construction of micro credit for farmers in our only 26.9%. The Internet penetration rate in rural area country is still not perfect, so it is difficult for farmers to was 31.7%, which indicated a slight improvement in obtain loans from banks because of the lack of collateral, comparison with 30.1% in June 2015, but there was still a credit and other reasons, especially for the farmers in huge gap in comparison with 67.2% of the urban Internet poor areas. In recent years, with the rapid development of penetration rate. The lack of information facilities must Internet finance, there are a lot of microfinance for be one of the main obstacles of rural information farmers in the Internet, and the new micro credit mode

© ACADEMIC PUBLISHING HOUSE JOURNAL OF SIMULATION, VOL.5, NO. 2, May 2017 85

has its own advantages in solving farmers' funds and products by making use of ADB global propaganda alleviating rural poverty, but because the pattern is still resources, distribution channels of e-commerce and the very new without the necessary supervision and market appointment of stars as publicity ambassador. At the same guidance, the development of the micro credit model is time, the cooperation with various public platforms not still faced with many difficulties, which means the only helped to raise their own funds, but also played a shortage of funds for farmers will continue to exist. certain role in the promotion of public welfare, thus achieving a win-win situation. D. Poor Logistics System The operation mode of electronic commerce is "seller B. ADB Case Introduction plus logistics plus buyer", but the construction of ADB mainly introduced that “inclusive business” to logistics system in rural areas is not perfect. Electronic illustrate the important role of “Internet plus” in commerce mostly uses the express way to transport promoting agricultural transformation and upgrading, and goods, but in the vast central and western regions of described how to effectively make use of the Internet China, the coverage area of express delivery mostly can technology by enterprises so as to generate the better only reach the township level, and some can only reach social effect with the Guo Xingnong modern agriculture the county level, while even the postal department also as an example. Guo Xingnong based on agricultural rarely set up a fixed site in the village, and the distance of modernization is a Four-New company with the the "last mile" from the village led to the increase of dependence on agricultural science and technology logistics cost, the extension of delivery time and the innovation and the practice of “Internet plus agriculture” severe compression of the profit margins of agricultural to provide the whole process of agricultural production products, which is more evident in fresh agricultural with the solutions of whole industry chain through the products. In addition to the insufficient coverage of “five-linkage business” (GAP planting standard scheme, express, the development of rural roads is relatively intelligent agricultural system, traceability system, backward with the uneven standards of road construction, e-commerce platform for brand planning and and the insufficient coverage. Moreover, in mountainous e-commerce trading platform for agricultural products). areas of Yunnan, Guizhou, Sichuan and other provinces, The deeper integration of the Internet information the countryside with multiple winding roads is far away technology and agricultural industry with the industry from the city, which increases more difficulties in chain opened up by information flow can promote the logistics system construction. integration of the three industries and realize the development of the “sixth industry”, thus creating the IV. CASE INTRODUCTION ecosphere of “Internet plus agriculture” running through the whole industry chain. Moreover, Guo Xingnong also For the current various problems of e-commerce focuses on agriculture planting and the two ends of poverty alleviation, Chinese Academy of Agricultural “Smiling Curve”, respectively as the R&D of ecological Sciences Agricultural Information Institute invited four planting technology and the construction of marketing institutions or companies including UNDP, ADB, system so as to effectively solve the “production problem Jingdong and Tencent on January 23, 2017 to of the first kilometer” and the “sales problem of the last communicate with each other to share their respective kilometer”. The transaction cost and the loss of cases of e-commerce poverty alleviation. agricultural products are decreased due to the reduction A. UNDP Case Introduction of intermediate transaction links, and the asymmetric UNDP(United Nations Development Programme) information problem is effectively solved through the analyzed the application of big data to the field of integration of Internet information technology and poverty alleviation from the perspective of industry chain to achieve yield increase for farmers and multidimensional poverty. 2284 counties were selected as provide agricultural products with higher quality. samples for observation according to the cooperation C. JD Case Introduction with Baidu big data laboratory, and then a set of indexes Jingdong launched the project of “Jingdong running which can replace the traditional method of defining chicken paradise” for poverty alleviation of poor families. poverty was established according to the observation data. Take Wuyi County, Hengshui City, Hebei Province for Finally, eight indexes including three penetration rates of example, Jingdong directly contacted the cooperatives hygienic toilet, indoor kitchen and tap water, four with more poor households in county to provide the coverage rates of mobile Internet, production facilities, chicks for poor households with the guarantee from local road infrastructure and financial facilities, and the density government rather than the farmers’ mortgage, and of night light were selected as a beneficial supplement to Jingdong regularly provided feed, grain and other means the traditional poverty measurement method based on the of production, while after 160 days of breeding by income. In addition, UNDP also focus on cross-border farmers, each chicken would be repurchased with the cooperation in poverty alleviation, for example, in the price of 100 yuan or more. The selling price of the past four years, UNDP had been helping the local women chicken with original large-scale breeding mode is only in Yunnan Yi district based on local women’s embroidery 30 yuan, now each chicken can be sold to 128, 168 to 188 industry to establish the embroidery cooperatives and yuan through the green ecological production mode promote the market development of minority handicraft stressed by e-commerce, that is to say, farmers can

© ACADEMIC PUBLISHING HOUSE 86 JOURNAL OF SIMULATION, VOL.5, NO. 2, May 2017

averagely earn 30 yuan more for each chicken. Moreover, food safety, education, health, production and living after the pilot survey, Jingdong has expanded the scope of conditions, social capital and so on, in addition, even in the project to the planting and other livestock production. terms of income, the income level should not be solely The stable relationship of supply and marketing between considered as the standard, while the factor that whether the consumers in city and the farmers in poor areas is the income structure is pluralistic and stable should also established with Jingdong as the bridge to not only create be incorporated into the measurement system. the Jingdong brand, but also achieve industrial upgrading Secondly, multilateral cooperation should be in rural areas and farmers' stable income. In addition, strengthened. Poverty alleviation should not only depend Jingdong carries out the recruitment of employees in poor on government participation, but should make use of the counties and provides the ecommerce training for the social forces to encourage private enterprises to cooperate ecommerce employees through county economic class, with government departments, and the government can Jingdong Business School and other forms. Now there take advantages of private enterprises in the private are 16 thousand employees and 60 thousand rural business platform, logistics, etc., and supply the promoters in poor counties. government support and subsidies for private enterprises so that the income and the consumption capacity of poor D. Tencent Case Introduction households could be improved through the development Tencent for the village as a project of poverty of poor areas, which makes the private enterprises be alleviation is to conduct information links, emotional profitable in poor rural areas, thus achieving the connection and the final wealth connection by using two win-win-win situation of government, enterprises and social software of Tencent including WeChat and QQ. A farmers. young man who knows the project very well with Thirdly, construct the industrial integration strategy enthusiasm and is recognized by local villagers will be with enterprises and cooperatives as bridge to build stable selected as the administrator of the village platform. Each product distribution channels between villages and cities. village platform has its own two-dimensional code so that The long-standing urban-rural dual structure has caused people can enter the public account by scanning the great obstacles for China's rural economic development, two-dimensional code with the function of business card and the city has a huge demand for rural green health to obtain a series of information about local agricultural products, but there is no good guidance and circulation products, tourism and so on. In addition, the Tencent can mechanism which can result in the large scale and the also add convenience services based on the needs of standardization of the rural products so as to enter into farmers in the village platform, such as the introduction the urban market. With the background of national of guidance services of rural production by expert and e-commerce poverty alleviation, The Internet giants like online solution to the problem of production in rural areas; Jingdong, Alibaba and so on can be encouraged to enter legal aid services also can be added, which means that the into villages to cooperate with local cooperatives by university students majoring in law could provide the providing production guidance and production subsidies advice for the most rural disputes based on the aspects of for the whole stages of production, making the local the problem according to data analysis of the Tencent, villages become their own supply bases of agricultural and there is no need to seek professional help provided products, which will be transported to cities for sale by by lawyer, which can not only alleviate the rural disputes, using their own logistics system, and then guide the but also avoid the high cost and time cost brought by a farmers to carry out the next round of production lawsuit; in addition, the Tencent also launched rural according to the large data analysis of sales so as to not crowd-funding to integrate the fragmented capital of the only reduce the risk of investment by farmers but also entire village so as to improve the utilization rate of funds cater to the consumption preferences of urban and provide a certain financial support for poor farmers. populations, which is conducive to the sale of products and form a good circulation. V. RECOMMENDATIONS AND ENLIGHTENMENT Fourthly, focus on training local talents. The main In this paper, the existing models, the advantages and reason of difficult implementation of ecommerce poverty the development bottleneck of ecommerce poverty alleviation in villages is that there is no e-commerce alleviation were summarized on the basis of the summary professionals to manage the operation, but labor costs are of previous studies, in addition, the ecommerce poverty too high to hire professional personnel, while actually the alleviation cases of the four constitutions or companies local young people with certain ability are more suitable including UNDP, ADB, Jingdong and Tencent were for local e-commerce management in comparison with introduced and analyzed in this paper, and the main the professional ecommerce talents. The practice of the recommendations and enlightenment are as follows. Jingdong and Tencent has proved it is feasible to search First, the current poverty identification model based on for personnel to be trained in local villages, and the the income to indentify the poor households in many poor personnel trained in this way know more about the local areas is still relatively backward in comparison with the customs and communicate with the local residents more requirements of the current targeted poverty alleviation. easily, in addition, for the different models of ecommerce In the identification and the backing out of poor poverty alleviation in different regions, the enterprise can households, the multidimensional nature of poverty carry out professional education for the local model, should be considered more as well as the factors such as which not only can reduce cost, but also is more suitable

© ACADEMIC PUBLISHING HOUSE JOURNAL OF SIMULATION, VOL.5, NO. 2, May 2017 87

for the local poverty alleviation mechanism. [4]Zhang Yan, Wang Xiaozhi. Study on the model and Fifthly, pay attention to the development of mobile Countermeasures of e-commerce poverty alleviation in phone electricity supplier. In poor mountainous areas, rural poor areas. Agricultural Economy, 2016, (10): 58-59. many farmers do not have the ability to buy a computer [5]Zheng Ruiqiang, Zhang Zhemeng, Zhang Zheming. Mechanism, key issues and policy trends of e-commerce and other basic equipments, and many areas can not poverty alleviation. Journal of Socialist Theory Guide, connect cable, hindering the development of e-commerce. 2016, (10): 76-79. But at present the infrastructure construction of mobile [6]Yang Jinfeng. New exploration of e-commerce accurate phone communication industry in China is relatively poverty alleviation model in "Internet plus" era -- Taking perfect, and a large number of manufacturing led to the Xuan'en County, Enshi, Hubei of as an example . Chinese popularity of smart mobile phone charged thousand yuan, and Foreign Entrepreneurs, 2016, (26): 252. in addition, the promotion of mobile applications has also [7]Wang Jiawei. Research on status and innovation model of forced the application of intelligent machines, and with e-commerce poverty alleviation in poor areas in the "13th these reasons, the Chinese mobile internet users accounts Five Year Plan" period . Agriculture Network Information, 2016, (04): 17-21. for more than 95% of the number of internet users, [8]Xie Meijuan. E-commerce poverty alleviation: New moreover, according to the data of Chinese Internet exploration on poverty alleviation mode in "Internet+" era . Network Information Center (CNNIC), the scale of Journal of Changchun Municipal Party Committee Party mobile users of online shopping is growing rapidly, and School, 2016 (02): 12-15. as of June 2015, China's mobile users of online shopping [9]Xia Huan, Li Shuang, Ye Qing. Study on the strategy of "big had reached 270 million with semi annual growth rate of data + agricultural products logistics" in the context of the 14.5%, which shows that the mobile phone online great poverty alleviation. Information Technology and shopping has become an important trend and the simple Information Technology, 2016, (03): 76-78. online transactions can be completely realized by using [10]Zhang Zuoben. Give full play to the advantages of electricity providers to implement precise poverty mobile phone, so the development of mobile phone alleviation - Investigation report of rural electricity supplier e-commerce also should be taken seriously. in Wugong County, Shaanxi. Agricultural Engineering Sixthly, develop the diversified financing channels to Technology, 2016,(03):62-65. provide start-up funds for poor farmers. The problem of [11]Yi Yibin, Su Hongzhen, Wang Yan, A preliminary study on difficult financing has always been one of the main the poverty e-commerce alleviation model in rural areas -- problems that bedeviled the goal of anti-poverty in China. Based on the investigation of the poverty alleviation in Therefore, how to broaden the financing channels in rural Junpu Village in Jieyang. Chinese Business areas should also be the problem that needs be solved by Theory,2015,(21):73-75. e-commerce. The rural crowd-funding of the Tencent is [12]Wang Xiangdong, Four questions on the e-commerce poverty alleviation. Gansu Agriculture, 2015,(13):18-20. worth learning as a form of mutual assistances, at the same time, there have been numerous types of micro loans on the Internet with the advent of network era, which alleviated the difficulty of farmers in getting loans to some extent, but the perfect effective supervision Dai Ruixi, born in 1994, got bachelor's degree in management in China Agricultural University in Beijing China in 2016. Now mechanism and guidance measures are still not he is studying for her master's degree in Agricultural established because the industry has just started with Information Institute of CAAS in Beijing China. His main good and bad mixed together. Therefore, we should research directions is economic and management of agriculture. encourage the development of microfinance in this His email is [email protected]. industry, but more importantly, prior to its development, a series of government supervision system needs to be introduced by the government before its development to regulate microfinance market, thus ensuring that it can Bi Jieying *, born in 1984, got doctor's degree in management really help farmers to solve the problem of financing. in Agricultural Information Institute of CAAS in Beijing China in 2017.Now she is working in in Agricultural Information Institute of CAAS as a research assistant. Her main research REFERENCES directions are agriculture international cooperation and poverty [1]Teng Fei, Liu Baokui, Shen Hongyan. Weakness and alleviation. As the corresponding author of this article, her countermeasures in e-commerce poverty alleviation. China email is [email protected]. Price, 2016, (12): 74-76. [2]Wu Zhi Hui. The implementation of e-commerce poverty alleviation, a new precise "hematopoietic" road - practice and inspiration of e-commerce poverty alleviation in Fengying Nie, born in 1963, got doctor's degree in management Longyou County Zhejiang Province. Knowledge Economy, in Agricultural Information Institute of CAAS in Beijing China 2016, (24): 18-19+21. in 1998. Now she is the deputy director of Agricultural [3]Yang Yunlong, Wang Hao, Ho Wenhu. China's financial Information Institute of CAAS. Her main research directions poverty alleviation precise pattern comparison research -- are food security and poverty alleviation. Based on the hypothesis of "four element structure" theory. South China Finance, 2016, (11): 73-79.

© ACADEMIC PUBLISHING HOUSE

JOURNAL OF SIMULATION, VOL. 5, NO. 2, May 2017 89

The Application of Various Teaching Methods in the Teaching of Financial Engineering

Tao Song School of Economics, Yangtze University, Jingzhou 434020, China

Abstract—There are different textbooks in the process of basis have more difficulties. Zheng Zhenlong and Chen "financial engineering" teaching. Each textbook has its own Rong's "financial engineering" arrange chapters from characteristics. Teaching content is complex. There are a futures to swap and options. Arrangement of chapters is lot of formulas and models. The liberal arts students have from simple to complex. It is easy for students to learn great difficulty in learning the course. So teachers need to the course step by step. However, it mainly introduces apply comprehensive teaching method such as deductive the relative pricing method and lack guidance cases. teaching method, comparative teaching method, practice teaching method and other teaching methods in order to Each version of the textbooks has their own enhance teaching effectiveness. characteristics. Single textbooks can not meet the teaching requirements at the same time. Teachers can use Index terms—financial engineering; deductive teaching one of them as the main teaching materials and reference method; comparative teaching method; practice teaching to other textbooks. method B. Teaching content is numerous and complex. I. INTRODUCTION Teaching content of "Financial engineering" is very much. We take Zheng Zhenlong and Chen Rong's "Financial Engineering" is a new discipline emerging "financial engineering" as an example. The teaching from the United States in the late 1980s. It introduces content includes overview of financial engineering, engineering ideas into the financial field and integrates overview of forward and futures, forward and futures various engineering methods (mathematical models, pricing, forward and futures using, stock index futures , numerical models and simulation methods). It develops forex forward, interest rate forward and interest rate and implements new types of financial instruments and futures, overview of swap, swap pricing and risk analysis, then creatively solves problems. At present, "financial swap using, options and options markets, options returns engineering" has been included in the compulsory core and price analysis, black-scholes-merton options pricing professional courses of finance undergraduate students model, option pricing method, option trading strategy by the Ministry of Education. "Financial engineering" and its use, option price sensitivity and option hedge, involves a large number of mathematical formulas and stock index options, foreign exchange options, futures models. Teaching effect will be less satisfactory if options and interest rate options, exotic options and risk teachers do not use the teaching methods that accustom management. Although the overall teaching content is to the curriculum characteristics in the teaching process. the logical order of forward, futures, swaps and options, So we need to use a variety of teaching methods into the almost every chapter deals with higher mathematics "financial engineering" course teaching. related knowledge. The options section is also related to probability theory and random mathematical content. II."FINANCIAL ENGINEERING" HAS UNIQUE Some financial derivatives have not yet launched the CURRICULUM CHARACTERISTICS. market in China. Students can only understand from the A. Different versions of textbooks are different book abstractly. Teachers have difficulty in grasping the advantages. focus of the course. It is difficult for students to learn it. C. There are many formulas and models. At present, the domestic common materials are Zheng We take Zheng Zhenlong and Chen Rong's "financial Zhenlong and Chen Rong's "Financial Engineering" engineering" as an example. "Chapter 1 forward and (Higher Education Press), Ye Yonggang and Zheng futures overview" introduces the common compounding Kangbin's "Introduction to Financial Engineering" calculation and continuous compound interest calculation (Higher Education Press), John C.Hull "options, futures at first. The impact is not small for liberal arts students. and other derivative Products "(Machinery Industry Then, the part of forward and futures has the forward Press). John C.Hull "options, futures and other derivative contract pricing model and the spot forward parity products" content is more close to the real financial principle. According to the underlying assets, forward market but the teaching content is very much. Teaching contracts are also divided into non-profit assets forward time is 32 hours. Teaching time is not enough. Ye contract pricing, known cash income assets forward Yonggang and Zheng Kangbin's "Introduction to contract pricing and known yield assets forward contract Financial Engineering" introduces option pricing at the pricing. Swap contracts are divided into two major beginning. The students that have poor mathematics categories that include currency swaps and interest rate

© ACADEMIC PUBLISHING HOUSE 90 JOURNAL OF SIMULATION, VOL. 5, NO. 2, May 2017

swaps. Then the forward pricing method and bond develop their own thinking ability and analyzing ability. pricing method are introduced. The bond pricing method It also helps to cultivate students' ability of reasoning and also involves the fixed-rate bond pricing model and the classifying complex things. It helps to cultivate students' floating-rate bond pricing model. The part of option is analytical ability of finding out the essential differences more complicated. option contracts are divided into from the surface phenomena, too. The correct use of European options and American options. After that, comparative teaching method can help students to writers introduced the Black - Scholes - Morton option acquire access to regular knowledge. pricing model and option pricing numerical methods. Let us take the forward and futures pricing model as The students need to use software to prepare programs to an example. The writers do not mention how to use the support the calculation. Mathematical calculation and absolute pricing method in long-term contract pricing. computer programming are daunting task of liberal arts Teachers can combine other teaching materials and some Students. The finance profession recruits the liberal arts academic literature and sort out the model derivation students in majority. The liberal arts students more process by absolute pricing method. Financial forward remember various kinds of knowledge and summary contracts are contracts that the parties have agreed to buy when the liberal arts students study in secondary school. and sell a certain amount of certain financial assets at a They less analyze mathematical questions. They certain time in the future. suddenly contact a large number of mathematical models Buyer of no income assets forward contracts will after they enter the university. They need some time to spend the right cash in purchasing the underlying assets. cultivate the mathematical analysis ability. Absolute pricing is based on the characteristics of the future cash flow of securities. We should use appropriate III. TEACHER SHOULD USE A VARIETY OF discount rate and discount this cash flow to present value. TEACHING METHODS INTEGRATE. The present value is the reasonable price of this security. The future cash flow discounting model can be deduced A. Deductive teaching method. if we follow the principle that the expenditure is negative The deductive teaching method is the teaching method and the purchase is positive. Of course, teachers can also that applies the deductive reasoning process. Teachers use the icon teaching method and draw graphics to help start from the general principles or rules and apply these students understand. It is helpful to extend students’ rules to specific or individual things observation. vision if teachers introduce the relative pricing method Deductive teaching method is conducive for students to and the absolute pricing method. comprehensively understand the entire knowledge. C. Practice teaching method. Students can understand the more knowledge in depth. The practice teaching is a mode of teaching practice Teachers can also exercise students' logical thinking that teachers use demonstration simulation and case ability by deductive teaching method. analysis in order to guide students to solve the problems Let us take the forward and futures pricing model as in the actual work situation. It is helpful for students to an example. First of all, teachers should teach the enhance their learning ability. a way of teaching practice students to learn the principles of financial engineering teaching ability. Teachers that adopt practice teaching pricing. It is easy for students to use the general require selecting materials and select materials and principles or rules in long-term contract pricing. Teachers equipment according to teaching needs. Practice teaching and students can first review the definition of the relative enables students to obtain knowledge and ability. pricing method, so students know that the relative pricing Practical teaching ability becomes an indispensable method is a method that derives derivative securities ability for teachers nowadays. The teacher can give a prices based on the relationship between underlying asset leading case before teacher introduce relative pricing price and derivative securities prices. Then, teachers can method to derive the pricing model of the forward use the relative pricing method in the non-profit assets contracts with no income assets. Specifically, consider a forward contract pricing. Specifically, the teacher 3 month period of non dividend stock forward contract. constructs two combinations. The combination A is a Assuming that the current stock price is $40, the risk-free forward contract plus the appropriate cash. The rate for the 3 month period is $5% per year. Assuming combination B is a unit of the underlying asset. The two the forward price is relatively high, for $43, how will the combinations are equal when the forward contract is arbitrager do? Assuming forward price is relatively low, expired. According to the principle of no arbitrage, the for $39, how will the arbitrager do? What circumstances final value is equal. Then the value of these two don’t arbitrage opportunities exist? Teacher can lead the combinations at the current moment must be equal. To students to understand the principle of no arbitrage write the value of combination A and combination B, we pricing through this case. Students can obtain a better can deduce the forward contract pricing model of understanding of the latter derivation of the relative non-profit assets. pricing process. The teacher can immediately arrange B. Comparative teaching method classroom thinking after he completes teaching the asset Teachers will show two things or two methods of pricing model. Teacher lets the students think the solving the problem to students in the same teaching time question at first. Then the teacher explains the question. when teachers use comparative teaching method. The use This will help students to deepen the understanding of of comparative teaching methods can help students to the pricing model. For example, a teacher may adopt © ACADEMIC PUBLISHING HOUSE JOURNAL OF SIMULATION, VOL. 5, NO. 2, May 2017 91

such question. Supposing that the current market price of help the students to understand the financial derivative a non dividend paying stock is 20 Yuan, the free risk and product market more intuitively. In addition, teachers can continuous compound interest rate is $10%. What is the guide students to participate in some national financial forward price of the stock for a period of 3 months? derivatives trading competition in order to enhance What is the value of the forward contract of the 100 students' interest in learning and comprehensive analysis transaction amount for the long position if the market ability. price of the stock is 15 Yuan after three month? To solve this example, students should use the zero income asset REFERENCE forward contracts pricing model that they studied just now. The question has moderate difficulty and can [1] Xu Yulian. Science and Engineering College financial engineering course teaching model research. Journal consolidate the basic concepts of students. of Higher Education, 2016, (7). [2] Cheng Panhong. "Financial Engineering" teaching IV.CONCLUSION reform and practice. Journal of Anqing Teachers Teachers can guide students to use the financial College, 2015, (4). trading software besides classroom and after-school [3] Li Zhibin. "Financial Engineering" undergraduate exercises. Students can use software to understand the teaching problems and thinking. Journal of Finance financial derivatives trading status every day. Students Teaching and Research, 2014, (2). can analysis chart diagram and average index. These can

© ACADEMIC PUBLISHING HOUSE

JOURNAL OF SIMULATION, VOL. 5, NO. 2, May 2017 93

Simulation Analysis of Electromagnetic Shield- ing Effectiveness in Ventilation Window of Waveguide

Huang Peng, Liu Zhiguo*, Qi Jiancheng Institute of Medical Equipment, Academy of Military Medical Sciences, Tianjin 300161, China [email protected] Address: 106, Wandong Road, Hedong District, Tianjin, China

Abstract—This paper simulated and analyzes the case of within a certain space thus suppressing electromagnetic electromagnetic field in ventilation window of waveguide radiation or electromagnetic interference. Electromagnet- for the shelter. Objective to improve the comfort of the shel- ic shielding is an important component of electromagnet- ter for ensure the electromagnetic shielding effectiveness. ic compatibility technology. Principle of electromagnetic This paper introduced the electromagnetic shielding princi- shielding is separated the shielding zone from other areas, ple of cutoff waveguide plate on the basis of electromagnetic use of shielding of electromagnetic energy of reflection, shielding principle and waveguide theory. The calculation absorption and guiding role. We usually meet the radia- formulas of cutoff waveguide plate shielding effectiveness tion source is mostly alternating electromagnetic field, calculation were showed in the paper. Research on simulation of electromagnetic in the honeycomb plate cutoff wave- the electric field component and magnetic field compo- guide, by optimizing the waveguide aperture and length of nent always exist at the same time. In lower frequency, the ventilation waveguide plate, to increase the area of the the electromagnetic radiation ability is not strong, the waveguide vent, but it does not reduce the shielding effec- electromagnetic interference occurs more in the near tiveness. Through the simulation to meet the ventilation and field, the near field of high electric field source imped- electromagnetic shielding requirements of the ventilation ance mainly component of the electric field, the near window of waveguide. field of low electric field source impedance mainly component of the magnetic field. At higher frequencies, the Index Terms—ventilation window of waveguide, elec- electromagnetic radiation ability enhancement, far field tromagnetic shielding effectiveness, simulation. interference occurs, the electric field and magnetic field component at this time should not be neglected [4]. I. INTRODUCTION Therefore, electromagnetic shielding can be divided into With the rapid development of the information tech- electric field shield, magnetic field shield and electro- nology, the electronic equipment and system are widely magnetic shielding. used more and more. The shelter is used in the field to The effect of electromagnetic shielding measured by carry out surgical treatment of mobile medical equipment. shielding effectiveness[5]. Shielding effectiveness refers The shelter filled with high density wide spectrum of to the ratio of shielding before of the electric field electromagnetic signals for a large number of electronic strength E0 (or magnetic field strength H0) and after the devices. The most electronic devices with electromagnet- shielding the electric field strength E (or magnetic field ic energy conversion make the cabin electromagnetic strength H) at the same point in space. Expressed in dec- environment is more and more complex [1]. Electronic ibels(dB) as the unit in the project: E devices inevitably open hole in the chassis, because of S  20lg 0 (1) their own needs in ventilation and heat dissipation, the e E cause of electronic equipment inside the case so affected H0 by electromagnetic interference. Also, electronic equip- Sh  20lg (2) ment seam through the hole and air vents release elec- H tromagnetic signal to the world to affecting the normal work of the other electronic equipment. In addition, the II. ELECTROMAGNETIC SHIELDING PRINCIPLE shelter need install ventilation equipment in satisfying OF WAVEGUIDE the operation temperature, humidity and so on a series of Ventilation window of waveguide used the cutoff cabin environment comfort requirements, but also em- waveguide principle to shielding electromagnetic signal. phasizes the electromagnetic shielding protection. There- Because the waveguide is a cutoff frequency, when the fore, install ventilation window of waveguide is a kind of signal frequency is higher than the cutoff frequency, solutions both ventilation and electromagnetic shielding waveguide is conduction, when the frequency is lower [2]. than the cutoff frequency, electromagnetic wave is cutoff Electromagnetic shielding is use the conductive or or attenuation and cannot transport, the frequency char- magnetic material make the shield, the shape of shield is acteristic is similar to that of a high-pass filter [6]. Using shell or plate [3]. The shield limit electromagnetic energy

© ACADEMIC PUBLISHING HOUSE 94 JOURNAL OF SIMULATION, VOL. 5, NO. 2, May 2017

this principle, can design relative to a particular frequen- Therefore, first of all, according to the highest fre- cy of cutoff waveguide, makes the interference signal quency of the interference to determine the waveguide frequency falls within the cutoff frequency, the interfer- cutoff frequency, generally take the cutoff frequency ence signal cannot through the waveguide, which have least five times the highest frequency, Secondly, accord- the effect of electromagnetic shielding. Single cutoff ing to the waveguide cutoff frequency calculating the waveguide cross section is rectangular, circular and hex- maximum size. Finally, according to the shielding effec- agonal. Ventilation window of waveguide is made up of tiveness calculation the requirement of cutoff waveguide many cutoff waveguide lined waveguide array. length, generally want to make the length of the wave- Ventilation window of cutoff waveguide cross- guide least three times the hexagonal honeycomb type of section form usually has the following kinds: round, incircle diameter [8]. square and hexagonal [7]. The spread of the square and However, in actual use process, the ventilation win- hexagonal waveguide allows wave type less than circular dow area, the greater the hole number, the more in under waveguide, is advantageous to the isolation of electro- the condition of same thickness, shielding effectiveness magnetic waves. Under the condition of same insert at- is low [9]. By increasing the thickness of the ventilation tenuation ability, hexagonal channel area is greater than window of waveguide can improve the shielding effec- the square waveguide window. Ventilation duct often tiveness, but increase thickness increase production costs with hexagonal ventilation waveguide window. From the on the one hand, on the other hand can't beyond the fixed perspective of the processing characteristics of wave- thickness of the square. So the author, through the meth- guide window, hexagonal honeycomb waveguide win- od of electromagnetic simulation, the ventilation duct the dow of the manufacturing process is the most mature, the biggest adjust the opening size of the window, so as to application of engineering is the most widely. As shown make the ventilation duct the shielding effectiveness of in Fig. 1. the window and air quantity can achieve optimal.

III. ELECTROMAGNETIC SIMULATION Simulation is seen through the actual system model is set up and use the model of the process of the experimental study on the actual system. First of all, build the

single waveguide model through the electromagnetic Figure 1. Hexagonal honeycomb waveguide window simulation software of FEKO [10], set the ventilation and the thickness of the waveguide window, and then in The cutoff frequency is the proper range Settings the biggest opening size of the 15 9 fHzc 10 (3) waveguide, and the proportion of the thickness of the W waveguide window than 5, so that the field intensity dis- The shielding effectiveness of single waveguide is tribution within the observation window of waveguide), f l and cutoff frequency is obtained. Standard ventilation SE 20lg27.3c (4) 1 fW window of waveguide aperture is 3.2 mm, waveguide length is 12.7 mm. And then in model 1 set a finite ele- Above formula, fc is the cutoff frequency, f is the test frequency, W is hexagonal honeycomb type of incircle ment modeling(FEM) is at each end of the port, a launch diameter (cm), l is the length of the waveguide, namely a receive, set the magnetic field excitation frequency the thickness of the ventilation window (cm), n is the between 300MHz to 18GHz, and then to carry on the ventilation window the total number of waveguide (hole). grid subdivision, the size of the grid for one- twentieth of When test frequency far greater than cutoff frequency, the wavelength. Subdivision graph as shown in Fig. 2. the shielding effectiveness of hexagon cutoff waveguide can be simplified to l SE  27.3 (5) 1 W For the window of waveguide, will produce electromagnetic coupling between pore, results in the decrease of shielding performance. SE SE20lg n (6) 1 Can be seen from the above formula, the section size Figure. 2. Ventilation waveguide model 1 of waveguide decided the cutoff frequency, the depth of the waveguide to provide additional loss increase shield- Running the program load the external incentives in ing effectiveness, namely depth decision shielding effec- mode l, get the internal electromagnetic field intensity tiveness. The more ventilation window of waveguide distribution 3D effect when the external motivation of area, the greater the hole number, shielding effectiveness 300MHz, 1 GHz, 10 GHz and 18 GHz, as shown in Fig. is lower under the condition of same thickness, so the 3. actual use, the area of the single block ventilation window of waveguide should not be too big.

© ACADEMIC PUBLISHING HOUSE JOURNAL OF SIMULATION, VOL. 5, NO. 2, May 2017 95

coupling between the hole. The area of the ventilation window of waveguide is 200mm multiplied by 200mm in the actual, the number of holes is 3200, so the attenuation of shielding effectiveness is 70.10dB. That is to say, according to the formula 6 the ventilation window of waveguide shielding effectiveness is 51.90dB, the test frequency within the cutoff frequency.

300MHz

300MHz.

1GHz

10GHz

10GHz 18GHz Figure. 3. Internal field intensity distribution of the 3D effect

As shown in Fig. 3, Figure in red, yellow, green, blue, dark blue color areas represent the distribution of electromagnetic field intensity from strong to weak. Fig. 4 shows the internal field intensity distribution model of a 2D effect. We can be seen from the Fig. 3 and Fig. 4, waveguide of electromagnetic wave shielding is higher, the least shielding effectiveness is 122dB. But this is only a single waveguide shielding effectiveness, the ventilation window of waveguide will minus the electromagnetic 18GHz

© ACADEMIC PUBLISHING HOUSE 96 JOURNAL OF SIMULATION, VOL. 5, NO. 2, May 2017

Figure. 4. Internal field intensity distribution of 2D effect

IV. OPTIMIZATION MODEL GJB6109-2007 " General specification for military shelters", rules on the application of three block level can achieve the electromagnetic shielding performance [11], as shown in Table 1.

TABLE I. APPLICATION OF ELECTROMAGNETIC SHIELDING PERFORMANCE 1GHz Attenuation Frequency range Block rating (dB) (MHz)

I 60 0.009～18000

II 60 0.10～10000

III 40 0.10～10000

So, the above results can meet the requirements of grade III, if you want to meet the requirements of grade I or II, and need to adjust the size of the ventilation waveguide. Next, without changing the thickness of the ventilation window of waveguide (the length of the wave- 10GHz guide), adjust the biggest opening size of the waveguide, we can get the second ventilation waveguide model diagram. Subdivision graph as shown in Fig. 5.

18GHz Figure. 6. Internal field intensity distribution of the 3D effect

Figure. 5. Ventilation waveguide model 2 We can be seen from the Fig. 6 and Fig. 7, waveguide of electromagnetic wave shielding is higher, the least Running the program load the external incentives in shielding effectiveness is 140.8dB. But this is only a sin- mode l, get the internal electromagnetic field intensity gle waveguide shielding effectiveness, the ventilation distribution 3D effect when the external motivation of window of waveguide will minus the electromagnetic 300MHz, 1 GHz, 10 GHz and 18 GHz, as shown in Fig. coupling between the hole. The area of the ventilation 6. Fig. 7 shows the internal field intensity distribution window of waveguide is 200mm multiplied by 200mm in model of a 2D effect. the actual, the number of holes is 4800, so the attenuation of shielding effectiveness is 73.62dB. That is to say, according to the formula 6 the ventilation window of waveguide shielding effectiveness is 67.18dB, the test frequency within the cutoff frequency.

300MHz

© ACADEMIC PUBLISHING HOUSE JOURNAL OF SIMULATION, VOL. 5, NO. 2, May 2017 97

300MHz

1GHz Figure. 8. Shielding effectiveness test schematic diagram

Using dipole antenna, can receive 300 MHz of direct signal A that the initial source of 92.45dB, 1.3 meters from the outer side shelter, in model the front-end orifice plate ventilation, the wind of the end plate out after orifice, the front-end orifice plate air conditioning ventilation and the front return air orifice plate air conditioning, the test data of the results are shown in Table 2.

TABLE II.

300MHZ ELECTROMAGNETIC SHIELDING EFFECTIVENESS DATA REC- 10GHz ORDS The overall Shielding Test location Test point measurement effectiveness B(dB) C=A-B(dB) The front-end orifice center 3.82 88.63 plate ventilation The wind of the end center 19.90 72.55 plate out after orifice The front-end orifice plate air conditioning center 9.71 82.74 ventilation The front return air orifice plate air con- center 4.22 88.23 ditioning 18GHz Figure. 7. Internal field intensity distribution of 2D effect Using horn antenna, can receive 1GHz of direct signal A that the initial source of 99.13dB, 1 meter from the V. EXPERIMENTAL RESULTS outer side shelter, the measurement results of the same test point on the table, as shown in Table 3. In order to test the effectiveness of the electromagnetic simulation, designed a small shelter model, according TABLE III. to the proportion will be narrow operation application. In 1GHZ ELECTROMAGNETIC SHIELDING EFFECTIVENESS DATA RECORDS the microwave darkroom shielding effectiveness test of The overall Shielding the model, its layout is shown in Fig. 8. Test location Test point measurement effectiveness Shielding effectiveness of the measuring equipment B(dB) C=A-B(dB) have the signal source, radio frequency(RF) amplifier, The front-end orifice center 26.61 72.52 transmitting antenna and receiving antenna, attenuator, plate ventilation The wind of the end electromagnetic field measurement receiver and data center 27.31 71.82 recorder[12]. plate out after orifice The front-end orifice plate air conditioning center 19.15 79.98 ventilation The front return air orifice plate air con- center 20.00 79.13 ditioning Using horn antenna, can receive 10GHz of direct signal A that the initial source of 93.95dB, 1 meter from the outer side shelter, the measurement results of the same test point on the table, as shown in Table 4.

TABLE IV. ventilation and heat dissipation effect and shielding ef- 10GHZ ELECTROMAGNETIC SHIELDING EFFECTIVENESS DATA RECORDS fectiveness will not be affected, meet the requirements of The overall Shielding the system of electromagnetic compatibility. When using Test location Test point measurement effectiveness the ventilation window of waveguide in the design must B(dB) C=A-B(dB) pay attention to the following two points: one is abso- The front-end orifice lutely cannot make conductor through the waveguide, center 23.62 70.33 plate ventilation otherwise it will cause serious electromagnetic leakage, The wind of the end center 16.41 77.54 the other is important to ensure that waveguide relative plate out after orifice to the frequency of the block in the cutoff state, and the The front-end orifice cutoff frequency is much higher the frequency of the plate air conditioning center 20.86 73.09 shield, more than 5 times. ventilation The front return air orifice plate air con- center 22.66 71.29 REFERENCES ditioning [1] S. Rongping, C. Benmao, and G. Long, “Study on EMC Using horn antenna, can receive 18GHz of direct sig- Simulation of Airborne Avionics under Complex Electro- nal A that the initial source of 75.24dB, 1 meter from the magnetic Environment”, Equipment Environmental Engi- outer side shelter, the measurement results of the same neering, vol. 9, pp. 57-60, Apr 2012. [2] C. Yinbao, Z. An, and X. Yu, “Protection Technology of test point on the table, as shown in Table 5. Modern Digital Medical Equipment Under Complicated Electromagnetic Environment”, Chinese Medical Equip- TABLE V. ment Journal, vol. 32, pp. 108-110, Mar 2011. 18GHZ ELECTROMAGNETIC SHIELDING EFFECTIVENESS DATA RECORDS [3] H. A. Mendez. “Shielding theory of enclosures with aper- The overall Shielding tures”, IEEE Trans. Electromagn Compat, vol. EMC-20, Test location Test point measurement effectiveness no. 2, pp. 296-305, May 1978. B(dB) C=A-B(dB) [4] S. Kun, X. Yaofang, and Z. bo, “Study on EMC of Equip- The front-end orifice ment under Complex Electromagnetic Environment”, Si- center 13.05 67.19 plate ventilation Chuan Soldiers Engineering Newspaper, vol. 35, pp.38- The wind of the end 41,66, Dec 2014. center 13.20 67.04 plate out after orifice [5] M. P. Robinson., T. M. Benson., C. Christopoulos., J. F. The front-end orifice Dawson., M. D. Ganley., A.C. Marvin., S. J. Porter., D. W. plate air conditioning center 13.00 67.24 P. Thomas. “Analytical formulation for the shielding ef- ventilation fectiveness of enclosures with apertures”, IEEE Trans. The front return air Electromagn. Compat. vol. 40, no. 3, pp.240-248, Aug orifice plate air con- center 14.02 67.22 1998. ditioning [6] J. Yong, “Shielding Design of Square-Cabin Body”, Safety For the electromagnetic field test, transmitting and & EMC, vol. 2, pp. 42-45, Feb 2003. receiving antennas must use the same structure, the con- [7] W. Shuzhong, S. Zhiqiang, “The Application of Cut-off necting cable should be used in good shielding effective- Wave-guide Plate in Electromgnetic Shielding”, Electron- ness, low insertion loss, and add to the antenna balun, to ics Quality, vol. 5, pp. 107-109, May 2008. put the cable ring, keeping the receiver vertical axial ca- [8] Q. Changyu, W. Lifang, S. Cangzhen, L. Tuo, and L. Rixin, ble and antenna at least 1 meter distance, can reduce the “Cutoff waveguide in electromagnetic shielding applica- impact of cable test results produced. tion”, Electronic Component Applications, vol. 14, pp. 31- 34, Nov 2012. The test results show that in 300MHz to 18GHz fre- [9] C. Fang, Q. Zhang, and D. Xie, “Simulation of Shielding quencies in the electromagnetic shielding effectiveness Characteristic of a Typical Decay Waveguide Window for index is not lower than 67dB. Error between simulation EMP”, Electromagnetics in Advanced Applications (ICE- results and experimental results is small, these errors AA), 2010 International Conference on, pp. 780-783, 2010. may be the cable shielding effectiveness is not high or [10] D. B. Davidson, I. P. Theron, U. Jakobus, et al. “Recent the receiving antenna is unstable position when used for Progress on the Antenna Simulation Program FEKO”, testing, the next need to make efforts in these areas. Communications and Signal Processing, COMSIG'98 Pro- ceedings of the 1998 South African Symposium. Ron- VI. CONCLUSION debosch, pp. 427-430, 1998. [11] GJB6109-2007 “General specification for military shel- Ventilation window of waveguide can effectively re- ters”, General Armament Department of the Ministry of sist waveguide under frequency electromagnetic interfer- military standard published: Beijing, 2007. ence, can satisfy any level according to the requirements [12] GJB151B-2013 “Electromagnetic emission and suscepti- of the electromagnetic shielding, has the wide band, good bility requirements and measurements for military equip- shielding effectiveness, ventilation performance is good, ment and subsystems”, General Armament Department of simple and convenient installation, stable and reliable the Ministry of military standard published: Beijing, 2013. work, etc. It used in operation shelter can have very good

An International Comparative Study on Corporate Annuity System

Yang Yu Capital Normal University, Beijing, China [email protected]

Abstract—In the context of a global aging society, it is of practical and theoretical value to explore the construction of C. Mutual-Integration Type corporate annuity system. Based on the comparative The last one is a mutual-integration type that the old- analysis of corporate annuity system on a multinational age security system covers the responsibilities of basis which covers the United States, Germany, Britain, enterprises other than being divided into three pillars. Japan, Singapore and Hong Kong and so on, this paper Various Asian and Latin American countries are summarizes the common trend of corporate annuity classified into this type, though, there is something development in different countries and regions, and further serves as a reference for the completion of corporate different. A majority of the Asian countries (regions), annuity system. such as Singapore, Hong Kong, Taiwan, Malaysia, India, Indonesia, Brunei and so on, basically integrate the first Index Terms—corporate annuity, old-age security system; two pillars, as a result of which the enterprises or defined contribution employers assume more responsibilities to fulfill the overall framework of old-age security together with I. INTRODUCTION individual voluntary pension scheme, while it connects corporate and individual responsibilities on the whole in The corporate annuity system, as highly complex as it Latin American area. In other words, in Chile, Peru, is, requires for continuous amendment in different Mexico, El Salvador, Bolivia and the like, it is rare for countries including the United States and Germany that enterprises to assume the responsibilities and directly have implemented their own for over a century and the transits public pension to personal pension. United Kingdom and other Western countries that have carried out for decades due to the ever-changing political, II. COMPARISON OF MANAGING MODEL economic, cultural and environmental circumstances. In this paper, it will provide a comparative analysis on a According to the different ways of corporate annuity multinational basis in the lights of system positioning, the management, it can be defined as internal management managing model, the participation model and the model and trust management model for the corporate principal part of establishment as well as rigidity of annuity system of different countries, while the payment. foundation model defined separately by many scholars is The development of corporate annuity system varies in fact a trust management model. from country to country. It can be divided into three types according to the different proportions of public pension, A. Internal Management Model corporate annuity and individual annuity. Internal management model better prevails in the European continent, that is, an enterprise directly takes up A. Main-Backbone Type the responsibility of pension payment to the retired The first type refers to the main-backbone type which employees. A DB plan is always adopted either in a fund- prevails in countries e.g. the United States, Britain and based or non-fund manner. A fund-based method refers to Australia wherein the corporate annuity system has the fact that the enterprise would always adopt Book exceeded or substantially reached the scale of public Revenue, namely to maintain the accumulated pension pension in term of fund and plays an important role in funds on its business book so as to raise the fund for multiple aspects including significance, social recognition, pension payment for retired workers in the future. substitution rate and coverage. On the contrary, non-fund corporate old-age security plan means that the enterprise directly settles payment by B. Supplementary-Pillar Type current income upon the occasion of pension payment The second one is the supplementary-pillar type, liability other than raising a fund in this regard in advance. namely that it is greatly obscure to define the public It can be frequently seen in countries like Germany, pension and corporate annuity system as the latter is only Sweden and Finland, including the Direct Promise Plan a supplement to the former. Most countries in the and Internal Bank in Germany and Fund Borrowed by the European continent (including Germany, Switzerland and Employer Plan in Sweden and Finland. France) and Japan belong to this type. Featured as being simple and inexpensive, this model hides nowhere from its drawbacks. As the pension

income of the employees is closely connected to the Finland, Norway and Sweden follow this model. enterprise, they will be at risk once the enterprise goes bankrupt and find it hardly possible to transfer their III. COMPARISON OF VOLUNTARY NATURE OF pensions to the new workplace. Therefore, it is necessary SCHEME ESTABLISHMENT to bring forth proper provisions in terms of legislation In accordance with the voluntary nature of the and bankruptcy procedures for sake of the rights and interests of employees. establishment of corporate annuity plan, it can be classified as voluntary and mandatory on the whole. B. Trust Management Model Voluntary system arrangements are often taken for those Enterprises will separate the pension fund and its own who encourage endogenous power within the enterprises assets, which are further entrusted to lawful institutions. to develop the pension scheme, supported by tax It is possible for an enterprise to entrust the right to an incentives. The principle of independent establishment is external institution (external trust model) to operate its followed for the corporate annuity, which on one hand funds, or act as a trustee and the external institution distinguishes it from the mandatory public pension (basic undertakes the trust or investment function only, or old-age security) system to better fit into the practical separately set up industry joint fund association or firm conditions of the enterprises, and gets rid of the nations for trust management. the burden of corporate annuity fund management and Among them, the external trust mode is the most financial undertakings and benefits the market-oriented popular one. External institutions vary from insurance operation on the other hand. However, in order to protect companies, rust banks, fund companies and securities the interests of employees and implement a corporate companies, with the trust institutions or insurance annuity system different from the individual voluntary companies playing a dominant role generally. Insurance pension scheme, most countries follow the basic rules for companies can provide plans in a variety of ways disposing of risks carried out by the government. A including individual insurance policy arrangements and voluntary scheme is taken by most of the countries in the group pension plan. Obviously, the trust management world. model is more professional, making it suitable for large A mandatory system is the one implemented in a few and medium-sized enterprises of a larger fund volume, countries by the governments through legislation to force while it costs more and requires for external payments all enterprises to establish the annuity plan. The reasons from the enterprises and employees. It is common in the for such a mandatory manner are as follows. First, it United States, Britain, Australia, Canada, the Netherlands, better persuades the enterprises to work for the social Switzerland, Japan and other countries for a majority of policies and objectives encouraged by the government enterprises to adopt the trust management model, which and expand the coverage of corporate annuity. Second, it also promotes the gradual maturity of the local capital is conducive to prevent short-sightedness of enterprises market. It can be said that the pension market in the seven and employees. Third, it helps withstand the risk countries has reached the most mature state directly tied prevailing in the market of voluntary insurance. Lastly, it to the trust model. is easier to receive governmental tax incentives and The foundation model is to provide old-age security to supports from the ultimate governmental protectors. Thus, employees who participate in the pension fund, namely compared with the voluntary system, the subject of a the enterprise entrusts a fund with an independent legal mandatory system has to assume more legal personality to operate its pension plan. A pension fund is responsibilities. Of the 15 EU countries, nine countries an independent non-profit entity that can be set up have adopted voluntary programs (including Austria, separately by an enterprise or industry or by the joint Belgium, Finland, Germany, Greece, Ireland, Italy, establishment of enterprises and institutions in the same Portugal and Spain), and six countries choose the industry. A participant is the beneficiary of the asset mandatory ones (including Denmark, France, Switzerland, investment, and the governing body is the executive the Netherlands, Sweden and the United Kingdom). committee of the foundation (also known as the entrusted management institution), which generally composed of IV. COMPARISON OF PRINCIPAL BODY employers of member enterprises or representatives of ESTABLISHMENT trade union is obliged to employ fund managers and The enterprise itself is the principal part of the annuity private management companies that are responsible for system, a way to assume the responsibility of old-age the collection of premiums and pensions. In fact, the security. There are three types of corporate annuity pension fund itself will not provide the services directly. systems including corporate annuity scheme, industry In many countries, the membership of a pension annuity scheme and national annuity scheme. foundation is mandatory, that is, it is a must for an enterprise to participate in a specific pension foundation A. Corporate Annuity Scheme Model if it wants to implement corporate old-age security The corporate annuity scheme is the one established by through pension foundation. At present, it is quite popular the enterprise which plays a leading role based on the in the United States and the United Kingdom for premise of following relevant government regulations in corporate supplementary pension implemented through formulation and implementation. It is often made by the private pension foundation, while the closed type of enterprise itself as a voluntary scheme. It can be seen that corporate annuity fund in Italy, Switzerland, Denmark, corporate annuity scheme prevails in various countries

including the United States, Britain, Ireland, Australia, In recent years, the development trend of corporate Japan and Germany, and has been somehow developed in annuity system in these countries is manifested in the Denmark and Spain. following aspects. B. Industry Annuity Scheme Model A. Tendency for Defined Contribution This model is generally established by the industry or At present, a majority of countries worldwide small and medium-sized enterprises in the industrial represented by the United States have shown a tendency sector in the form of alliance with the industry as a for defined contribution model and its variants principal part. It is often made as mandatory, popular in concerning the corporate annuity scheme, that is, it the European countries like Netherlands and Denmark requires equal relationships between the future retirement and so on. For example, the industry annuity scheme in payment and the insurance premium of the employees Netherlands has covered more than 40% of employees of during their working life in the lights of rights and the private sector, while corporate annuity scheme only obligations to reduce the financial burden of the reaches 19%. In the early stage, the annuity scheme in government. It seems that the governments have been Denmark has been also created by industry. accustomed to the role of a traditional social welfare designer gradually transformed from that of a provider, C. National Corporate Annuity Scheme Model though, the countries and enterprises have transferred risk A national corporate annuity scheme is always featured in fact gradually to be undertaken by the state, business, with special provisions for employees including society and individuals together other than previous governmental civil servants. It is quite common in some greater investment and payment risk traditionally by European countries. For example, the Greek IKA-TEAM enterprises. National Corporate Annuity Scheme is mainly established by the government; and Denmark's ATP B. Privatization and Market-orientation pension plan is a complementary one covering a wide Represented by Chile, and the United Kingdom, there range managed by governments, businesses and trade has shown further development tendency for the unions; Finland has set up two statutory pension schemes corporate annuity system that the welfare systems (LEL and TEL) to provide supplementary retirement including the corporate annuity system has been income for workers in the private sector; France has accelerated for market-orientation and privatization to established two national pension schemes named reach better market efficiency and performance in the ARRCO and AGIRC on the basis of collective bargaining, operation and management of corporate annuity fund. which provide supplementary pension to employees of Employees are encouraged to participate in the corporate the private sector and management staff of the public annuity fund run by the private sector, and the operational sector; and the two schemes named STP and ITP in mechanism of corporate annuity investment is further Sweden provide supplementary pension to blue-collar relaxed. In this way, it can enhance the competitiveness workers and white-collar workers respectively. of the capital market. Moreover, the benign and fair competition in the corporate annuity fund market not only V. COMPARISON OF RIGIDITY OF ANNUITY bring more volume and vitality for the capital market but PAYMENT also provide better investment performance for the participants and help the government achieve a shift from While processing the establishment of annuity system the role of market manager to market supervisor in most of the countries, there comes with a DB-based smoothly. tendency followed by DC, that is, it requires equal relationships between the future retirement payment and C. National Corporate Annuity Scheme Model the insurance premium of the employees during their Since 1995, some elements of the private insurance working life in the lights of rights and obligations to markets in Sweden, Italy, Poland, Latvia, Mongolia and reduce the financial burden of the government. Kyrgyzstan have been applied to the public pension Certainly, these countries have also set up a mixed insurance system to create a "notional defined model of DB and DC according to the specific conditions contribution" system, which is a hybrid system of pay-as- of their own, which is further applied to public pension. you-go system and accumulation system, defined benefit Nevertheless, it prevents nowhere the development of DC and defined contribution. Experiences have proved that scheme. such a new social old-age insurance system has achieved It seems that the governments have been accustomed to smooth operation with problems related to the the role of a traditional social welfare designer gradually transformation costs encountered by countries running transformed from that of a provider, though, the countries the traditional pay-as-you-go system and those and enterprises have transferred risk in fact gradually to transferring to accumulation system or partial be undertaken by the state, business, society and accumulation system basically overcome. Moreover, the individuals together other than previous greater EU has designed three transitional options for its member investment and payment risk traditionally by enterprises. countries in the light of transformation to the said new system. VI. COMMON TREND OF INTERNATIONAL ANNUITY DEVELOPMENT REFERENCES

[1] Blake D., Lehmann B.N., Timmermann A, “Performance vol.52, pp. 182-199, October 1999 clustering and incentives in the UK pension fund industry,” [6] Georg, Ch.Pflug, “Dynamic asset allocation under Journal of Asset Management, vol.3, pp. 173-194, uncertainty for pension fund management, ” Control and September 2002. cybernetic, vol.4, pp. 62-79, July 1999 [2] Bogentoft, Erik,Romeijin, H.Edwin, “Asset/Liability [7] Goodwin T H. “The information ratio, ” Financial Analysis Management for Pension Funds Using CVAR Journal, vol.54, pp. 34-43, March 1998 Constraints,” Journal of Risk Finance, vol.1, pp. 128-145, [8] Griffin Mark W.A, “Global Perspective on Pension Fund May 2001. Asset Allocation. Financial Analysts Journal, vol.54, pp. [3] Bostock Paul,Wolley Paul,Duffy Martin. “Duration-Based 177-189, March 1998 Asset Allocation,”Financial Analysts Journal, vol.2, pp. [9] Griffin Mark W. “Why Do Pension and Insurance 53-66, October 1989. Portfolios Hold So Few International Assets?” The Journal [4] Charel Jones, Sabri Oncu,Aamir, Sheikh Barra, of Portfolio Management, vol.23, pp. 89-96, July 1999 “Developing and Implementing Risk Management Systems. [10] Griffin MarkW. “Why Do Pension and Insurance Journal of Investing, vol.4, pp. 122-141, October 2000. Portfolios Hold So Few International Assets?” The Journal [5] Diane Del Guercio. “The Motivation and Impact of of Portfolio Management, vol.23, pp. 89-96, July 1999 Pension Fund Activism,” Journal of Financial Economics,,

Mean-square Stability Control for Networked Systems with Stochastic Time Delay

YAO Hejun, YUAN Fushun School of Mathematics and Statistics, Anyang Normal University, Anyang, Henan. 455000

Abstract—This note is concerned with the problem of delay- sampling period is studied using the time-stamp technique distribution-dependent stability and stabilization for [10]. By viewing the time-varying network-induced delay networked control systems with stochastic network induced as parameter uncertainty, the stabilization of networked delay and data packet dropout. The stochastic delay and control systems with delay shorter than one sampling data packet dropout are viewed as stochastic time-varying period is studied and sufficient conditions expressed in delay without any constraints on its derivative. Which is assumed to be satisfying a interval Bernoulli distribution. linear matrix inequality are presented in [11]. Due to the probability of the delay taking value in different In this paper, our objective is to consider the problem intervals, a new approach is given to model the networked of delay-distribution-dependent stability for networked control systems. Based on the Lyapunov stability theory, control systems with stochastic delay and data packet with the linear matrix inequality approach, a new dropout. A new approach is given to model the NCSs. stabilization criterion is obtained. Then the controller is Based on the Lyapunov stability theory, a new given to make the closed-loop systems mean-square stable. stabilization criterion is given. A numerical example is provided to demonstrate the validity of the proposed design approach. II. PROBLEM FORMULATION Index Terms—networked control systems;stochastic delay; Consider the following control system packet dropout xtAxtBut()()() I. INTRODUCTION ytCxtDut()()() (1) It is well known that a feedback control system in xtx()00  which all devices(sensors, controllers and actuators) are n m interconnected by communication networks is called where x() t R is the state vector, utR() is networked control systems(NCSs).Compared with the the input vector, ytR() r is the controlled traditional point-to-point architecture control systems, the networked control systems have the advantages of high output, x0 is an constant vector. ABCD,,, are mobility, low cost, easy maintenance and reconfiguration. known real constant matrices with appropriate For these advantages, the networked control systems dimensions. receive more and more attention and has been a very hot Throughout this note, we suppose that all the system's research topic [1-4]. states are available for a state feedback control. In the However, the network itself is a dynamic system that presence of the control network, which is shown in fig.1, exhibits characteristics such as network-induced delay and data transfers between the controller and the remote packet losses. The insertion of the communication system, e.g., sensors and actuators in a distributed control network induces different forms of time delay uncertainty system will induce network delay in addition to the between sensors, actuators and controllers. These time controller proceeding delay. delays come from the time sharing of the communication In this note we make the following assumptions: medium as well as the computation time required for Assumption 1: Sensor and controller are clock- physical signal coding and communication processing [5- driven. 8]. It is well known in control systems that time delays Assumption 2: Actuator is event-driven. can degrade a system's performance and even cause In Fig.1, sc is the communication delay between system instability. Another significant difference between the sensor and the controller;  c is the NCSs and standard digital control is the possibility that ca data may be lost while in transit through the network computational delay in the controller;  is the because of uncertainty and noise. And the worked- communication delay between the controller and the induced delay or packet losses are usually stochastic and actuator. Here we suppose that sc c ca described by a two-state Markov chain, which is k       [0,  ]is stochastic network- especially common in wireless communication networks induced delay, where is a constant. d( k ) [0, d ] such as Bluetooth and WLAN. Different methods have been developed to deal with the above problems [9-11]. representing the stochastic data dropout number The stochastic optimal control of networked control between the sensor and the actuator. systems whose network-induced delay is shorter than one

Where we suppose that is a Bernoulli distributed sequence with Pr{()1}{()}obtEt  , where  [0 ,1] is a constant.

By using the new functions h12( t ), h ( t ) and stochastic variable , the systems(3) can be equivalently written as xt() Axt ()  () tBKxtht (  ())(1   ()) tBKxtht (  ()) 12(4) Figure 1. A typical networked control system yt( ) Cxt ( )  Dut ( ) t  [ ttkk ,1 ] k  1,2,

x ( t ) ( t ) t  [ t0  2 , t 0 ] We introduce the stochastic delay ht()to denote the stochastic delay and data packet dropout, where III. MAIN RESULTS

htttdkT()()kk Lemma 1 [2] For any vectors ab, and matrices where ht( ) [0 , ]  2 ,2  ( 1  ) dT . N X, , ,Y Z with appropriate dimensions, if the With the state feedback controller following matrix inequality holds u t(K ) ( x ) t (2) XY  0 where KR mn is a constant matrix to be obtained. YZT  We know that then we have ut() Kxt ()  Kxt (  dkT ()  )  Kxtht (  ()) T k k k aXYNa   T 2infaNb   TT XYZ,, bYNZb  Inserting the above controller into system(1), we   obtain the closed system: YxWx()() x( tAx )( )(( tBKx )) th t Lemma 2 [4] The LMI  0 is (3) *() Rx y( tCx )( )( tDu ) ttttk[ ,] 1,2, kk1  equivalent to x ( tttt, )( ) t [ ] 020 Rx( ) 0  ,YxWx()()()()0 Rx Wx 1 T where ht()is stochastic on[0 , ] 2 without any constraint TT on its derivative. The initial condition of the state xt() where YxYxR()(),()() xRx depend on x . Theorem 1. For the networked control systems (4), if on tt,t[ ]020  is supplemented as xtt()()  , nn there exist positive-definite matrices PQQR,,12 , t[ t0 2 , t 0 ] ,()tx00 , where()t is a continuous matrices KR mn , X , Yi 1,2 with appropriate function on [t , t ]. i i 0 2 0 dimensions , such that the following matrix inequalities

It is assumed that there exists a constant 12[0, ) hold such that the probability of ht() taking values in 111213  [0 , ) and [ , ] can be observed. In order to  *0 (5) 1 12 2223 employ the information of the probability distribution of **33 the delay in the system model, the following sets are proposed firstly XY11  0 (6)  {:()t h t  [0,  )}   {:() t h t  [  ,  ]}  1 1 2 1 2  Q1 Obviously,  R and   . 12 12 XY22 Then we define two functions as:  0 (7)  Q2 h( t ) t12 h ( t ) t  where h12( t ) h ( t ) 0 tt1 1  2

Corresponding to ht() taking values in different intervals, a stochastic variable ()t is defined

1 t 1 ()t   0 t 2

TTT T 02( )[( )((tNxtxtht ))] 1 11 PA  A P  1 A Q 1 A   1 X 111   2 A Q 2 A T TT t (tt )( ) XYN   XYYYY      11 2 211 11 11 21 21   ds (12) tht 1 () xsxs()()  Q  P BK   ATT Q  BK   X    A Q BK  1 12 1 1 1 112 2 2 TT TT 2( )[( )(( tYxtxthttXt ))](1111 )( )  2XYYY 212  11  12  22 t T T ()() xsQ xsds1  (1  )PBK   (1   ) A Q BK   X t1 13 1 1 1 113 and T TT 2 (1   )A Q 2 BK   2 X 213  Y 21 YY13 23 TT 02( )[( )((tYx ))](2222 tx )(thttXt ) TTTT (13)  K B Q  BK   X    K B Q BK t 22 1 1 1 122 2 2 ()() xsQT xsds t 2  XYY   T 2 2 222 12 12 where

23  1XX 123  2 223 XXXiii111213 Yi1 TT 33  1(1   )K B Q 1 BK   1 X 133  XXXiii 2223 ,YYii 2 i 1,2 TTT  2 (1   )K B Q 2 BK   2 X 233  Y 23  Y 23 with the controller (2), the network control systems(4) is X i33 Yi3 mean-square stable. With the (9-13),we can obtain Proof Choose a Lyapunov functional candidate for the EVttt{()}()()T system(4) as follows With the Lyapunov stability theorem and the VtVtVtVt()()()()123 (8) inequality (5), we know that the system (4) is mean- where square stable. T Theorem 2 For the networked control systems (4), if Vtxt1( )( Px )(t ) there exist positive-definite matrices P Q,, Q R  nn , 0 t 12 T Vtxs( )( Q )( x s) dsd  mn 21t matrices KR , XYi,,1,2 with appropriate 1 ii 0 t dimensions , such that the following linear matrix T Vtxs( )( Q )( x ) s dsd  inequalities hold 32t 2  TT where P,, Q Q12 positive-definite matrices with 11121311  PAPA (1) appropriate dimensions.  TT  22231 KB 0 Then, along the solution of system (4) we have   TT T  331 0(1) KB VtxtPAt1()2()()  (9)  where   11Q 0 TTT  (txtxth )[( ) (( txtht )) (( ))]  11(1) Q 12  AAt[ BKtBK ( ) (1( ))]   t  TTT (10)  Vtt2111( )(A )(Q )(Atxs )( Q ) x s ds  t1 TT 22 PAPA (1)  and  t KBTT 0 V( tt )( A )( Q )(TTT Atxs )( ) Q x s ds (11) 2  3222 t TT 2  0(1) 2  KB We know  (14) 0 00 t   x( t ) x ( t  h1 ( t ))  x ( s ) ds  0 00 t h1 () t 

t 22Q 0  x( t ) x ( t  h2 ( t ))  x ( s ) ds  0  t h() t  22(1) Q 2 

With two 4nn matrices XY11  0 (15) N M  1 1  Q1 NN , MM  2 2 XY 22 0 (16) N3 M 3   Q2 By the lemma 1, we obtain where

  AP  PATT  A Q A   X   X 0.2000.10 11 1 1 1 111 2 211 ABC ,,, TT  YYYY    00.40.100.01 11 11 21 21   BK   X   X  Y  YTT  Y 0.01 12 1 112 2 212 11 12 22 D ,0.4 TT  13 (1  )BK   1 X 113   2 X 213  Y 21  Y 13  Y 23 0 Solving the linear matrix inequality (14-16), we can  XXYY    T 22 1 122 2 222 12 12 obtain the gain matrix K of the stabilizing controller 23  1XX 123  2 223 ut() T 33  1XXYY 133  2 233  23  23 K [0.5692 1.5781] From the theorem 2, we know that the systems (4) is with the controller u t(K ) ( P ) x t 1 , the systems mean-square stable. (4) is mean-square stable. ACKNOWLEDGMENT Proof Now we proof that the inequality (5) is equivalent to the inequality (14). Obviously, by the The author would like to thank the associate editor and lemma2, (5) is equivalent to the anonymous reviewers for their constructive comments and suggestions to improve the quality and the  TT 1112131111  A QA Q (1) presentation of the paper.  TT   222311 KBQ 0 This work was supported by National Nature Science  TT Foundation under Project (61073065), Henan Province  3311 0(1) KBQ  Science and Technology Key Project (172102210162),  Q 0  11 The National College Students’ Innovative   (1) Q  11 Entrepreneurial Training Project (201610479045),   Anyang Normal University Innovation Foundation    Project. TT 2222 A QA Q (1) REFERENCES  KBQTT 0 22  [1] T. C. Yang, “Networked control system:a brief 0(1)  KBQTT  22 survey,” IEE Proc.,Control Theory Appl., vol. 153, 00  0 pp. 403-412, 2006. 00 [2] Y. Wang, “H_infty control of networked control  sysems with time delay and packet disordering,” IET Q 0  22 Control Theory Appl.,vol.1, pp.1344-1354,2007.  (1) Q  22 (17) [3] M. Das, R. Ghosh, etc., “Multi-loop Networked Where process control:a synohronized approach,” ISA Transactions, vol.48,pp.122-131,2009. PAA PXXYYYYTTT  111 111221111112121 [4] D. Dacic, D. Nesic, “ Observer design for wired TT 121 1122212111222PBKXXYYY linear networked control systems using matrix TT inequalities,” Automatica, vol.44, pp. 2840-2848, (1) PBKXXYYY 131 1132213211323 2008. T 221 12222221212XXYY [5] Y. Tian,Z. Yu, “ Multifractal nature of network induced time delay in networked control systems,” 231 1232223XX Physics Letter A, vol.361, pp. 103-107, 2007. XXYY T 331 13322332323 [6] X. Jiang, “ A new H_\infty stabilization criterion for Pre- and Post-multiplying the inequality(17) by 1  1  1  1  1  1  1 networked control systems,” IEEE Transactions on diagP{ P P IQ 1 Q 1 Q 2 Q 2 } Automatic control, vol.53, pp. 1025-1031,2008. and giving some transformations [7] H. Gao, “Stabilization of networked control systems P P1 Q =Q  1 Q =Q  1 K KP  1 with a new delay characterization,” IEEE 1 1 2 2 1  1  1  1 Transactions on Automatic Control, vol.53, pp. Xijk P X ijk P Y ij  P Y ij P i  1,2; j  1,2,3 2142-2148,2008. We know the inequality (17) is equivalent to (14). [8] D. Huang, “Dynamic output feedback control for uncertain networked control systems with random IV. SIMULATIONS network induced delays,” International Journal of control, Automation, and Systmes, vol. 7,pp. 841- Consider the networked control systems in the form of (4), where 847,2009. [9] Q. X. Zhu, S. S. Hu, “Controllability and observability of networked control sysems.,”Control and Decision, vol.19, pp.157-161,2004.

[10] J. Nilsson, B. Bernhardsson, B.Wittenmark, [11] G. M. Xie, L. Wang, “Stabilization of networked “Stochastic analysis and control of real time systems control systems with time-varying network-induced with random time delays,” Automatica, vol.34, delay,” Proc. of the 43rd IEEE conference on pp.57-64,1998. Dicision and Control, pp.3551-3556,2004.

JOURNAL OF SIMULATION, VOL. 5, NO. 2, May 2017 109

Research on the Strategy of Corporate Restructuring and Corporate Culture Integration

LU Xiaojun

College of Applied Technology, University of Science and Technology Liaoning, Anshan, Liaoning, China [email protected]

Abstract—In this paper, first, the enterprise culture embedded in the enterprise, which makes the cultural enterprise restructuring is analyzed, emphasize the cultural process has become automatic machinery, become a habit integration of an enterprise; the necessity and important of behavior, and people do not feel the existence of meaning of Then, through to our country enterprise corporate culture. Corporate culture, to a certain extent, restructuring goals and culture the particularity and the performs potential, and its role is invisible and subtle, so cultural integration task to analyze and judge the basic that the restructuring is often difficult to consciously put situation, points out the current our country enterprise forward the impact of corporate culture and role. But restructuring with cultural integration common reasons for the failure of hysteresis; At last, according to our country once there were the bad results,it had often been difficult [2] enterprise restructuring enterprise cultural integration to return and it is not easy to grasp . from the problems existing in the starting point of corporate Second, the corporate culture and corporate restructuring, the cultural orientation, enterprise culture restructuring behavior, the former is a slow variable, integration principle, guiding mode and strengthen the which is fast variables. Because the existence of culture cultural integration aspects of the effectiveness of proposed may be longer than the existence of the organization, countermeasures to solve them. after the enterprise reorganization, the cultural inertia of the original enterprise will continue exist in the Index Terms—Corporate restructuring; Enterprise culture; reorganization of enterprises ,which make the corporate Cultural integration culture's retention effect determines the long-term characteristics of corporate culture integration. Corporate culture and corporate expansion behavior, changes in I. INTRODUCTION corporate structure between the time difference, that is, Corporate restructuring is a magic weapon for changes in corporate structure is completed, the corporate enterprise strategic adjustment and transformation, which culture also need a hard run-in phase to complete the is also the main mode for the growth of modern integration, which determines the beginning of corporate enterprise. It is not only powerful means of the expansion restructuring, and it usually face culture conflict, cultural of enterprise scale, improving production efficiency and loss and other troubles, which increased the difficulty for optimizing the allocation of enterprise resources and it the reorganization of enterprises in the cultural has a huge role in social economic growth and the integration [1]. adjustment of industrial structure. However, despite the In addition, the indirect and deep-seated characteristics restructuring goal is clear, and the effect is also of corporate culture also determines its integration is not predictable, but in actual operation, it is not easy to as easy as economic behavior. In the reorganization achieve a substantial restructuring of enterprises, process, if the manager of the corporate culture is not especially the cultural integration. Therefore, this paper deep or lack of capacity, it is easy to be ignore. mainly discusses our country enterprise culture B Misunderstanding and operational misconduct integration and reorganization of hysteresis and failure attribution problem and after the reorganization, how the Business leaders are unconscious or vague about enterprise to integrate culture, and put forward the corporate culture and their integration. China's corresponding countermeasures. understanding of corporate culture and its importance mainly comes from the analysis of some successful II. CHINA'S CORPORATE RESTRUCTURING, CORPORATE examples of the United States and Japan, but in the CULTURE INTEGRATION, HYSTERESIS AND FAILURE process of analysis, we are more concerned about the PROBLEMS ATTRIBUTION successful results of these successful enterprises, and its observable characterization easy to learn, but it lacks of A. Enterprise culture are easily overlooked and replace understanding of the profound connotation of corporate slowly culture and the role of cultural integration, the process First of all, the role of corporate culture determines the and the integration of corporate culture and the related characteristics of corporate culture is easy to be ignored. management activities.Coupled with the late start of As the form of enterprise value has been deeply China's corporate restructuring, lack of experience, corporate culture is the integration of corporate culture in

the new form, and China's existing enterprise to enterprises in the internal structure and external links management in many ways also have the traditional on the existence of contradictions and problems, so that planned economy traces,.Therefore,as a management enterprises are difficult to turn their attention to corporate resource, corporate culture has not been fully explored culture integration. And through the reorganization of and used, many business leaders also lack experience government forces promote the integration of corporate which uses corporate culture orienting corporate behavior. culture in the process of adding a stakeholder, the Corporate culture and a sense of integration are weak,and enterprise must also coordinate all aspects of the matter the attitude is not positive and not clear. In this case, it is through the government, which makes the internal extremely difficult to form a new culture of reorganizing resources of the elements in a substantial state of division, the firm. leading to internal cultural exchange and financing Corporate culture integration work is surface, formal channels not smooth, thus increasing the difficulty of and short - term. Corporate culture integration work is the integration, it is difficult to achieve cultural integration integration of corporate culture integration only stay in and coordination. the material and cultural level, not deep into the system (2) The bound of the traditional culture and the old culture level, no mention the spiritual and cultural level. system fall concept. The crisis in the enterprise In the practice of corporate culture integration, many reorganization is often due to the corporate culture of the enterprises pay attention to the use of uniform signs, concept, mode and way of lagging behind and outdated, symbols, colors, clothing and other packaging, or are resulting in a series of mistakes, thus violating the basic limited in cultural and recreational activities, and lack of economic laws and the basic principles of enterprise rules and regulations to regulate and constrain corporate management. With the development of enterprises, behavior and business employees, and lack of creating a especially the gradual improvement of market economy kind of tolerance and friendship, unity and cultural system, enterprise restructuring has become an important atmosphere and corporate value goals. Corporate culture content and way of enterprise reform, and has become a integration is superficial in the operation ,which can not propeller for the establishment of modern enterprise be well reflected in the enterprise development strategy system. However, because China's corporate restructuring and management work , so after the reorganization is is in the dual system coexistence, and rise the old and difficult to really win the hearts of people.Formalization new system under the conditions , so it is inevitable on of corporate culture integration refers to the integration of the one hand with the old system of legacy traces, on the enterprises in general focus on imitation, light creation, other hand the new contradictions are constantly not only lack of personalized features, but also corporate generated,which make the real dilemma of the corporate employees, and thus affect its actual results. Some culture integration and development .The concept which enterprises in the cultural drive make cultural integration traditional culture and the old system is under the and innovation and highlight their own cultural backward makes corporate restructuring in the corporate personality on the basis of the combination of the needs culture integration and development of wearing a heavy of the times and environmental changes not summarizing tug. their own excellent cultural and management experience , (3) Drag of social barriers. At this stage, the social but blindly follow the example ,which can not be situation faced by our enterprises is grim and the task of implemented in the staff action, and can not be combined restructuring and transformation is arduous and with the enterprise management, its efficacy is very complicated. In particular, China's social security system low.Short-term integration of enterprise culture refers to is not perfect, the market mechanism is not perfect, the lack of systematic integration of enterprise culture enterprises still have production, social security, social and long-term development plan,which do not pay welfare and social management and other multiple attention to corporate culture integration and corporate responsibilities. In recent years, with the enterprise goals in the connotation of the combination; no actual system reform and corporate restructuring continue to operating agencies and permanent propulsion agencies, occur, China's unemployment population continues to neglecting around the production and operation of the increase. Once the workers are unemployed, not only internal and external environmental changes,and seeking wages, living expenses are unlucky, and all the welfare a spirit of enterprise throughout the corporate culture become a bubble, which resulted in the incumbent on the integration at all levels and the construction of a unemployment problem of great panic and reorganization reorganization after the operation of the overall corporate of the rare resentment. In this case, enterprises not only culture, all of which make the role of corporate culture is should consider the performance of the reorganization, not significant[3]. but also avoid a large number of employees caused by social shocks, making the internal and external pressure, C The existence of institutional and social barriers many entrepreneurs have a large number of business, it is (1) The impact of government behavior. From the difficult to pay attention to the beginning culture, rarely situation in China, corporate restructuring to some extent calm down thinking about corporate culture and other more perform for characteristics of the government deep-seated problems, even if it has attracted attention, it promoting, rather than the market spontaneous choice. is difficult to put the overall and fundamental strategic Corporate restructuring lack of internal, after the position on the grasp. This makes the cultivation of the reorganization of enterprises, the emergence of a large overall corporate culture lost the role of the core business, number of redundant issues and debt problems, but also

and is in a blind state of development, thus further B to determine the principle of corporate culture deteriorate the conditions of the new culture[4]. integration orientation (1) The unification of economic objectives and cultural III. THE COUNTERMEASURE OF CULTURAL INTEGRATION objectives. Now the enterprise's living environment AFTER CHINA 'S ENTERPRISE REORGANIZATION becomes turbulent due to the intensification of A To determine the cultural orientation of corporate competition. In the turbulent environment, the economic restructuring goal of the enterprise may change due to the change of the environment. Therefore, in the construction of the Enterprise cultural integration is a complex run-in corporate culture, the good corporate culture is the most process, it must consider the relevant cultural issues and able to adapt to the dynamic the culture of the economic orientation before the reorganization of enterprises, environment. In the reorganization of enterprises, which will often determine the corporate culture after the managers should be aware that the difficulty of reshaping reorganization of corporate connotation.The performance the corporate culture lies in the inertia of the original of the realization of cultural synergies is corporate corporate culture. When the economic goals have restructuring deep-level driving force of corporate changed, the organizational structure has also changed, culture . Thus Corporate restructuring should not only and the original corporate culture will be inefficient. At consider corporate the business , technology, finance and this time, some of the corporate culture will help other resources can achieve complementarity, but also enterprises to compete more effectively, while others consider its effectiveness and feasibility from the have become obstacles to competition. Therefore, we perspective of cultural synergy . The cultural synergy should pay attention to changes in the dynamic refers to the potential of an active corporate culture that environment, timely change the cultural goals, so that has economies of scale due to the exportability of certain unify with the economic objectives[5]. enterprises' negative cultures, improving the overall (2) Pay attention to human factors. Enterprises can efficiency through the proliferation, infiltration and learn from Maslow's proposed self-realization of the path assimilation of negative cultures in the reorganization of to build talent incentive, growth and display platform. activities . Enterprises can proceed from Maslow's theory of needs The effect of corporate synergistic culture depends on hierarchy, from the staff point of view to consider the combining action of the various factors. First, that is the restructuring of enterprises to reshape the corporate common values and cultural orientation of the formation culture to consider the factors. There are several aspects of external cohesion and external radiation effects, to be done: strengthen communication and organization resulting in the overall function of culture, The internal of publicity, communication make management and staff and external recognition of corporate values make the eliminate barriers to create a mutual trust in the cohesion ,radiation stronger and the synergies of foreign atmosphere; according to the restructuring and cultures stronger; The other is cultural differences. It is reorganization of the needs of the staff to carry out the depend on all factors combining action of the synergies necessary training to meet the new process, the operation of corporate culture. Usually, the stronger of the culture of new business needs new knowledge, new skills, and firming, the smaller of the difference, the stronger of the even communication and interpersonal skills training, and synergistic effect, the more of the scale effect on guide their values consistent with the ultimate goal of the reorganization. Therefore, it is bases and standards that enterprise; from the enterprise compensation standard choosing reorganization is depend on the size of the design point of view, it should consider the work of staff synergies of corporate culture. China's enterprises in the attitude, job performance to design compensation reorganization of enterprises should pay more attention to standards. It should know that the incentive role of two aspects of cultural synergies to proceed the reward can guide staff attention to work attitude and reorganization of in-depth comparative study in order to work performance. In combination with these factors, we play the maximize role of cultural synergies select the should focus on guiding our employees' personal goals results to. and personal visions, while it is helpful to achieve their First of all, it is necessary to analyze the cultural own goals, align them with their goals and visions. connotation of the reorganization subject and its (3) Pay attention to the spirit of the enterprise team. composition and source. Such as the cultural basis of its Reorganization of enterprises to build a highly efficient composition; Whether there are clear values and a enterprise team, the first thing to consider is the team complete corporate culture system; The degree of internal spirit, team spirit is conducive to cultivating members of cohesion of the value is recognized by the employee; the team's sense of belonging and one, is conducive to Whether the values can be recognized by the community; mutual cooperation between members and a total of one, The personal quality of management personnel and the is conducive to team members dedicated and all-round importance of corporate culture construction; the image investment in team work. Therefore, we should pay of the content in Corporate culture and so on. attention to cultivate team spirit. The construction of Secondly, we should compare the culture before and team spirit is inseparable from the construction of team after reorganization, study the cultural connotation and competitiveness. The main tasks include: clarifying the difference of the reorganization object, and analyze the business objectives of enterprises, enhancing the possible conflicts and the possibility of synergies. influence of business leaders, focusing on the

construction of enterprise system, communication and leadership to break the past only focus on the coordination in the internal departments, leaders and phenomenon of hard management, seriously accept and employees, reasonable material incentives, full learn corporate culture and other soft thinking and participation in management, better incentive mechanism, technology, break through the old thinking habits and the development of human potential, harmonious cultural constraints, and form modern corporate culture interpersonal relationships and the overall concept, the awareness. Not only profoundly understand the overall consciousness and so on. From the strengthening connotation and role of corporate culture, but should of team competitiveness, train team spirit, and help hand form the following understanding of the integration of for the reorganization of corporate culture. corporate culture: corporate culture integration is rich, (4) Pay attention to the principle of combining the multi-level, multi-channel complex projects, not just internal and external environment. On the one hand, it is engage in several cultural activities can be done ; necessary to strengthen the internal control of enterprises, Corporate culture integration is not an isolated, the development of staff behavior rules, rewards and short-term or one-time work, can not rely solely on the punishments system, so that enterprises become a ideological and political departments or related functional combination of human and institutionalized strong departments, but all the leaders of enterprises should cultural organizations, so that employees have actively promote, support and practice the relationship recognition of corporate values, so as to form a cohesion between the enterprise development of the major to enhance the enterprise competitiveness. Enterprises practical issues. Senior management leaders should fully can not only be limited to high salaries to retain talent, understand the role of corporate culture integration, to but also pay attention to corporate culture in the heart stand high, see far, to overcome the quick success, level of the staff incentives. On the other hand, to shape a anxious thinking, the corporate culture as an important competitive corporate culture, it can not ignore the part of enterprise development strategy, strengthen the openness of the system, the organization should keep risk awareness. Recognizing that corporate culture abreast of the changes in the external integration is a risk and can not be taken for granted. To environment,develop strategies based on changes in the this end, it is necessary to establish a party and environment do a good job on the basis of internal government leaders in charge of corporate culture resources analysis to develop dynamic the competitive integration leading group to be responsible for the whole strategy of the environment will change with the changes process of corporate culture plastic surgery. This will not of the environment. Therefore, the managers of only work together to form a concerted effort, but also enterprises in the process of considering the corporate from the organizational mechanism to strengthen the culture should be based on the external environment of business leaders of the cultural integration of the sense of enterprises, internal resource conditions and the human urgency, responsibility and hard to integrate the corporate resources of enterprises and the objectives of the culture in the end of the determination. enterprise and in-depth analysis can promote business As the corporate culture integration is "software" growth factors. management, it is difficult to use a more unified standards and norms of the way, in the operation it must C strengthen the corporate leaders of the cultural pay attention to the art. Therefore, to ensure the effective integration of awareness and ability implementation of corporate culture and implementation, The key point of the integration and remodeling of business leaders should not only be conscious, but also corporate culture is whether there is a group of managers must have the ability to have a higher quality. This who can reshape the integrated culture. Business leaders requires business leaders to improve their organizational in the enterprise is both managers, but also the capacity, leadership decision-making ability and cultural ideological leader of the staff, its cultural integration judgment ability, and strive to learn, actively explore , awareness and ability to improve the formation of new master the law of cultural integration , methods to learn corporate culture is a promoter. The significance of more domestic and foreign enterprises to reorganize the strengthening the awareness and ability of corporate cultural integration of successful experience ; And pay leaders' cultural integration is that they can achieve attention to the reality of the enterprise, in the integration cultural communication in the deep and superficial of corporate culture goals, patterns, content, initiatives aspects of culture, as a bridge of cultural links and and other aspects of the corresponding decision-making, integration, accelerate the process of integration from top by their own influence, by knowledge expertise, to bottom, and through further play their own model management skills and leadership and corporate culture effect, so that all employees are conscious of the cultural integration reform to find out the problems and decisive constraints across them to consolidate the new corporate decision-making, the use of appropriate intervention culture in the fundamental position of the staff. In China's techniques guide the evolution of a favorable occurrence; current corporate restructuring, it is imperative to the leader must also have a "perseverance in the end" of cultivate and strengthen the corporate leaders of the confidence and confidence in the development of the cultural integration of consciousness and ability,and enterprise, determination,and must have this persistence corporate culture integration should be the reorganization and patience.Crporate culture is possible to complete its of entrepreneurs in the business management of the integration tasks and objectives, and only in this way primary task. strengthen the confidence of employees within the In the sense of cultural integration, corporate

enterprise reform, and promote the ultimate success of cooperation and communication between the two sides corporate culture integration. formed the "unity, forge ahead, for everyone" Bell culture, not only has the original culture of both sides of the D Choose the appropriate mode of operation for shadow, but also gives a new cultural connotation. corporate culture integration Because of the reorganization of enterprises, the E Implementation of corporate culture system integration reorganization of different enterprises, the state of project corporate culture and the different cultural characteristics, Enterprise culture integration means that the overall the model of corporate culture integration can not be innovation and remodeling of corporate culture, which is completely consistent. Choosing the appropriate the timeless process of a culture from deconstruction to enterprise culture integration model is of vital importance reconstruction, which service for the enterprise. It is not to the success of cultural integration . the product of administrative orders, nor as in the past the Culture note and integration model. Cultural note Cultural Revolution to achieve as a form of movement, refers to the strong culture of the dominant enterprises and it must be in the senior leadership of the support and into the weak enterprises, transformation of the backward promotion, in accordance with its inherent laws and culture of backwardness with advanced strong cultural, characteristics seize the system integration project of the this cultural integration model is suitable for "strong and real, planned, implementation, in order to achieve good weak" corporate restructuring. Such as Qingdao Haier eat results. "shock fish" model, Haier Group mergers and losses of (1) For cultural assessment. Corporate culture as an enterprises, the first is not sent to the marketing staff, but intangible asset, familiar for tangible assets, is also the corporate culture of the staff, including "the user is valuable. Effective development and use of rich cultural always right" service concept, "technician is Eternal assets, can promote the reorganization of enterprises as theme "of the technician concept," everyone is the talent soon as possible get into the virtuous circle of the track. "concept of talent and so on. Due to the injection of Cultural integration must assess the original corporate advanced culture of Haier, the workers and peasants of culture to clarify the future of cultural change and the merged enterprises were soaring, and most of the integration of the general idea. It can set up a cultural merged enterprises could lose profit in one or two assessment team, in-depth study and judge the current years[6]. cultural status of the two companies, the original cultural The model of culture promote the integration. After the characteristics, strength or role. By forming a clear reorganization of enterprises,it must be the advantages of understanding of the original corporate culture, ensure corporate culture into the weak enterprises, but this does the effective integration of cultural work carried out. not mean that the original corporate culture of vulnerable (2) Establish the ideal model for the development of enterprises is useless, and the advantages of enterprise corporate culture. On the basis of a comprehensive culture is perfect. On the contrary, the culture of the assessment of corporate culture, base on the actual disadvantaged enterprises often contains some positive situation of corporate culture,and be good at the future of factors, some may still be the lack of and the need of corporate culture model for scientific design. According corporate culture. Therefore, the reorganization of to the strategic requirements of enterprises,re-link a enterprises should not only pay attention to the culture of number of different cultural quality to form an ideal the advantages of enterprises, but also attach importance cultural model through the way of appropriate merger, to the culture of disadvantaged enterprises to absorb and spin-off, enhance and weaken . Enterprises should boldly integration. To absorb and integrate the disadvantaged break through the traditional cultural potential, learn from enterprises in the excellent cultural factors, which is different enterprises excellent corporate culture, the conducive to the formation of new cultural cooperation. essence of management, innovation those who do not Because in the specific reorganization of the parties, the adapt to the practice of enterprise development,and strength of the strengths and weaknesses of corporate re-design a new corporate culture strategy. culture is always relatively speaking, excellent people (3) Import and implement a new culture. New culture have their shortcomings, the weak has its strengths. For into the enterprise often is accompanied by a larger example, the entrepreneurial spirit of the new business, change initiatives, but also the most prone to intense innovation is often strong, and the fine tradition of old conflict. In the process of the introduction of new culture, enterprises, normative consciousness is often more the implementation of new culture and implantation will prominent. If you can take the length of each family, face a lot of resistance. These resistance can be reflected integration in one, more able to produce a new cultural in individual, organizational, cultural and social aspects. force together, issued a surprising multiplier effect, is Among them, organizational barriers and social barriers bound to reflect a higher level and stronger vitality, and are often open and direct, easier to deal with, managers forms strong corporate centripetal force, cohesion. will soon be able to perceive and formulate Cultural integration and integration model. Cultural corresponding countermeasures. And individual barriers integration is the combination of several well-matched and cultural barriers are potential, or even difficult to corporate culture and form a new culture. Although it can pondering, need to pay more time and effort. The process also find a number of traces of the original culture in the of cultural introduction should be fully aware of these new culture, but this new culture has been different from open and potential resistance, according to the corporate any previous culture. Such as the Shanghai Bell in the culture of the integration model, take a different approach

to import. For example, the use of injection culture form a three-dimensional intertwined network system,and integration model should be used "from the inside out, comprehensive play a useful role. In order to achieve top-down" approach, that is, starting from the concept, more effective management, China's enterprises should and then change the corporate system, corporate image, also pay attention to grasp the following points in the staff style, and finally form a new unified corporate enterprise restructuring of the corporate culture of the culture[7]. management of the practice. (4) The new culture supervision and control. Corporate (1) To carry out extensive, deep and effective culture integration is a long process, it is impossible to communication. Good communication can not only make promote, and the establishment of new culture also need information exchange quickly, but also can find to continue to strengthen. The new culture should be contradictions in time to eliminate the conflict which is a deeply rooted, and the main problem lies in the medicine to overcome the instability . Strengthen maintenance, adjustment and control of the cultural communication, strengthen the mutual recognition transformation and integration of the results will be between enterprises and employees, cultivate the sense of further consolidated and deepened belonging of employees, enhance staff loyalty, which is The implementation of the new culture monitoring, we the enterprise and staff to "deep integration" is a very need to do the following work: determine the progress important part. The new corporate culture to be and extent of the implementation of new culture,judge the recognized by all staff must be achieved through promotion of new culture from the focus of the communication and communication. In the integration of implementation of cultural integration and the elements corporate culture, you can appoint a person in charge of of the cultural elements , through the goal and the status communication is responsible for the smooth promotion quo, it can be the speed of cultural integration to achieve of cultural integration process. First, through the the desired goal of information; focus on the enterprise's high-level, especially the key business communication, ideological dynamics, through seminars, research and for the cultural integration to reach a consensus; the other methods to understand the real state of thinking of second is through the leadership and business staff enterprises, because the new members of the enterprise communication, cultural integration and work plan dynamics to a large extent reflect the degree of information passed to the staff to create a sense of integration of the old and new culture, and even fairness and open atmosphere, contact feelings, to indicatest some new developments in the enterprise, such eliminate their reorganization and integration of the as the upgrading of cultural conflict, the new culture on psychological and pessimistic mood, access to their the target deviation and other tendencies; continue to spiritual and action support. To this end, enterprises adjust the corporate culture change and integration should establish a communication mechanism of good strategy, according to the results of judgments and communication, communication methods can be observations in a timely manner to adjust the follow-up diversified, such as the regular and irregularly with the corporate culture Integration steps; for the discovery of staff in-depth talks, the purpose is to reach a consensus the problem, take timely and effective measures to for the smooth development of enterprises lay the constantly remove the obstacles in cultural integration, ideological foundation, only fully effective, positive and repeat corrective behavior deviation until the staff can frank communication, in order to eliminate the doubts consciously follow the new culture. between each other and the sense of pressure, reduce friction, improve the sense of identity, and ultimately F Make full use of and play the role of management for make the new corporate culture in the reorganization of cultural integration enterprises to grow up. As the corporate culture itself is mainly for the (2) Effectively build the employee's psychological business philosophy, value system and behavioral norms, contract. The psychological contract is a hidden contract rather than a management function. It must be with the between the employee and the enterprise. It includes the various management functions of the enterprise fit relationship between the individual goal of the integration, in the form of ideas and ideas to guide all employee and the goal and commitment of the enterprise aspects of business production and management activities, and the emotional relationship, between the employee and not free from the enterprise management functions and the enterprise. It is difficult to cover with the text, but and the isolation of the operation. Planning, leadership, contains written and non-written, language and coordination, control, innovation and other management non-language staff and the interaction between the functions is the necessary activities to integrate resources, various aspects of the enterprise. This is an important role and from the perspective of corporate culture for the relational repositioning of the relationship management, culture is the management function to between the business and the employee, especially for the integrate one of the main resources. Therefore, the subtle relationship between the person and the official integration of corporate culture must also be coordinated contract. Due to the variability and uncertainty of the with the culture-based, with the concept of integration as integration process, the fear and worry caused by the the focus, through appropriate personnel and employees' minds and the fear that the enterprises after organizational behavior management initiatives to the reorganization do not fulfill their original welfare achieve. As the process of corporate restructuring benefits often cause the crisis of trust. Especially complex and changeable, it determines that the communication is not sufficient, this sense of the vested integration of its cultural management activities should

interests of the crisis and the future prospects of the the mobilization of the enthusiasm, initiative, creativity psychological psychological stability of the original and improve the quality of people to start. In the specific structure of the basis of a relatively large impact, and operation should pay attention to: First, we must pay enhance its trend toward the unstable state of change,and attention to create a corporate culture of the integration of weaken the attractiveness of the enterprise. democratic and equal atmosphere. First of all, authorize (3) By the role of informal organizations. Corporate employees to participate in and encourage employees to culture in the formal organization of the existence of participate in the discussion of cultural integration, give communication is often through the rules and regulations, full play to the individual care and trust, and encourage code of conduct, organizational discipline to achieve. On them to discover and spontaneously put forward the the one hand the formal organization ensure the existence corporate culture should improve the place, which is an and dissemination of corporate culture, and make it more effective means to mobilize enthusiasm. Second, we vivid and internal mandatory; on the other hand, the should pay attention to dealing with the issue of fair and formal organization is often lack of flexibility and impartial, non-discriminatory, combined with human flexibility, and sometimes even suppress, which makes development and business development of the fate of the corporate culture Integration in the formal organization of community building, and enhance the sense of the implementation of certain restrictions[8]. responsibility and sense of belonging. Second, we must While the informal organization has a cultural balance carry out systematic corporate culture training. function, so that it has a group of over-maintenance of the Strengthen the staff of different corporate culture, current way of life and have the tendency to take a rigid different corporate culture and the response to the attitude in the face of change. But it also has the function environment and the ability to understand and understand of maintaining the values and lifestyles of the community, the new culture. In particular, let the staff at all levels providing social satisfaction, communicating the system, understand the differences between the original corporate and conducting social control. In addition, it also has the culture and the new corporate culture, and see the ability to reduce the workload of managers, help to advantages of the new corporate culture, so that every complete the task, help to encourage cooperation to fill employee has become independent thinking and the manager's ability to form a kind of employee proactive people. satisfaction with the stable operation of the cooperative In addition, the remodeling of human beings must also groups to provide effective communication channels and be carried out at the same time as the reconstruction of other special role.Then it can be seen that the cultural the system. The system has a strong guiding and integration after the reorganization of the enterprise restraining effect. Through the development of certain should not only be carried out in the formal organization, reward and punishment system and publicity and but also in the informal organization, rather than the education, the system is transformed into the conscious formal organization's attitude towards cultural integration cultural standard of the staff. The process is the and the realization of cultural integration, for the formal unification of ideas and the concept of integration of, but organization of cultural integration crucial role. Therefore, also the organic integration of corporate culture and we should attach importance to the role of informal achieve the process of reconstruction. organizations in the integration of corporate culture and make full use of it. REFERENCES (4) To "people" -based, people to transform and [1] Cui Ke. Enterprise mergers and acquisitions in remodeling. People are the carrier of culture, corporate cross-cultural management. Managers, 2016 (03). culture, a major obstacle to the integration of human [2] Zhang Shaoyong. How to carry out corporate culture after mental state and cultural environment fall. In the the reorganization of the company. Labor security world, enterprise restructuring, the enterprise employees are 2017 (02). often very psychological balance, worry about the future [3] Luo Qinglin. Cultural M & A market research. New and anxiety,and often reflect the negative behavior of Finance, 2017 (04). corporate restructuring. Therefore, the success of [4] Wang Wenhao. Horizontal integration process of corporate culture integration, not only have the attention organizational culture conflict. Management observation, and determination of leaders, but also rely on changes in 2017 (02). [5] Wang Houquan. Cultural integration is related to the staff thinking. Because the corporate culture is lively, and success of corporate restructuring. Contemporary Electric only let each employee are recognized, and in their body Power Culture, 2016 (07). to be reflected in order to become an organic unified [6] Bai Xiu-bing.Study and reflection on the cultural fusion system, it is possible to achieve cultural integration. after the mergers and acquisitions of state-owned Therefore, the integration of corporate culture and enterprises. Vanguard, 2016 (05). reconstruction of the key lies in the remodeling and [7] Li Ping. On the reorganization of enterprises in the management of people. construction of thinking. China market, 2016 (07). To transform and reshape the corporate culture [8] Wang Tianli. Deepening cultural integration to create "people" basis, we must implement the people-oriented reorganization of the value of exploration and practice. Metallurgical Enterprise Culture, 2016 (06). management, all management activities should be around

JOURNAL OF SIMULATION, VOL. 5, NO. 2, May 2017 117

Study on the Patent Research and Development in Chinese Pharmaceutical Industry

Li Yajie School of Science, Beijing University of Posts and Telecommunications, Beijing, 100876, China Email: [email protected]

ShaoYanan School of Science, Beijing University of Posts and Telecommunications, Beijing, 100876, China

Abstract—Patent is a key factor in the development of effectively enhance the innovation and competitiveness high-tech industry. Patent data is closely related to the of enterprises. technological innovation capability of pharmaceutical enterprises. Patentsare the foundation of the survival of II. METHOD pharmaceutical enterprises. Basing on the number of patents in the pharmaceutical industry, the core patents Acquire patent data through the patent retrieval system andthe annual growth rate of patents, this paper make an of the State Intellectual Property Office analysis using descriptive statistics methods.Reach a (http://www.sipo.gov.cn/zhfwpt/zljs/), the system uses conclusion, from the number of patents,China’s patents are the International Patent Classification System [1]. The in medium; From theallocation situation of patent technology resources, each category has the different system included the patent data as well as citation data, emphasis, technological innovation capability is relatively family patent data and law state data of 103 countries, good; From theannual change of patents situation, regions and organizations .Chinese and foreign patent performance is not stable. data, updated every Wednesday; Family and legal status data, updated every Tuesday; Citation data, monthly Index Terms—pharmaceutical industry, descriptive update. statistics, patents In order to study the medical situation, the classified category "A61" is carried on the navigation type retrieval. Part A is the necessary for human life; A61 is the medical I. INTRODUCTION or veterinary science; hygiene. A61 consists of 13 small Twenty-first Century is the era of “knowledge classes, namely A61B-A61Q,as shown in figure 1. This economy”, and the core of knowledge economy is paper uses descriptive statistics method to analyzes the technological innovation. Stewart (1997) proposes that patent data reflecting medical and hygiene with the intellectual property is an important component of the removal of A61D that reflects veterinary conditions and core competence of an enterprise. Human’s A61Q for cosmetic make-up products. understanding of disease has gradual developed, the unknown fields and the variation of bacteria and viruses have made the demand for new technologies and new drugs increase continuously. Pharmaceutical enterprises must take technological innovation as the most important part of their development strategy. Patent information is the source of technological innovation, the survival of the pharmaceutical enterprises is the ability to truly master the core technology and whether the core technology can obtain patent protection, patent data and the technological innovation ability of enterprises are related closely. Above 90% and 95% inventions in the world have appeared in the patent literature. Fully use the patent information can save 60% research time and 40% research funding. In the research and development of a new drug, commonly it has been into the preparation Figure 1. A61 and its subclasses. stage of patent application when in the drug screening stage, patent information retrieval and analysis can not A61B: DIAGNOSIS;SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION. only avoid repetition of research and patent infringement, A61C: DENTISTRY; APPARATUS OR METHODS but also can effectively protect their own research. FOR ORAL OR DENTAL HYGIENE. Implementing a comprehensive patent strategy can A61F: FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS;PROSTHESES;DEVICES PROVIDING

PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, RECEIVING SPITTLE. TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, E.G. A61K: PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL, STENTS;ORTHOPAEDIC,NURSING OR OR TOILET PURPOSES. CONTRACEPTIVE A61L: METHODS OR APPARATUS FOR DEVICES;FOMENTATION;TREATMENT OR STERILISING MATERIALS OR OBJECTS IN PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS;BANDAGES, GENERAL; DISINFECTION, STERILISATION, OR DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS;FIRST-AID DEODORISATION OF AIR; CHEMICAL ASPECTS KITS. OF BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS, A61G: TRANSPORT, PERSONAL CONVEYANCES, OR SURGICAL ARTICLES; MATERIALS FOR OR ACCOMMODATION SPECIALLY ADAPTED BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS, OR FOR PATIENTS OR DISABLED PERSONS; SURGICAL ARTICLES. OPERATING TABLES OR CHAIRS; CHAIRS FOR A61M: DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA DENTISTRY; FUNERAL DEVICES. INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR A61H: PHYSICAL THERAPY APPARATUS, e.g. TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING DEVICES FOR LOCATING OR STIMULATING MEDIA FROM THE BODY;DEVICES FOR REFLEX POINTS IN THE BODY;ARTIFICIAL PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR. RESPIRATION;MASSAGE;BATHING DEVICES FOR A61N:ELECTROTHERAPY;MAGNETOTHERAPY SPECIAL THERAPEUTIC OR HYGIENIC PURPOSES ;RADIATION THERAPY;ULTRASOUND THERAPY. OR SPECIFIC PARTS OF THE BODY. A61P: SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF A61J: CONTAINERS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL MEDICAL OR PHARMACEUTICAL PREPARATIONS. PURPOSES;DEVICES OR METHODS SPECIALLY Because of the importance of diagnosis, surgery, and ADAPTED FOR BRINGING PHARMACEUTICAL identification, we only analyze A61B here, and similar PRODUCTS INTO PARTICULAR PHYSICAL OR methods can be used in other categories. In the patent ADMINISTERING FORMS;DEVICES FOR database, the following major countries and ADMINISTERING FOOD OR MEDICINES organizations are available, as shown in figure 2. ORALLY;BABY COMFORTERS;DEVICES FOR

Figure 2. Untries and organizations.

The quantity of patents can reflect the vitality of important for evaluating patents by researching patent’s innovation, patent awareness and patent concerns can quality and patent’s value , Carpenter’s research shows reflect the extent of technological innovation activities in that a high cited patent can reflect the importance of the industry and reflect the level of knowledge storage patent technology [3]; Lerner uses the top 4 different IPC [2].By the end of May 2017, from the total amount of classification number to represent the patent technology A61B, there is 2190437 data altogether. Among them, coverage area , the larger coverage area, the more China: 249040 data; The United States: 338891 data; The innovative and higher quality[4]. Schettino’s research British: 23401 data; France: 28315 data; Japan: 566342 about the scope of patent family can reflect the data; Korea: 41071 data; Germany: 106122 data; importance of the invention technology[5]; Ahuja and Switzerland: 3129 data; Russia: 40881 data; Lampert define the patents that are of top 1% citations as EPOA:179707 data; WIPOA:156322 data etc. Among the breakthrough inventions [6]. A61B17 patent numbers them, Japan is the largest one, accounting for about 77358, accounting for 31.1%, A61B5 patent numbers 25.9%, the United States accounted for about 15.5%, 80946, accounting for 32.5%. This shows that key China accounted for about 11.4%. researches and development fields of China's A61B Each patent category has sub categories, sub category focus on A61B5 (Measuring for diagnostic categories are subdivided. And in the patent field, a purposes; Identification of persons) and A61B17 patent can involve several categories. From the analysis (Surgical instruments, devices, or, methods) patent of A61B of China patents, there are 13 sub categories: technology. A61B1-A61B19. A61B, shown in the figure1. according The annual growth rate of patents, it is the to the Brad Ford's law, the high proportion of patents can measurement of national, regional or corporate patent be called the core patent technology, the core patents are application amount (public volume) in a year compared

with the previous year, it is used to measure the eyes in this year [9]. development of technical activities in a year, which shows changes in the technological innovations increase III.CONCLUSION or slow over time[7]. The calculation formula is that the The patent industry in China's pharmaceutical industry annual growth rate of patent = (the number of patents in is booming, new technologies and new products are this year - the number of patents in last year) / the emerging. The quantity and quality of patents have number of patents in last year X100%. improved greatly, and the number of patent applications Because eye tracking and online search are hot topics, [8] Ophthalmology examination equipment has certain has shown an uptrend. From the number of patents, market potential. The class A61B3 is the apparatus for China is in medium, the degree of technical innovation activities is strong; From the allocation situation of testing the eyes; instruments for examining the eyes, patent technology resource, each category has different China contains 6144 patents, including 11 sub categories, emphasis, technology innovation ability is relatively major countries in the world have 89173 of these patents. From the statistics of Chinese A61B3 applicants, Canon good, technology advantages gradually emerge. The Corporation (470), Institute of Optics and Electronics, therapeutic activities of medical, dental, or cosmetic preparations and compounds or pharmaceutical Chinese Academy of Sciences (102) are the main preparations are the key fields of medicine patent applicants, Therefore, there is still a gap between China's technology. From the perspective of the average annual related enterprises and Japan's related enterprises in change of patents, taking class A61B3 as an example, the research and development. From the statistics of Chinese class A61B3 inventors, annual growth rate is unstable. Taking corresponding Yudong Zhang (99), Kang fukuma (50), Wenguang Chen measures against different types of patents are beneficial to improve the efficiency of research and development. (46), Yukio Sakagawa (45), the 4 men have the most patent achievements, it shows the research and development of patents have a team phenomenon, the IV. DISCUSSION experienced person leads the new hand, and it has In general, the more comprehensive the analysis, the continuity, and it present a phenomenon that many of richer the conclusion will be. About patent retrieval data, patents in this type are applied by Japanese experts in it can obtained from the patent retrieval system of the China. Since the data of 2017 is not completely counted, State Intellectual Property Office and other National remove the data of 2017 and the data before 2008, Bureau of patent search entrance, such as the online according to statistics published on the publication patent patent search of American patent and Trademark Office, day, the growth rate of China's class A61B3 is as shown the online patent search of Japan Patent Office (English in table 1: Edition), the online patent search of Korea Intellectual Property Bureau, the online patent search of European TABLE 1 Patent Office, the online patent search of World GROWTH RATE OF CHINA'S CLASS A61B3 Intellectual Property Organization. In addition, some year Quantity (unit) Growth rate(%) organizations have integrated open source patent data, 2017 251 such as the world patent database for traditional drugs (WTM) ,developed by Beijing East Linden Science & 2016 1141 31.00% Technology Co. Ltd, includes more than 40 thousand 2015 871 31.37% patent data related to all natural drugs and their extracts 2014 663 17.35% which are based on the traditional Chinese Medicine in 2013 565 3.10% more than 20 countries including China and the United 2012 548 53.50% States, the European Patent Office and the world intellectual property organization since 1985. About 2011 357 15.91% research and development talents. The research of Fred 2010 308 33.33% Pries and others pointed out that universities are 2009 231 10.00% important resources for inventions [10]. Therefore, we 2008 210 should pay attention to the university cultivation of

Others 999 innovative talents in the pharmaceutical industry.

Note: the data are from the patent search and service system of the State Intellectual Property Office, and the time is up to May 11, 2017. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS It shows the annual growth rates of A61B3 patent all The authors acknowledge the National Natural are positive, with an average annual growth rate of Science Foundation of China (Grant: 61375066), the 24.4%, reflecting the patent protection awareness of National Natural Science Foundation of China (Grant: China's A61B3 research and development enterprises 11471051). continues to increase, and the technological innovation capability continues to improve. It also can shows that REFERENCES the annual growth rates of A61B3 patent are unstable, the growth rate is the highest in 2012, It reflects the [1] [DB/OL]http://www.pss-system.gov.cn/sipopublicsearch/ significant technological change of the equipment in the portal/uiIndex.shtml, 2017-5-11

[2] D. E. Rose, “Reconciling information-seeking behavior [7] E. Cutrell, and Z. Guan, “What are You Looking for? an with search user interfaces for the Web,” Journal of the eye— tracking study of information usage in web Association for Information Science and Technology, search,” New York: Proceedings of the SIGCH I 2006, vol. 57, pp.797-799. conference on Hu. man Factors in Computing [3] M. P. Carpenter, F. Narin, and P. Woolf, “Citation Systems,2007. Ratesto Technologically Important Patents,” World [8] L. Lorigo, M. Haridasan, and H.Brynjarsdottir.et a1., Patent Information, 1981, vol. 3, pp. 160-163. “Eye Tracking and Online Search: lessons learned and [4] J. Lerner, “The Importance of Patent Scope: An challenges ahead,” Journal of the American Society for Empirical Analysis,” RAND Journal of Economics, 1994, Information Science and Technology,2008,vol. 59, pp. 319-333 pp.1041-1052. [5] F. Schettino, A. Sterlacchini, and F. Venturini, “Inventive [9] Ruthven, M. Lalmas, and C. J. van Rijsber gen, Productivity and Patent Quality: Evidence from Italian “Incorporating User Search Behavior into Relevance Inventors,” MPRA Paper, No. 7872, 2008 Feedback,” Journal of the American Society for [6] G. Ahuja, and C. M. Lampert, “Entrepreneurship in the Information Science and Technology, 2003, pp.529-549. Large Corporation: A Longitudinal Study of How [10] F. Pries, and P. Guild, “Commercializing Inventions Established firms Create Break Through Inventions,” Resulting from University Research: Analyzing the Strategic Management Journal, 2001, vol. 22, pp. Impact of Technology Characteristics on Subsequent 521-543. Business Models,” Technovation, 2011, vol. 31 pp. 151-160.

Study on Influence Factors of Freight Ton-kilometers—Based on Data Analysis of Quantile Regression

Keming Wang School of Management,Sun Yat-sen University Guangzhou, China E-mail: [email protected]

Yezi Mo, Xueying Chen Yilin Wei and Gang Wang School of business,Guangdong University Of Foreign Study, Guangzhou city, China

Abstract—Freight ton-kilometers is the product of shipment formulate economic development strategy and quantity multiplied by shipment distance, which, compared investment budget of logistics construction(Cui Shudan, with the shipment quantity, can better reflect the 2008.). development as well as the scale of logistics in a region. The paper is a study of the interrelations among the six influence factors of 21 cities in Guangdong province, II. METHODS namely, freight ton-kilometers and cities GDP, fiscal budget, The domestic researchers generally take the method of gross retail sales of social consumption, cities household OLS (ordinary least square) to analyze freight savings, cities total import volume and cities total export ton-kilometers and its influence factors (Liang Xin, volume. It can be seen that the degree of influence displays differently in accordance to both high-level and low-level Wang Qianfeng, 2010), but OLS can merely explain the quantile models via Quantile Regression Analysis, otherwise influence the independent variable exerts on the via the conventional OLS (Ordinary Least Square) it can’t dependent variables in conditional distribution(in other achieve the same. The study of freight ton-kilometers words, in normal distribution) rather than comprehensive related to the six influence factors mentioned above helps to influence on varied dependent variables. To study the acquire not only the knowledge of the structure and extreme case in skewed distribution, this paper adopts situation of the cargo market, but that of regional economic the Quantile Regression Model put forward by Roger development in order to make a strategic decision and Koenker and Gilbert Bassett in 1978 to analyze the policy for the economic development in a better fashion. freight ton-kilometers together with its six influence

Index Terms—Freight Ton-kilometers, Influencing Factors, factors. Contrast to the traditional mean-oriented analysis, Impact Degree, Quantile Regression, Guangdong Province the quantile regression is able to explain the different marginal effects with different quantiles, hence to avoid the limitation of mean marginal effects. I. INTRODUCTION Generally speaking, the application of quantile regression method abroad is more frequent and earlier In recent years, China's logistics industry has than that of China (Frederick, Wiseman, Sangit, developed rapidly, with diverse logistics enterprises Chatterjee, 2010). However, in recent years an increasing progressively springing up. However, compared with the number of domestic scholars have been tending to apply advanced logistics technology and excellent logistics the method in various fields including finance, service of foreign developed countries, the service and economics, medicine, etc. (Liang Lizhen, 2008), and efficiency of that in China keep rather defective. In terms now the method begins to be introduced into the logistics of the proportion of logistics costs to the country's GDP, industry to study freight ton-kilometers. China's near 17% of GDP is higher than the world average of about 5%. Also, the logistics cost in China III. EMPIRICAL RESEARCH seems quite high compared with the 8% of the US logistics cost and 11% of Japan, which restricts the A. Sample Data economic development of China (Nie Zhengyan, 2015). The data are collected from the official statistics report This paper targets 21 cities of Guangdong, a major Guangdong Statistical Almanac in Guangdong statistical economy in China. Considering freight ton-kilometers as information network, with the incomplete or missing a dependent to study the influence factors of logistics data of city and year excluded. The paper finally selects development, the author hopes to further explore how the the data of 21 prefecture-level cities in Guangdong six factors (Fan Yuejiao, 2014) influence freight Province during 2001-2015 as the empirical data. 7 ton-kilometers in different regions with kinds of logistics categories are classified, and they separately are freight scale so that the local decision makers can better ton-kilometers, GDP, fiscal budget, gross retail sales of

social consumption, household savings, total import ton-kilometers in the areas with moderate scaled freight volume and total export volume, all in city level. Finally ton-kilometers. Besides, fiscal budget (X2) and total the author has concluded 2205 sums of valid data. export volume (X6) have 10% P value, indicating fairly Table 1 is the descriptive statistics of the sample data small impacts. in this paper, with the mean value, standard deviation, Several independent variables affect freight minimum and maximum values respectively calculated. ton-kilometers in the volumn of quantile level as 0.75, seen from table 3. In the areas with large-scaled freight TABLE Ⅰ ton-kilometers, the factors with 5% P value including DESCRIPTIVE STATISTICS OF THE SAMPLE DATA household deposits (X4), total imports volume (X5) and Variables in city level Mean Standard Minimum Maximum total export volume (X6) exert a certain extent effects. （Unit:Billion） Value Deviation Value Value

Freight ton-kilometers 29.564 91.138 0.298 839.658 TABLE III USING ALL KINDS OF REGRESSION MODELS TO INVESTIGATE HOW GDP 191.817 297.818 9.728 1810.041 INDEPENDENT VARIABLE AFFECTS THE STATISTICAL VALUE OF FINAL TERM ASSESSMENT RESULTS 1

Fiscal budget 20.324 34.956 1.095 352.167 Model ols Q0.25 Q0.5 Q0.75 Gross retail sales of social reps(20) 71.194 108.103 3.395 798.796 consumption Var Coef. T P Coef. T P Coef. T P Coef. T P

Household savings 144.664 221.438 6.122 1360.238 X1 -0.129 - 1.39 -0.060 - 0.99 -0.110 - 0.69 -0.269 - 1.17

Total import volume 12.898 30.919 0.046 231.773 X2 -0.059 - 0.26 0.615 4.31 *** 0.523 1.83 * 0.307 0.62 X3 1.301 9.15 *** 0.162 1.43 0.330 1.03 0.709 1.02 Total export volume 18.104 42.757 0.093 305.702 X4 -0.063 - 0.74 0.012 0.28 0.111 1.1 0.341 2.34 **

TABLE Ⅱ X5 2.024 3.75 *** 0.647 1.16 1.859 2.28 ** 3.541 2.28 ** NUMERICAL STATISTIC FOR EACH QUANTILE X6; -1.767 - 4.09 *** -0.354 - 0.58 -1.314 - 1.73 * -2.739 - 2.17 ** Main quantiles of freight 0.25 0.5 0.75 Note: *means that it is significant under 10% P value; ton-kilometers in city level **means that it is significant under 5% P value; Quantile value(Billion) 3.052 5.999 16.271 ***means that it is significant under 1% P value. In Table 2, given that freight ton-kilometers acts as a Then, repeatedly sample the data 100 times by dependent variable, the author marks three quantiles simultaneous quantile regression to achieve more level as 0.25, 0.5, 0.75 for the 315 data of freight accuracy with less variance, shown in table 4. ton-kilometers in city level for better observation. In the vertical column of quantile level as 0.25, GDP B. Empirical Analysis (X1) has a 10% P value while that of the fiscal budget In the empirical analysis, freight ton-kilometers acts as (X2) continues to be low. What’s more, there appears the dependent variable (Y), with independent variables: another variable of gross retail sales of consumption GDP (X1), Fiscal budget (X2), Gross retail sales of (X3), which is supposed to have a P value of 5%. In social consumption (X3), Household savings (X4), Total other words, gross retail sales of consumption in regions import volume(X5) and Total export volume (X6) for with small-scales freight ton-kilometers entails profound quantile regression analysis. In order to study the impact. difference of estimation coefficients of different models, In the one as 0.5, fiscal budget (X2) is still in a stage the three quantiles level 0.25, 0.5, 0.75 are set. of average P value, total import volume (X5) and total First, adaptively sample the data 20 times by export volume(X6) is still in relatively high P value. simultaneous quantile regression. Compared with the 20 times sampling, the P value of As shown in Table 3, in the vertical column of household savings is 10%, a medium significance level , quantile level as 0.25, only X2 appears 1% P value, whose effect on areas with moderate freight indicating that only fiscal budget (X2) has an obvious ton-kilometers works in terms of the increase of cargo impact on freight ton-kilometers (Y) in the low-level demand. quantile model (Y). Combined with the reality, it For that as 0.75, the P value of household savings (X4) indicates that in a region with relatively small scaled keeps unchanged at 5%. Whereas, the P values of total freight ton-kilometers, the effect of fiscal expenditure on import volume (X5) and total export volume (X6) logistics industry is very significant and thus decrease from that in the 20 times sampling to 1% in the appropriately increasing the fiscal budget on logistics 100 times sampling. It shows that the increase of total construction in this area can greatly improve freight import volume and total export volume will greatly ton-kilometers, further meet the logisticsss demands and promote freight ton-kilometers in large areas where accelerate the economic growth. freight ton-kilometer is already large. In the vertical column of quantile level as 0.5, total TABLE IV import volume (X5) shows 5% P value, which means USING ALL KINDS OF REGRESSION MODELS TO INVESTIGATE HOW that total import volume has a certain effect on freight INDEPENDENT VARIABLE AFFECTS THE STATISTICAL VALUE OF FINAL TERM ASSESSMENT RESULTS 2

Model ols Q0.25 Q0.5 Q0.75 reps(100) Var Coef. T P Coef. T P Coef. T P Coef. T P

X1 -0.129 -1.39 -0.060 -1.68 * -0.110 -0.99 -0.269 -1.41

X2 -0.059 -0.26 0.615 4.16 *** 0.523 1.85 * 0.307 0.71

X3 1.301 9.15 *** 0.162 2.37 ** 0.330 1.62 0.709 1.38

X4 -0.063 -0.74 0.012 0.29 0.111 1.68 * 0.341 1.97 **

X5 2.024 3.75 *** 0.647 0.95 1.859 2.48 ** 3.541 2.98 ***

X6 -1.767 -4.09 *** -0.354 -0.54 -1.314 -2.16 ** -2.739 -2.91 *** Note: *means that it is significant under 10% P value; **means that it is significant under 5% P value; Table 2 ***means that it is significant under 1% P value. It is demonstrated in Table 5 that the difference of household savings, total import volume and total export volume turns out to be distinct when comparing the data of the 0.75 (high level) quantile and the 0.25 (low lever) quantile. It is consistent with the estimated results in table 4. Among them, the coefficients of total import volume and export volume level also differ evidently. Between the 0.5 quantile and the 0.25 quantile, only when comparing occurs the difference at an average P value, whilst there seen no change in the comparison of 0.75 quantile and 0.5 quantile. To conclude the analysis, the differences of the later three variables is relatively obvious, which are mainly reflected in the low level quantile and the medium level Table 3 quantile.

TABLE V DIFFERENCES OF VARIOUS QUANTILE COEFFICIENTS AND ASSESSMENT RESULTS

Mod q0.75 0.25 q0.50 0.25 q0.75 0.50 el

Coefficient Coefficient Coefficient Var F P F P F P difference difference difference

X1 -0.209 1.09 -0.050 0.28 -0.159 1.28

X2 -0.308 0.39 -0.092 0.11 -0.216 0.37

X3 0.547 0.9 0.168 0.78 0.379 0.59

X4 0.328 4.91 ** 0.099 1.8 0.230 2.25 Table 4 X5 2.894 3.61 ** 1.212 2.99 * 1.682 2.2

X6 -2.385 3.45 ** -0.960 2.7 * -1.425 2.61

Table 5

Table 1

quantile regression model is lower than the that by the OLS model. The significance level of the medium component continues to rise and manages to exceed that of the OLS model when reaching the high level quantile phase. At this point, the impact of OLS on total import volume is underestimated. The last one, chart 6 is the model of total export volume (X6), and the trend of the quantile regression is opposite to that of imports, showing a decreasing tendency. In the low level quantile, the impact of total export volume estimated by the quantile regression is greater than that of OLS, which is confirmed that OLS underestimates its impact. The curve decreases gradually Table 6 in the medium level quantile. In the high level pahse, the quantile regression estimates a smaller impact of the total Note: The shaded part means the 95% confidence export volume than that of the OLS, and it is confirmed interval of the quantile regression line. The ordinary least that OLS overestimates its impact at this point. squares method is displayed by a horizontal coarse dashed line, with two horizontal fine dotted lines for the IV. CONCLUSION AND SUGGESTION confidence intervals of the ordinary least squares (OLS) method. Based on the data of Guangdong Bureau of Statistics The above six charts reveal the contrast between the for 2001-2015 years, this paper uses the quantile quantile regression model and the OLS model, from regression model to comparably analyze the influence in which it is more intuitive to find the advantages of the the low, medium and high level quantile on freight former one. The curve means the quantile regression ton-kilometers and finally draws some conclusions and model, and the shadow section around means the 95% makes suggestions according to the results of empirical confidence intervals. The straight dotted line means the analysis. OLS model, with two finer dotted lines up and down its In the low level quantile, fiscal budget and gross retail confidence intervals. sales of social consumption have great influences on As shown in Chart 1, the curve of GDP (X1) in high freight ton-kilometers. The paper assumes that it is level quantile has a rapid decreasing tendency, indicating because the regions with low freight ton-kilometers are that the effect of quantile regression on independent incomplete in logistics infrastructure in the early stages variable GDP is increasingly underestimated. At this of economic development with infrequent trade point, OLS will overestimate the impact of GDP, exchanges. If the government can increase the resulting in deviations from results. expenditure of infrastructure in these areas and formulate Chart 2 demonstrates the model of fiscal budget (X2), economic and trade policies to promote the local and it can be seen that the curve of quantile regression economy, it will also be of great help to the local mostly distributes in OLS confidence interval except that logistics industry. As for the retail sales of social of the quantile phase of 0.2-0.6 has exceeded the consumption, it is suggested to increase accompanied confidence interval of OLS, which indicates that in the with household savings to stimulate the purchasing OLS model, the influence of fiscal budget in the low power of the society, or to stimulate social consumption level quantile is underestimated. by innovating the consumption patterns . In Chart 3, the curve of quantile regression of gross Total import as well as export volumes produce great retail sales of consumption (X3) is quite different from influence on freight ton-kilometers in both medium and that of the OLS line. In the quantile phase 0.0-0.8, the high level quantile. This paper holds the opinion that OLS is much overrated. In the phase of quantile 0.8-1.0, areas with large amount of imports shows great demand, the slope of the curve increases suddenly, and the and thus expands the demand for domestic logistics, and overestimation of OLS becomes smaller and smaller. then freight ton-kilometers will also increase Chart 4 shows that the curve of household savings (X4) correspondingly. The factors that affect imports includes is close to the OLS line in both the low level and the rising exchange rate of renminbi, the increasing medium level quantiles, indicating the similar estimated demand for cheaper imported goods and the increase of results of quantile regression and OLS at this stage. disposable incomes of household. A larger amount of However, in the phase of high level quantile, the quantile exports means a larger quantity of goods shipped abroad, regression curve gradually rises and even extends beyond resulting in a greater demand for logistics. There are the OLS confidence interval, which indicates that the several ways to increase the export volume: increasing influence degree of household savings is increasing when domestic production capacity to produce surplus freight ton-kilometers is fairly large. products for export; declining the RMB exchange rate to Chart 5 is the model of total import volume(X5), and grantee more profits for corporations; improving the it is easy to see that the quantile regression model is product competitiveness to create world famous brands wholly in an increasing state. In the low level quantile, conducive to export. the estimated influence of total import volume by the In the high level quantile, the impact of household

savings sis till relatively significant. It shows that only in (71673064), Guangdong Science and Technology Soft the regions with large freight ton-kilometers, the increase Science Project (2013B070206058, 2015A070704054). of household savings can serve to improve the demand for freight volume. Many factors affect the residents' REFERENCES savings deposits, such as improvement of economic level, [1] Nie Zhengyan. "Analysis of the impact of logistics expansion of business scale, increase of people's industry on regional economic growth in disposable income and the prosperity of the whole China"[J].Industrial Technology Economy, 77-82: society, etc. In addition, a high interest rate of bank will 10th Issue of 2015. promote household savings and vice versa, so monetary [2] Fan Yuejiao. "Analysis of influencing factors degree of policy can have an effect on the residents' savings. logistics service capability in China". logisticsss Moreover, it is the same with the change of consumption Technology, 193-196: 1st Issue,33nd Volume of 2015. concepts. [3] Cui Shudan. "Assessment of interaction between To sum up, the study of freight ton-kilometers plays economic growth and freight ton-kilometers in China". an important role in the development of China's logistics Statistics and Strategies, 75-77: 8th Issue of 2008. [4] Liang Xin,Wang Qianfeng. "Analysis and forecast of air industry, and how to improve the freight demand requires freight ton-kilometers in China based on SPSS". Jiangsu applicable approaches to shoot the target. Commercial Forum, 45-47: 2010. [5] Frederick Wiseman; Sangit Chatterjee. "Negotiating ACKNOWLEDGMENT Salaries through quantile Regression". Journal of Quantitative Analysis in Sports, 1st Issue, 6th Volume of The research is sponsored by Guangdong Province 2010. Philosophy and Social Sciences Project (GD14CGL11), [6] Liang Lizhen. "Study on the relationship between price Ministry of Education Humanities and Social Sciences and quantity in Chinese stock market by quantile Project (15YJA630067), Guangdong Science and regression". Statistical Research, 73-78: 12th Issue,25th Technology Soft Science Project (2015A070704055), Volume of 2008. The National Natural Science Foundation of China

JOURNAL OF SIMULATION, VOL. 5, NO. 2, May 2017 127

The Application of Process Capability Index in Improving Service Quality

Xu Rongfei * (Department of Mathematics, Nanjing Normal University Taizhou college, Taizhou, jiangsu, 225300) Email:[email protected]

Abstract—the paper [1] use error process capability world, since there has been no one to correct 's index C to improve the quality of service, this paper use pk error and put forward the correct formula.It is Mr Song who has made outstanding contributions to this.Using modified process capability index Cp k r , compared mathematical tools and methods, he discovered four with Cpkr ,The specific meaning of every index of inferences and four essential properties of the process capability index, based on the definition of process C and C was analyzed quantitatively through the pk p k r C case of the insurance industry and points out the calculated capability index p [6-8]. At the same time, the error of value of error in paper . C pk is proved by various methods, and the Index Terms—Process capability index; Prepare process C capability index; Process capability index interval formula p k r of the revised process ability index is obtained[9-10].

I. INTRODUCTION C p The ability index that evaluates a process quality level II. KNOW to meet customer requirements is called process C C capability index(PCI)[]2-5].There are two aspects to The process capability index p and pk are this:process and the customer,extract information from carried out in the following three assumptions: 1, Process different angles, and then compare them, and form a stability (controlled), namely the fluctuation of the quality of the process only caused by normal fluctuation, C p Cpk process capability index.Common ones include: , , so the distribution of process output does not change over time. The future state of the process is predictable; 2, The . Indicates the process capability index of symmetry X tolerance in the unbiased case,but In the production Quality characteristics of the process is subject to a 2 practice.The process output mean is not uncommon normal distribution N(,) ; 3, L S L and U S L , the bilateral specification limit, can accurately express relative to the target value.Therefore, is an customer requirement. idealized state, called the underlying process capability The process capability index involves the process and index, which cannot be used for the calculation of the the customer. When the process stability and quality process ability index in the case of symmetric characteristics X Obey the normal tolerance.Although the process capability index considers the deviation of the process output mean distribution . The product's quality attribute relative to the target value,but there are serious value x of 99.73 percent of the range shortcomings in practical application.For example, when [ 3  ,  3  ] 6 a is zero, the acceptance rate is still about 50%. Although has length , (as shown in figure 1), which is the process capability of the is used today, and seems to be highly process(PC),notes for PC  6 . Customer requirements are shown in the specification receptive,but the debate over has not stopped since (,)LSL USL MLSLUSL() / 2 its birth.The error of a is that the calculated process limit , the point capacity is always on the low side. The process ability is called the canonical center. The width index is zero when the mean is shifted to the upper and T USL LSL of the specification limit is often lower bounds of tolerance.The process capability index, called the tolerance, it represents the loose and severity which moves out of tolerance, becomes negative.The of the customer's request. formula is still used by experts and scholars around the

When the canonical center M and the controlled L S L process center (namely the normal mean  ) overlap, M U S L the process capability index is defined as

Customer requirements USL  LSLT   L S L U S L   Cp = Process capability 66

99.73 3

3  3 PC

Figure 1 Process capability

3   3 In this definition, the specification limit ( ,L ) S L U S L is a customer requirement that is Figure 2 The mean and the tolerance don't

C p overlap generally not easily change, so is inversely ， proportional to  , is as small as possible, is a When MCC pL pU , This is because bigger and better index. LSLUSL .In terms of improving quality,

we should focus on the smaller ones in C and C pL Ⅲ. THE ANATOMY OF THE FORMULA FOR pk CpU ,we call

Improve to meet the actual production process, CCCpkpLpU min{,} the actual process the key is to bring the process center  to the index. capability index. Normally, process center is in the specification USLLSLT Cp  the underlying limits , and the specification limits is 66 process capability index. divided into two subdivisions: (,)LSL  and We can see from the definition of Cpk : (,) USL 3 .The ratio of them and reflects the min{,}USLLSL extent to which the process meets the customer's Cpk  . requirements on the left or right(as shown in figure 3   LSL Using the identity CpL  1 2).We call 3 The single-lateral lower min{,}()a babab . 2 USL   CpU  then the numerator of Cpk Can be rewrite into limit process capability index 3 . The 1 single-lateral upper limit process capability index (USL LSL  USL  LSL  2 ) 2 using T USL  LSL, M  ( USL  LSL ) / 2 ,we can get TTMTM2 C     pk 6 3  6 T 6  T 2 M   (1  ) CK (1  ) . 6 T P 2 M   Among them K  , letM , then T

T  So Cpk  Cp  12 63 CCC  (1) ( 1 ) C T pkrpp TT2 T p The previous term is the process capability index C  6 CCC p  (1)  pkrpp TT of the unbiased case, the previous term is process 3 121 (1)(1) CKC . capability index that is lost due to offsets. We know 22T pp that,the definition of the process capability index is the amount of technical tolerance T divided by 6 ,and Cpk Cp k r here, 6 is having its particular meaning, it represents Ⅴ. THE COMPARISON OF AND the process capacity, but 3 doesn't mean process Let's say that the is the X-axis, the dependent P C I capability, therefore, does not represent the variable is the vertical axis, because the process ability index formula is a simple equation of , and the process capability index, so can't represent the correct goes through two points and process capability index that is lost because of , so the equation of is determined T  by these two points, (as shown in figure 3), and the offsets,  cannot represent the process 63 wrong equation of is capability index after offsets. Formula through the above analysis, we realize that P C I

Cpk is a flawed formula, we propose a modified process wrongCpk capability index formula Cp k r below.

C Ⅳ. PROPOSE A MODIFIED FORMULA p k r TC2,2 P When the normal distribution curve is shifted to the T correctC right by , according to the process capability index pkr 2 basic feature 4,the contribution of the percent of pass within the range of [,]TML to the process capability index is zero,and the percent of pass of the range of T  is half of the normal distribution curve In the T 2 [ ,MT ] U absence of deviation,at this time, the contribution of this half to the process capability index is Cp /2,after the Figure 3 The comparison of C and migration, this half of the rate is still in the qualified area, p k r and its contribution to the process capability index does not change due to deviation, it is still . going to be through and (T / 2,0) , Because  0 , and because the deviation process is correct, and the physical significance of b is wrong, it ability index formula is a linear equation for the violates the symmetry of the normal distribution, so the independent variable  ,and this line goes through two equation of is also wrong, and they have the points (0,C ) and (/TC 2,/ 2) ,assuming that p p  Cab  , so let's plug these two into the following relationship: CCpkr pk . pkr 6 equation,we can get: Ⅵ. THE EMPIRICAL ANALYSIS Cb0  Cp p a  1 T  T It usually takes at least five days for an insurance company to make claims on a certain type of event, the Cp  a b 22bC p company promises to deal with all claims for up to 12

days.This is the summary of the company for the past average, if we reduce the standard deviation to 0.9, experience, think at the same time, the general average processing time is 9 days, this is to reflect the average then is 1.18 , (In the literature [1], the wrong a is proficiency in handling business, in the past month, the 1.07), obviously, it's up to the standard. company's departments A dealt with 50 pieces of claim Let's take a look at the improvement of department A: event, the time required is as follows(0. 5 for half a day) 9. 0,10. 5,9. 0,9. 0,7. 5,9. 5,10. 0,8. 5,7. 0,9. 5,9. 5,9. 11. 5, 10. 5, 9. 0, 9. 5, 10. 5, 9. 5, 9. 5, 11. 0,10. 0,9. 5, 0,11. 5,9. 5,8. 5,10. 5,9. 0,9. 0,8. 5,8. 5,9. 5,9. 0,10. 5,10. 11. 5, 7. 0, 9. 5, 10. 5, 7. 0, 9. 0, 10. 0,6. 5,9. 0,8. 0,8. 5,9. 0,6. 5,8. 5,7. 5,9. 0,8. 5,9. 0,8. 0,9. 0,9. 5,9. 0,9. 5,9. 5,10. 5,9. 5,10. 0,11. 0,8. 5,8. 5,10. 0,9. 0,10. 0,10. 5,9. 0,11. 0,8. 5,7. 0,8. 0,9. 0,9. 5,9. 5,9. 0,9. 0,8. 0,10. 0,9. 5,10. 5,8. 5,9. 0,10. 0,11. 0, 8. 5, 8. 0, 10. 0, 9. 5, 9. 5, 10. 0, 9. 0,8. 5. 0, 9. 0,12. 0,8. 0,9. 5,12. 0,11. 5. According to the data, we can figure out the mean is Then how should the department evaluate claims? C According to the correct 9.02, the standard deviation is 0.93, p k r is 1.16(the C C formula pkr , USL12, LSL 5 , M( LSL wrong pk in the literature [1] is 1.1), the standards USL) / 2(125) / 28.5 have clearly been met. .Using the excel, we can Through the above analysis discussion, we can see that figure out the mean and variance of the sample data is Cpk 9.58 and 1.24837. Let's do it in terms of X and S . is equal to only at one point, as long as  C  Mathematically they are the unbiased estimator of there is deviation, there is pk and  8.59.581.08  and  . The offset , so CCpkrpk T 125 6 . C   0.935 p 6 61.24837 ,thus ACKNOWLEDGMENT  1.08 CCpkr(1  ) p  (1  )  0.935  0.79 The paper was supported by the taizhou soft science T 7 the project. calculated value was 0.65 with the wrong formula in the literature [1],by[1],we can REFERENCES  1.08 CC 0.14 [1] J. H. Wu, J. R. Rong. “An effective way to improve pkrpk 661.24837   0 . 7 9 service quality: process capability index method”. get Science and Technology Management Research.2006,(6):207-208. Cpkr 1 0 . 6 5 , If ,then you can think that the quality [2] X. S. Sun. “Review of process capability index ". Journal of the Shandong School of Industry and Cp k r of service is normal,if 1. 33 < <1. 67,that means Commerce.2010(5):32-37. C 1 [3] S. M. Sun. “Process capability index review”. Applied the service meets the standards well,if pkr ,that Probability Statistics.2004 (2):207-216 means that the quality of service is inadequate and needs [4] Y. L. Han. “Basic process capability index analysis and C application problem research”. Equipment Manufacturing to be improved,if p k r smaller,that suggests that the Technique.2012(12):185-197 service is likely to be seriously out of control,because [5] Y. Cai. “Correctly recognize and use the process C 0.791 C p Cpk here pkr ,so there is a shortage of service capability index and " Mathematical quality and needs to be improved. Statistical Analysis and Application.2007(2):77-82. [6] X. Y. Song. “nterpretation of the four basic features of the That we should be how to improve? By the formula process capability index”. Standard Cp T  Science.2010(1):33-39 CCpkrp  [7] X. Y. Song. “Four basic features of the process capability T 66, in order to improve index”. Standard Science.2009 (12):4-11. C [8] W. J. Huang. “Several opinions on the basic pkr ,we can think about it in two ways: characteristics of the process capability index”. Standard On the one hand, reduce the  , that is, move the Science. 2013 (1):79-82 [9] X. Y. Song. “Analyze the 12 erroneous views of formula curve to the center position M  8.5. If we reduce the ”. Standard Science.2010 (10):76-80. average to 9.1, then is 0.85, (in the literature [1], [10] X. Y. Song. “Six sigma questioned”. Qingdao Press., C 2005. the wrong pk is 0.77), obviously, it has improved. On the other hand, reduce the  and minimize the volatility. In this case, on the basis of reducing the

The Innovation Research of Scientific Talent Cultivating Mechanism and Scientific Research Evaluation System

Wusheng Tang1, Tiantian Xu2, Zhanguo Li*3 1. Professor, Scientific Research Administrative Dept deputy director, Changchun University 2. Postgraduate, Mechanical Engineer College of Changchun University 3. Corresponding author: Professor, Vice President, Changchun University of Technology

Abstract—In this paper, relying on universities, enterprises, knowledge. Although the university plays many roles, its government, financial institutions, University of science and fundamental take is the talent cultivating which can be Technology Industrial Park and other linkage established realized from two ways that are teaching and scientific collaborative innovation training system. On the other hand, research. And enhancing teaching quality and talent expounds the affirmation and Inspiration of a scientific cultivating level, exploring the mechanism of cultivating research evaluation system of scientific research personnel, stimulate the research motive, plays a positive role in innovative talent, improving the scientific evaluation promoting the promotion of scientific research the results system, these important measures are necessary ways to of the output. achieve the fundamental task.

Index Terms—Scientific talent；Scientific achievements； II. INNOVATION SCIENTIFIC TALENT CULTIVATING Evaluation system MECHANISM

Higher education has realized stride-over type developing and entered the era of mass higher education I. INTRODUCTION with china’s colleges through the “211 project”, “985 Premier Keqiang Li openly raised about “Public project” construction continuously. The report at 18th Entrepreneurship, Multitude Innovation” on the Summer Party Congress established innovation-driven Davos Forum in the September 2014, when he proposed development strategy and put forward a clear aim: We the new wave of “Public entrepreneurship” and new should pay more attention to the coordinative innovation, situation of “Multitude innovation” and “Everyone improve the educational quality continually, promote the innovation” on the 9.6 million square kilometers of land. talent cultivating level, give full play to the role of Since then, he frequently put forward to the “Public universities, research institutions, enterprise, government, entrepreneurship, Multitude innovation” on various social organizations and so on and advance the formal occasions that the First World Internet Conference, construction of innovative talent cultivating mechanism. Executive meetings of the state council, Government The efficiently convergence of innovation resources and work report and so on. General Secretary Jinping Xi elements come into being “collaborative innovation” proposed that we would give high priority to the technical which break through the barrier of Innovation Subject and innovation and blew the horn of building a world realize the depth cooperation by releasing the innovation technology superpower at a new historical staring point of elements of talents, capital, information and technology. development in our country on the national technical Collaborative Innovation is the Innovation Networks. innovation conference on May 30th, 2016. Modes of multiple subject collaborative interaction, Innovation is not only the soul of a nation’s progress, which keys are forming universities, enterprise, research but the endless power of a country’s prosperity. Practice institutions at the core and forming the state-owned has proven that only if we be good at innovating, dare to financial institutions, intermediary organizations, innovate and have the courage to innovate, we can gain Innovation Platforms, non-profit organizations at continuous new process, new breakthroughs and new subsidiary elements by the depth cooperation and achievements in various industries and fields. Innovation resource integration of knowledge creation entities and includes innovation thoughts, innovation mechanism, technological innovation subjects forming system innovation system, innovation effort and other aspects. As superposition of non-linear utility collaborative an important carrier cell of community, the university innovation model. “collaborative innovation” is the new undertakes the basic functions of talent cultivation, paradigm[1] of the technology Innovation, which promotes scientific research and social services and shoulder social enterprises, universities, research institutions to take full functions of cultural inheritance, spread the positive advantages technology and industrialization by guidance energy and constantly blaze new trails. University is one of the state will and mechanism arrangement. In order to of the important soils of innovative thinking and creating establish innovating system for talent cultivating of

universities, enterprises and government linkage quality of education and the level of talents. It is vital for mechanism, we need to strengthen the integration and science researchers who engage in the scientific research utilization of dominant discipline crossing, excellent work to play the initiative and activeness. Scientific resources fusion and advanced talents. University Science incentive mechanism determines whether it can attract Park sets the paradigm for the university scientific talent and stabilize talents. A set of scientific research innovation cultivating. University Science Park is based evaluation system is not only the key to the healthy on the university. The main task of it is the development of the scientific research work, but also the commercialization of research findings, high-tech guide of the scientific research work in universities[3]. business incubation and innovation and entrepreneurship Scientific research evaluation is a value judgment for talent cultivating forming innovation scientific talent the scientific research input, scientific research output and cultivating organization of the close integration of scientific research talent who gets the scientific research production and research. University Science Park is, in achievements in scientific research process. Scientific essence, the organization and pattern of collaborative research evaluation is an important part of scientific innovation of university, enterprise and government, it is research management work, a set of scientific evaluation comprehensive technology platform of high-teach system is the solid safeguard of orderly and healthy Industrialization, and it integrate the innovation element development scientific research work, the scientific and and cultivate high-level innovation and entrepreneurship accurate evolution of the scientific achievements, and the talent as it core functionality. fully respect and encourage of scientific researchers. Only The main parts of scientific research talent in by making an objective and fair evaluation of the work universities include front-line teachers, key laboratories and achievements obtained by scientific research talents, and research base platform of scientific research talents. can we show the importance and certain of an Most of these staff has a number of positions, how to organization for the talents. In order to achieve better focus on scientific research and innovation, on the one results, we should arouse the enthusiasm and stimulate hand researchers’ interests decide this question, on the interest of scientific researchers in scientific research. It is other hand if there is a scientific innovation talent important for university innovation, talent cultivating, cultivating mechanism as guarantee. In order to mobilize improving the level of scientific research of teachers in the enthusiasm of scientific research and innovation, we universities and promoting the academic status of should stimulate the scientific research talent innovation universities to make the scientific research objective, potential, encourage and deepen the scientific research righteous and scientific. University scientific research power, promote scientific research talent innovative evaluation system is the baton that measures teacher’s thinking, apply the knowledge and get good results. scientific research contribution and guides them to engage Establishing scientific and rational innovative talent in scientific research. cultivating mechanism, building workspace configuration Scientific research evaluation results generally become of high quality resources, setting-up the people-oriented professional title appraisal, allowance, annual appraisal, management, creating happy scientific research and the main basis of all kinds of awards recommendation. environment, ruling out the worries of life and others When we formulate scientific research evaluation system, aspects and improving the humanistic care and the we should consider the coordination and balance of the scientific research talent work happiness can make teaching evaluation in university, educational research, scientific research talent get the sense of honor and the technology assessment, discipline evaluation, and other best respect of society. In order to attract talents, remain evaluation system[4]. Scientific research is endless, the talents and cultivate top-notch innovative talents, we need development of academics are real-time. Only by to establish Policy environment of adapting and constantly optimization evaluation mechanism, can we stimulating innovation, advocate to give different reward make a scientific evaluation. If you want to raise and scientific research and technology backbone and teams encourage scientific researcher’s motivation and bearing the key research items and play an important role maximize inspire their motive force of the invention, the on performance innovation, engaging talents and leading evaluation system should be objectively reflected the directions. scientific researcher’s job performance and fully affirmed the scientific researcher’s achievement. Scientific III. EXPLORING THE SCIENTIFIC RESEARCH EVALUATION researcher’s potential of exploring science and innovation SYSTEM which plays an important role for encouraging the advanced and motivating junior [5]. The fair evaluation of It is the university that is multiple functions for talent scientific research talents’ achievement embodies the cultivation, scientific research and service society. administrator’s respect for the talent. The talents who get According to their own development stage, universities fully respect have good mood to work, they can create a respectively defined as generative-instructional, teaching- higher level of achievement, and cultivate more excellent research and research-oriented[2]. No matter what kind of talents. Only in this way can we drive the virtuous circle level positioning universities, teaching is the premise of of scientific research work. the basic work of universities and the life for the The construction of scientific research evaluation universities, scientific research is the source of the system need to set up the correct scientific research development of universities’ academic stating, scientific evaluation guiding ideology and reasonable index system research and academic atmosphere directly influences the

at the same time, we should highlight the guiding role of Jilin educational, scientific and cultural cooperative scientific research evaluation and choose the appropriate [2015] No. 225 research evaluation methods. When we construct the scientific research evaluation system, we should fully REFERENCES consider the multiplicity of evaluation factors and [1] "Collaborative Innovation" of the new theory basis: "The emphasize the differences of it. We give different weights general theory of system module and its practical of evaluation according to the different factors of significance. China How Net. 2014-10-24. orientation and the size of the incentive effect. In order to [2] Li Su. Evaluation model of university's scientific research set up the scientific and standardized scientific research study [J].Science and technology progress and evaluation system, we make sure the kind of the countermeasures. 2006 (11): 134-135. evaluation factors objective and reasonable. The [3] Wenhui Li. Type connotation under the innovation system reasonable scientific research evaluation system is the of university scientific research evaluation index research guarantee of scientific research work that obtains [J]. Science and technology &innovation. 2009 (4): 36 37. objective evaluation. The correct evaluation results can [4] Yang Li. Social sciences management in universities and provide scientific and reliable basis for the development achievement evaluation research [J]. Science and of scientific research and promote the fast and sound technology management research. 2007 (3): 183-185. [6] development of scientific research and management . [5] Xiai Zhang. University scientific research performance evaluation method research [J]. Science and technology FOUNDATION ITEM management research. 2007 (9) : 146-148. [6] Peng Lan, Huijun Tang. Construct the university interior “Twelfth five-year” social science research project of scientific research evaluation system Heilongjiang province Jilin province department of education. Jilin university higher education research, 2005 (2): 68-70. science and technology achievements transformation restriction factor and countermeasure research.

JOURNAL OF SIMULATION, VOL. 5, NO. 2, May 2017 135

A Comparative Analysis of China and American Corporate Overseas Video on the Basis of Hall’s Model and Multimodal Discourse Analysis -----Taken The Song and Dream It Possible As Examples

Zhang Mengqi School of English for International Business Guangdong University of Foreign Studies, Guangzhou, China

Abstract—Corporate overseas videos play an important role and establish good corporate image overseas. Culture is for companies to promote their products abroad. This paper diverse. Different regions and countries have different explores how the corporate overseas videos adapt to other culture, so if the company wants to let their products culture. A bridge has been built between cross-culture theory known and accepted by foreigners, their culture should be and linguistic theory in this paper. Hall’s model and known in advance, which is cross-culture communication. multimodal discourse analysis (MDA) are applied in this paper as theoretical framework. It reveals that the corporate If the producers make the corporate video adapting to the overseas promotional video is a cross-culture production in culture of the target country, the consumers will get a intercultural communication (ICC), so its contents must better understanding of the product. If not, the company adapt to the target country’s culture. By analyzing the fails to take full advantage of the corporate video. So, it is interactive meaning shown in the videos, the paper illustrates useful and meaningful to study how to make a good how video producers practice MDA into promotion. corporate video. As the world moves from a language-dominated culture Index Terms—Hall’s model; MDA; corporate overseas to the one in which multimodal discourse becomes videos; ICC increasingly important, more and more commercial advertisements begin to adopt the concept of multimodality in their ads design in order to show their I. INTRODUCTION objects to their interactive participants successfully. The With the development of globalization, economic interactive participants, also the imaginary viewers will exchanges among countries are more and more closely present the represented participants in the ads according linked, leading to fierce business competitions among to their different social contexts. Whereas, successful ads different companies and industries. Companies are are able to convey sufficient information to their potential sparing no efforts to strengthen efforts to promotion. The customers and arouse their consuming desires after each improvement of film and television techniques diversifies viewer’ own individual discursive analysis of the ads. advertising promotional techniques, among which The present studies mainly focus on national or city’s corporate promotional video is the preferred way of publicity films, there are not much research pays attention shaping corporate brands, widely used in many companies to corporate promotional videos. What’s more, most of the to promote the reputation of the enterprises. studies on commercial advertisements look at translation Corporate promotional video only has a history of 30 strategies or pragmatic strategies. They pay more attention years. However, due to its powerful influence, it has on print advertisement. There are a small number of become an indispensable mass communication tool in studies focus on the corporate videos from the angle of companies. The rapid development of economy stimulates culture. Few people study corporate videos from the the development of advertising industry, meanwhile, the perspective of multimodality. This paper combines the creation of corporate promotional video enters to an cross-culture communication theory with multimodality, advanced era. Compared to print advertisements, explores corporate overseas promotional videos from the advertising video, a kind of commercial advertisement, is perspective of cross-culture communication on the basis dynamic and vivid. It can better show the corporate of Hall’s model and from the perspective of social culture through words, voice, pictures, animations and semiotics to find out several useful strategies for special effects. With increasingly frequent economic companies in their process of propaganda, by comparing exchanges among countries, more and more companies Apple’s promotional video, The Song, in China and want to expand their business abroad. Thus, corporate Huawei’s promotional video, Dream It Possible, in promotional videos are adopted by many companies to America. increase brand awareness, build brand competitiveness This paper attempts to answer two questions:

1) What are the differences between the two videos? devices. 2) What strategies we can use for promotion on the basis C. Multimodal Discourse of ICC and MDA? As the pioneering work in the application of systemic- II. THEORETICAL BACKGROUND functional theory to visual images, Kress and Van Leeuwen's (1996) reading images provides the first The purpose of making corporate overseas videos is to systematic and comprehensive account of the grammar of help people from the different culture know the products. visual design. By looking at the semiotic elements and The culture diversity of the various countries around the structures of design-color, perspective, framing and world arouses the conflicts among different culture, which composition Kress and Van Leeuwen examines the ways leads to difficulties and barriers of mutual understanding. in which images communicate meaning. In view of culture differences, it is necessary to consider The multimodal perspective follows Halliday’s and different culture backgrounds while making corporate Hasan’s (1985) idea viewing context and culture as ‘a set overseas promotional videos. of semiotic systems and a set of systems of meaning’. A. Corporate Overseas Videos Visual expression is playing a vital role in various aspects of our daily life. Unlike in the past where language used Corporate overseas video, an important method to to be in the central position, now the interplay of text, promote the development of enterprises, has been widely image, gesture or even music is becoming the mainstream. used by many corporations in commercial competitions to To cope with the current trend, advertisement has also promote their brands, increase the reputation and evolved from the mere presentation of product or service competitiveness. Film and television technology is to the inextricably display of the commodity and the applied in making corporate promotional videos to show lifestyle it represents and corporate ideology it stands for. the scale, history, products, service and culture of the In terms of research approach, semiotic approach is the companies. The major task of making corporate overseas most popular approach in multimodal study. videos is to attract the customers from overseas to expand Interdisciplinary study is also practiced. Schroeder consumer groups. No matter how exquisite and gorgeous (2008) analyzed how representational conventions work the video is, it is a wild-goose chase when the overseas alongside rhetorical processes in advertising combining customers cannot understand. theories including snapshot aesthetics and the After collecting a number of relevant documents, the transformational mirror of consumption. With the help of author finds that a number of studies of corporate videos Halliday’s Systemic-functional Grammar, Huang (2001) focus on its effectiveness, technique of expression and analyzes advertisements in detail from the perspective of route of transmission. Sun Ling (2013) pointed out that textual structure, three meta-functions, coherence and making corporate videos has become the priority choice cohesion, and discourse model. This study combines the for modern enterprise to promote corporate culture and less discovered aspects by conducting multimodal build up corporate image. Yang Shiming (2009) studied analysis on the promotional videos.. the characteristics of high-context advertisements, which focused on the study of the verbal aspect. But there is not III.METHODOLOGY special research to analyze corporate overseas videos from the perspective of cross-culture communication. Apple’s promotional video, The Song, in China and Huawei’s promotional video, Dream It Possible, in B. Hall’s model America are collected as the materials used for study. Edward Hall put forward high and low context culture. The Song was released in Feb. 1st, 2015 by Apple, on The work from which Hall (1976) created his model was the eve before Chinese Spring Festival. The plot goes like Beyond Culture. In explaining this model, he defined this: The girl and her grandma live together. The high-context and low-context messages as follows: granddaughter found a long-playing record of her A high-context (HC) communication message is one in grandmother recorded in 1947 when she was cleaning the which most of the information is either in the physical house. So, she decided to rerecord it and added her own context or internalized in the person, while very little is in Cover By Keane with the aid of Apple devices. And she the coded, explicit, transmitted part of the message. stored the song in iPad mini to let her grandmother enjoy A low-context (LC) communication is just the opposite; the music. i.e., the mass of the information is vested in the explicit Dream It Possible was released in Oct. 4th, 2016 by code. Huawei. The story is about a girl named Anna, 15-year of He classified the following cultures on such a pursuing her piano dream. Accompanied and supported by continuum in order of lowest to highest context: Swiss- her grandfather and other family members, through her Germans, Germans, Scandinavians, Northern Americans, unremitting efforts, Anna finally shined on the stage of French, English, Italians, Latin Americans, Arabs, Vienna Concert Hall. And she clutched Huawei P9 to her Chinese, (added in Hall & Hall, 1987, 1990), and Japanese. bosom tightly. Previous studies mainly focus on advertising discourse Comparative analysis is adopted in this paper by on the basis of Hall’s model. Han (2013) compares comparing two corporate overseas videos from two Chinese and American advertisement language from three famous companies. Through comparing and analyzing the perspectives: vocabulary, sentence structure and rhetorical similarities and differences of the two videos, strategies

about how to make the corporate overseas videos better 2. Contexts Vs Words adapting to the target country are summarized. HC cultures emphasize contexts, but LC cultures pay more attention to concrete words. People from LC cultures IV.RESULTS AND ANALYSIS do not like listening or speaking empty words. HC advertisements prefer to use scene, which can be A. High Context Vs Low Context perceived but cannot be described with words. The 1. Indirect and implicit messages Vs Direct and explicit audience can interpret the meaning of the advertisements messages from the context by means of implicit non-verbal symbols. According to Hall’s model, culture is classified into An inspirational context, a successful story of a dream- high context culture and low context culture. In HC seeking, is built in Dream It Possible. In the video, the culture, the meaning of the information contains in the producers portray an image of a dream-seeker. The words relation between communication environment and in the video contribute to create an atmosphere of striving communication participants. Most of Asian countries for dream but not to the product itself. While The Song belong to HC culture; in low context culture, the meaning also pays attention to context built, it is specially made for of the information can be expressed clearly through HC country, China. It builds the atmosphere of the Spring language without guessing on the basis of cognition. Festival. Chinese people, born in HC environment, are China is a typical high context country so that Chinese good at speculate meanings from contexts. They can prefer to speak in an implicit way. By comparison, easily understand meanings the video wants to express. Americans prefer to speak frankly. They belong to low 3. Collectivistic Vs Individualistic context culture. Therefore, if the corporate overseas From the culture factor, Chinese prefer to stay in groups, promotional videos carry too much implicit information, so they care about their families. However, Americans it is not helpful for the company to promote their products emphasize individualism and appreciate independence to low context countries. In other words, realistic style is and self-improvement. Thus, Chinese customers and more popular than impressionistic style in low context American customers from two different cultures hold countries. different opinions to the corporate videos. HC advertisement is applied in Dream It Possible. In Apple released the corporate video, The Song, a few the whole video, there is no words introducing Huawei P9 days before Spring Festival with theme of family affection. only with a picture of Huawei P9 shown several seconds A warm story between the grandmother and her at the end of the video. The video is about a girl pursuing granddaughter helps Chinese people experience an her music dream, and she succeeded, which implies the emotional communication. The contents of the video growth of Huawei. Many American audience feel touched indicate that American producers are very familiar with after watching the video. According to the comments from Chinese traditional culture. Chinese people stress on YouTube and Twitter, many netizens compliment that the family, so The Song is a very successful promotional video video is an amazing piece of art or a touching story. They because it grasps Chinese the softest place of their hearts, can understand the story, but they have no idea about the family, which can touch Chinese deeply. product. Many people even do not know it is a corporate American culture is individually oriented stressing promotional video. They think it is an inspirational micro independence. Self-development is emphasized. Dream It film, a kind of chicken soup. The reason is that the video Possible tells a story about a girl’s persistence of dream- is too implicit to understand for the people from LC seeking, implying the development of Huawei, from a cultures. small company to one of the world's top 500 companies, Compared with Dream It Possible, The Song does which does conform with American culture. The better in acculturation. High context advertisement is also combination of the products and the target country’s applied in The Song, but it is specially made for Chinese culture is helpful to resonate with customers and promote people. From beginning to end, there is also no words products easily. promoting Apple products. The company released this video a few days before Spring Festival. What’s more, the B. Multimodal Discourse Analysis & Culture Reflection story in the video is also closely related to Spring Festival, Social semiotic theory plays an important role in which can resonate Chinese customers. And The Song multimodal discourse analysis, which studies the made by the granddaughter is with the help of Apple contributions and interactions of linguistic and non- products. From the contents of the video, we can see that linguistic modes. Corporate videos are multimodal the producers have a good mastery of Chinese culture. systems with words, sound, colorful images and gestures. They do not give detailed information of the products, but Kress and Van Leeuwen's (1996) framework documents skillfully embedding the products in Chinese traditional Halliday’s three metafunctions of language: the systems festival, which can better touch hearts of Chinese of meanings for the ideational, interpersonal and textual, customers. However, Huawei failed to make the video which are respectively labeled as representational, adapt to American culture. The story is also very moving, interactive and compositional. A successful advertisement but it is not suitable to HC cultures. It is too implicit. is a fine representation of the combination of verbal and Unlike Chinese, Americans prefer to see something in visual semiotic mode. The major aim of making corporate details. They are willing to be shown explicit information videos is to promote products, which is a type of of products. It is pity that Americans cannot understand interaction with customers. Interactional meanings enable the connotation of the video. customers to negotiate social relations and express

attitudes. This part concentrates on interactional meaning of the two videos. 1. Images & Colors

This is a long-playing record of the girl’s grandmother. From the screenshot, we can find Chinese traditional character ‘shi’, which shows the carefulness of the producers. And the gap between customers and enterprises will be narrowed by this way.

The above four pictures are the screenshots of The Song. The video starts with alleys, bicycles, daffodils, a phonograph and an old house, which bring people into old memories. What’s more, bright colors are not adopted in the video, which helps to create reminiscent atmosphere. Both the images and colors of the video cater to Chinese Compared with The Song with the theme of family people’s nostalgic feelings. affection, Dream It Possible portrays a story of growth and persistence. The first two pictures show the growth of the girl, which implies the development of Huawei. What’s more, bright colors adopted in the first two pictures imply the bright future of the company. The last two pictures show the hard-working of the girl with the words on the wall like “Never quit”, “Dream it” and

“Never stop” and the subtitle “When you dream come alive, you’re unstoppable” and the stave pasted on the mirror, all of which suggests the girl’s persistence on her way of dreaming. The girl’s diligence and self- improvement symbol the company’s spirits, and also in accordance with American individualistic culture. 2. The Combination of Products and Culture However, Huawei is barely satisfactory in this point. In the whole video, Huawei P9 only flashes for one second. The video overemphasizes the integrity of the story, but neglects the promotion of the product, which will make customers feel ambiguous. 3. Size of Frame & Social Distance Another dimension to the interactive meanings of images, related to the ‘size of frame’, to the choice among close-up, medium shot and long shot, and so on. In In everyday interaction, social relations determine the distance we keep from one another. Edward Hall (1966) has shown that we carry with us a set of invisible boundaries beyond which we allow only certain kinds of people to come. With these differences correspond different fields of vision. At intimate distance, we see the face and head only. At close personal distance, we take in the head and the shoulders. At far personal distance, we see the other person from the waist up. At close social distance, we see whole figure. At far distance, we seen the whole figure with space around it. China is HC culture. Thus, close-up is applied in The Song to reduce the distance between customers. And the product can be seen clearly in close-up shot.

V. DISCUSSION & CONCLUSION Several strategies can be summarized after the comparison and analysis of the videos. Firstly, it is necessary for companies to make corporate overseas videos adapting to the culture of the target country. Respect is the premise and foundation of communication. Respecting other countries’ culture patterns and There is no doubt that, while promoting the corporate communicating information as their patterns doesn’t mean culture, the aim of making corporate videos is to condescending to their culture, but acculturation. The Song made by Apple sets a good example for other promote products. Thus, it is important to embed the companies. For HC cultures, HC advertisements should products properly into videos. Apple does it skillfully. be made, and vice versa. Whereas if the company makes The granddaughter rerecorded her grandma’s record HC corporate videos for LC countries, which not only can with aid of MacBook and stored the music into iPad, not make contributions to the promotion, but also causing and finally her grandmother listened the music by some negative effects. Secondly, corporate promotional means of Apple earpods. What’s more, from the second videos are multimodal discourse with images, sounds, screenshot, we can see that the photo between colors and gestures, so good integration between the grandmother and granddaughter is shown on the screen, contents of the video and culture will make the video more which bonds the product and Chinese culture, family perfect. If the theme of the video is reminiscence, the main complex together. In the last picture, grandmother color should not be bright. The aim of making enjoys the music happily with her hand touching her promotional videos is to promote products, so the products granddaughter’s face. It’s really a warm picture. must be shown in the video whatever in HC cultures or in LC cultures. In HC cultures, the video can focus on contexts. But in LC cultures, the video should concentrate on the products. Finally, companies can invite the experts from the target country to take part in video production because they are more familiar with their local culture. Xu Anhua, Chinese famous director, was invited by Apple to

help to make the company’s corporate overseas video. [8]. Kress, G., & Van Leeuwen, T. (2006). Reading Images: This paper has contributed to the study of corporate The Grammar of Visual Design (2nd ed.). London: videos from the perspective of cross-culture Routledge. communication and multimodality. It introduces Hall’s [9]. Painter, C., Martin, J. R., & Unsworth, L. (2013). Reading Visual Narratives: Image Analysis of Children’s Picture model and social semiotic theory to the study of corporate Books. London: Equinox. videos. It also builds a bridge between cross-culture [10]. Qian, M. (2014). A comparative analysis of Chinese and theory and linguistic theory. Today, in the economic American public service advertisements: The perspective globalization, if the company wants to find its place in of multimodal discourse analysis. Southwest University, other countries, acculturation is an important strategy that Chongqing, China. the company must master. [11]. Schroeder, J. E. (2008). Visual analysis of images in brand culture. In E. F. McQuarrie & B. J. Phillips (Eds.), Go REFERENCES Figure! New Directions in Advertising Rhetoric (pp. 227- 296). Armonk, New York: M. E. Sharpe. [1]. Ding, M. (2012). A multimodal discourse analysis of [12]. Sun L. (2013). Role of Corporate Videos in New Era. English print public service advertisements. Xi’an Journal of Shenyang Universally (Social Sciene), 4, 462- International Studies University, Xi’an, China. 464. [2]. Forceville, C. (2012). Creativity in pictorial and [13]. Wang, H. (2007). The construal of interactive meaning in multimodal advertising metaphors. In R. Jones (Ed.), multimodal advertising discourse. Journal of Sichuan Discourse and Creativity (pp. 113-132). Harlow: Pearson. International Studies University, 6, 31-34. [3]. Guo, W. (2014). On the construction of legal facts in court [14]. Yang C.M. (2001). The Comparison between Sino- discourse: A multimodal perspective. Journal of American Dominant Cultures and Strengthen Cross- Guangdong University of Foreign Studies, 1, 53-57. culture Communication Consciousness. Henan Social [4]. Hall E. T. (1976). Beyond Culture. New York: Double Day. Sciences, 5, 58-60. [5]. Halliday MAK and Hasan R (1985) Language, Context [15]. Wang, J. (2012). Multimodal discourse analysis of TV and Text: Aspects of Language in a Social Semiotic PSAs: A case study of “Welcoming the Olympic Games, Perspective. Waurn Ponds, VIC, Australia: Deakin stressing civilization, fostering a new trend”. Henan University. University, Kaifeng, China. [6]. Han, S. (2011). A social semiotic approach to the [16]. Yang S. M. (2009). Characteristics of High Context multimodal discourse analysis of advertisements. Advertisements and Strategies of Their Cross-cultural Chongqing Normal University, Chongqing, China. Communication. Journal of Zhengzhou University, 42, [7]. Knight, N. (2011). The interpersonal semiotics of giving a 166-169. laugh. In S. Dreyfus, S. Hood, & M. Stenglin (Eds.), [17]. Zhang X. (2010). On the Multimodality of the visual poem Semiotic Margins (pp. 7-30). London: Continuum. ‘Me up at does’. Foreign Language Research, 1, 85-90.